Pacifica Touring (2005) - Automotive Chrysler - Free user manual and instructions

Product Type	Automobile
Brand	Chrysler
Model	Pacifica Touring
Year	2005
Engine	3.5L V6 (estimation)
Transmission	4-speed automatic (estimated)
Drivetrain	Front-wheel drive or All-wheel drive
Fuel Type	Gasoline (unleaded)
Seating Capacity	7 (estimated)
Number of Doors	5 (including liftgate)
Steering	Tilt column
Brakes	Anti-lock (ABS)
Airbags	Front, side curtain, driver knee blocker
Key System	Sentry Key immobilizer
Remote Keyless Entry	Yes
Power Windows	Yes
Power Door Locks	Yes
Mirrors	Power, heated, auto-dimming
Climate Control	Automatic
Audio System	AM/FM, CD, satellite radio capable
Fuel Tank Capacity	20.5 gallons (estimated)
Curb Weight	~4,500 lbs (estimated)
Maintenance Schedule	Refer to owner's manual

Frequently Asked Questions - Pacifica Touring (2005) Chrysler

How do I program a new Sentry Key?

To program a new Sentry Key, you need two valid keys. Insert the first valid key into the ignition and turn it ON for at least 3 seconds but no more than 15 seconds. Turn it OFF and remove. Within 15 seconds, insert the second valid key and turn it ON. After 10 seconds, a chime will sound and the Theft Alarm Light will flash. Turn OFF and remove. Within 60 seconds, insert the blank new key and turn it ON. After 10 seconds, a single chime will sound, and the new key is programmed. Repeat for up to 8 keys.

How do I use the remote keyless entry to unlock the doors?

Press and release the UNLOCK button on the transmitter once to unlock the driver's door, or twice to unlock all doors and liftgate. The illuminated entry system will also turn on. You can change the feature to unlock all doors on the first press via the Electronic Vehicle Information Center (EVIC).

How do I operate the power liftgate?

Press the LIFTGATE button on the remote keyless entry transmitter twice within five seconds to open or close the power liftgate. A beep will sound two seconds before operation. Ensure the liftgate path is clear. The liftgate will reverse if obstructed. It will not operate if the vehicle is in gear.

How do I adjust the power seats?

Use the power seat controls located on the side of the seat. For 10-way driver's seat, you can adjust forward/backward, up/down, tilt, and recline. The 8-way and 4-way seats have fewer adjustments. Refer to the manual for specific controls.

How do I pair my phone with UConnect?

Press the Phone button on the rearview mirror. After the 'Ready' prompt, say 'Setup Phone Pairing'. Follow the prompts to say a four-digit PIN. Then enable Bluetooth on your phone and search for UConnect. Select it and enter the PIN. Once connected, give your phone a name and priority level (1-7). Up to 7 phones can be paired.

How do I check the engine oil level?

Park the vehicle on level ground and turn off the engine. Wait a few minutes for oil to drain. Pull out the dipstick, wipe it clean, reinsert fully, then pull it out again. The oil level should be between the MIN and MAX marks. Add oil if necessary using the recommended viscosity and grade.

How do I set the memory seats?

Adjust the driver's seat, mirrors, and pedals to your preference. Press the SET button on the memory switch (located on the driver's door), then press button 1 or 2. A chime will confirm. To recall, press and hold the desired memory button until the seat and mirrors move to the stored position.

How do I engage the child protection door locks?

Open the rear door and locate the child lock control near the door's rear latch. Move the control to the ON position (usually a lever or switch). When engaged, the rear door can only be opened from the outside, even if the inside door lock is unlocked.

How do I reset the Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)?

The TPMS automatically resets after adjusting tire pressures to the recommended values. Inflate all tires to the pressure listed on the placard (usually on the driver's door jamb). Drive the vehicle above 15 mph (24 km/h) for a few minutes to let the system update. If the warning light remains, check for leaks.

How do I use the cruise control?

To activate, press the ON/OFF button on the steering wheel. The Cruise indicator light will illuminate. Accelerate to the desired speed (above 25 mph), then press the SET button and release. To increase speed, press and hold the RES/+ button. To cancel, tap the brake or press CANCEL. To resume, press RES/+.

USER MANUAL Pacifica Touring (2005) Chrysler

■VehicleIdentificationNumber. 6
■VehicleModifications/Alterations....7

4 INTRODUCTION

INTRODUCTION

Thismanualhasbeenpreparedwiththeassistanceof serviceandengineeringspecialiststoacquaintyouwith theoperationandmaintenanceofyournewvehicle.Itis supplementedbyaWarrantyInformationBookletand variouscustomerorienteddocuments.Youareurgedto readthesepublicationscarefully.Followingtheinstructionsandrecommendationsinthismanualwillhelp assuresafeandenjoyableoperationofyourvehicle.

NOTE: After you read the manual, it should be stored in the vehicle for convenient reference and remain with the vehicle when sold, so that the new owner will be aware of all safety warnings.

Whenitcomestoservice,rememberthatyourdealer knowsyourvehiclebest,hasthefactory-trainedtechniciansandgenuineMopar®parts,andisinterestedin yoursatisfaction.

WARNING!

Engine exhaust, some of its constituents, and certain vehicle components contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm. In addition, certain fluids contained in vehicles and certain products of component wear contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm.

HOWTOUSETHISMANUAL

Consult the table of content stodeterminewhichsection contains the information you desire.

The detailed index, at therearof this manual, contains a complet listing of falls subjects.

Consult the following table for a description of the symbols that may be used on your vehicle or throughout this owner's manual:

6INTRODUCTION

WARNINGSANDCAUTIONS

ThismanualcontainsWARNINGS againstoperating procedureswhichcouldresultinanaccidentorbodily injury.ItalsocontainsCAUTIONS againstprocedures whichcouldresultindamagetoyourvehicle.Ifyoudo notreadthisentiremanualyoumaymissimportant information.ObserveallWarningsandCautions.

VEHICLEIDENTIFICATIONNUMBER

Thevehicleidentificationnumber(VIN)isfoundonthe leftfrontcorneroftheinstrumentpanel,visiblefrom outsideofthevehiclethroughthewindshield.This numberalsoappearsontheAutomobileInformation DisclosureLabelaffixedtoawindowonyourvehicle. Savethislabelforaconvenientrecordofyourvehicle identificationnumberandoptionalequipment.

Close-up of a car's side panel showing the wheel and seat, with a black arrow pointing to a specific component (no text or symbols visible)

NOTE: ItisillegaltoremovetheVINplate.

VEHICLEMODIFICATIONS/ALTERATIONS

WARNING!

Any modifications or alterations to this vehicle could seriously affect its roadworthiness and safety and may lead to an accident resulting in serious injury or death.

THINGSTOKNOWBEFORESTARTINGYOURVEHICLE

CONTENTS

■AWordAboutYourKeys. 1 1

□IgnitionKeyRemoval....1 1
□Key-In-IgnitionReminder....12

■SentryKey....12

□ReplacementKeys. 14
□CustomerKeyProgramming 14
□ General Information .....15

■IlluminatedEntrySystem....15

■DoorLocks 16

□ManualDoorLocks. 16
□PowerDoorLocks 16
□Child Protection Door Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18

■RemoteKeylessEntry. 19

□ To Unlock The Doors And Liftgate .....20
□ To Lock The Doors And Liftgate .....21
□ Using The Panic Alarm .....21
□ToProgramTransmitters. 2 1
□ToOpen/ClosePowerLiftgate—IfEquipped..22

□PowerLiftgate—IfEquipped. 27

Windows....29

□PowerWindows. 29

■OccupantRestraints. 30

□Lap/ShoulderBelts. 3 1
□Lap/ShoulderBeltUntwistingProcedure. . . . . 3 7
□SeatBeltPretensioners. 39
□EnhancedDriverSeatBeltReminderSystem (BeltAlert)....39

□SeatBeltsAndPregnantWomen. 4 1
□SeatBeltExtender. 4 1
□DriverAndFrontPassengerSupplemental RestraintSystem-Airbag. 42
□SideAirbagsSupplementalRestraintSystem(SRS) —IfEquipped. 48
□ChildRestraint. 5 1

■EngineBreak-InRecommendations. . . . . . . . . . 5 9

■SafetyTips. 60

□ExhaustGas. 60
□SafetyChecksYouShouldMakeInside TheVehicle. 61
☐PeriodicSafetyChecksYouShouldMakeOutside TheVehicle. 62

THINGSTOKNOWBEFORESTARTINGYOURVEHICLE11

AWORDABOUTYOURKEYS

Youcaninsertthedoublesidedkeysintothelockswith eithersideup.

Illustration of a black automotive key with labeled buttons and a handle (no text or symbols beyond branding)

811b8b06

The dealer thatsoldyouyournewvehiclehasthekey codenumbersforyourvehiclelocks. Thesenumberscan

beusedtoorderduplicatekeysfromyourdealer.Ask yourdealerforthesenumbersandkeeptheminasafe place.

IgnitionKeyRemoval

TheshiftlevermustbeinPARK.Turnthekeytothe LOCKposition,thenremovethekey.

NOTE: Thepowerwindowswitches,radio,power sunroof,andpoweroutletswillremainactiveforupto45 secondsaftertheignitionswitchhasbeenturnedoff. Openingeitherfrontdoorwillcancelthisfeature.

WARNING!

Leaving children in a vehicle unattended is dangerous for a number of reasons. A child or others could be injured. Children should be warned not to touch the parking brake, brake pedal or the gear selector lever. Don't leave the keys in the ignition. A child could operate power windows, other controls, or move the vehicle.

CAUTION!

An unlocked car is an invitation to thieves. Always remove key from the ignition and lock all doors when leaving the vehicle unattended.

Key-In-IgnitionReminder

If you opened the driver's door and the key is in the ignition switch, achimewillsoundtoremindyoutoremovethe key.

SENTRYKEY

The Sentry Key Immobilizer System prevents unauthorized operation of the vehicle by disabling the engine. The system will shut the engine off after 2 seconds of running if an invalid key is used to start the vehicle. This system utilizes ignition keys which have an electronic

chip(transponder)embeddedintothem.Onlykeysthat havebeenprogrammedtothevehiclecanbeusedtostart andoperatethevehicle.

The Sentry Key Immobilizer System does not need to be armed or activated. Operation of the system is automatic regardless of whether or not the vehicle is locked or unlocked. During normal operation, the Theft Alarm / Immobilizer Light will come on three (3) seconds immediately after the ignition switch is turned on for a bulb check. Afterwards, if the bulb remains on, this indicates a problem with the electronics.

If the bulb beginstoflashafterthe bulbcheck, this indicates that an invalid key has been used to start the vehicle. Both of these conditions will result in the engine being shutoff after two (2) second so running.

Keepinmindthatakeywhichhasnotbeenprogrammed isalsoconsideredaninvalidkeyevenifitiscuttofithe ignitionlockcylinderforthatvehicle.

If the Theft Alarm/Immobilizer Light comes on during normal vehicle operation (vehicle has been running for longer than 10 seconds), a faul thas beendetected in the electronics and the vehicles should be serviced as soon as possible.

NOTE:

• The Sentry Key Immobilizer System is not compatible with remotestartingsystems. Use of the systems may result in vehicle starting problems and loss of security protection.
• Exxon/MobilSpeedPass, ^TM additionalSentryKeys,or anyothertransponderequippedcomponentsonthe samekeychainwillnot causeakey-related(transponder)faultunlesstheadditionalpartisphysically held against the ignition key being used when starting the vehicle.Cellphones,pagers,orotherRFelectronics willnotcauseinterferencewiththissystem.

Allofthekeysprovidedwithyournewvehiclehave beenprogrammedtothevehicleelectronics.

ReplacementKeys

NOTE: Onlykeysthathavebeenprogrammedtothe vehicleelectronicscanbeusedtostartthevehicle.Once aSentryKeyhasbeenprogrammedtoavehicle,itcan notbeprogrammedtoanyothervehicle.

Atthetimeofpurchase, the original owner is provided with a four-digit PIN number. This number is required for dealer replacement of keys. Duplication of keys may be performed at an authorized dealer or by using the Customer Key Programming procedure. This procedure consists of programming ablank key to the vehicle electronics. A blank key is one which has never been programmed.

NOTE: When having the Sentry Key Immobilizer System serviced, bring all vehicle keys with you to the dealer.

CustomerKeyProgramming

Youcanprogramnewsentrykeystothesystemifyou havetwovalidsentrykeysbyperformingthefollowing procedure:

1. CuttheadditionalSentryKeyTransponderblank(s) to matchtheignitionswitchlockcylinderkeycode.
2. Insert the first valid key into the ignitions switch and turn the ignitions switch ON for at least 3 seconds but no longer than 15 seconds. Turn the ignitions switch OFF and removethe first key.

3. Insert these second valid key and turn the ignition switch ON within 15 seconds. After tensecond sachime will sound and the Theft Alarm Light will begin to flash. Turn the ignition switch OFF and remove these second key.

4. Insertablank Sentry Key into the ignition switch and turn the ignition switch ON within 60 seconds. After 10 seconds a single chimewill sound. The Theft Alarm Light will stop flashing, turn on for 3 seconds; thenturn off.

ThenewSentryKeyhasbeenprogrammed. The Keyless Entry Transmitter will also be programmed during this procedure.

Repeat this procedure to program up to total of 8 keys. If you donothave a programmed sentry key, contact your dealer for details.

NOTE: Ifaprogrammedkeyhasbeenlost,seeyour dealertohaveallremainingkeyserasedfromthesystemmemory.Theremainingkeysmustthenreprogrammed.Thiswillpreventthelostkeyfromstarting yourvehicle.Allvehiclekeysmustbetakentothedealer atthetimeofservicetobereprogrammed.

GeneralInformation

The Sentry Keysystemcomplies with FCCrulespart15 and with RSS-210 of Industry Canada. Operation is subject to the following conditions:

• Thisdevicemaynotcauseharmfulinterference.
- Thisdevicemustacceptanyinterferencethatmaybe received,includinginterferencethatmaycauseundesiredoperation.

ILLUMINATEDENTRYSYSTEM

Thecourtesylightswillturnonwhenyouusethekeyless entrytransmitteroropenthedoors.

Thelightswillfadetooffafterabout30secondsorthey willimmediatelyfadetooffoncetheignitionswitchis turnedon.

NOTE: The overhead console, door courtesy, liftgate and reading lights will not operate if the dimmer control is in the "defeat" position (extremedownward position).

Interior view of a car dashboard with air vent and control panel (no visible text or symbols)

Ifthelockknobisupwhenyoushutthedoor,thedoor willlock.Therefore,makesurethekeysarenotinsidethe vehiclebeforeclosingthedoor.

WARNING!

- For personal security and safety in the event of an accident, lock the vehicle doors as you drive as well as when you park and leave the vehicle.

- When leaving the vehicle always remove the key from the ignition lock, and lock your vehicle. Do not leave children unattended in the vehicle, or with access to an unlocked vehicle. Unsupervised use of vehicle equipment may cause severe personal injuries and death.

PowerDoorLocks

Apowerdoorlockswitchisoneachfrontdoortrim panel. Use this switch to lock or unlock the doors.

THINGSTOKNOWBEFORESTARTINGYOURVEHICLE17

Interior view of a car's dashboard and steering wheel, showing the left side with a keypad and control panel (no text or symbols visible)

If you press the power door lock switch while the key is in the ignition, and any front door is open, the power lock will not operate. This prevents you from accidentally locking your keys in the vehicle. Removing the key or closing the door will allow the lock to operate. A chimewill sound if the key is in the ignition and a door is open, as are mindertoremovethe key.

Automatic Door Locks

Thedoorswilllockautomaticallyonvehicleswithpower doorlocksif:

1. The AutoLock feature is enabled,
   2.thetransmissionisingear,
   3.alldoorsareclosed
   4.thevehiclespeedisabove15mph(24km/h)and
   5.thedoorswerenotpreviouslylockedusingthepower doorlockswitchorremotekeylessentrytransmitter.

The Automatic Door Lockscan been enabled or disabled by performing the procedure in the Electronic Vehicle Information Center (EVIC), Customer Programmable Features section.

1. The AutoUnlock feature is enabled,
2. the transmission wasingear and the vehicles speed returned to 0 mph (0 km/h),
3. the transmission is in NEUTRAL or PARK,
4. the driverdoor is opened (excluding lift gate),
   5.thedoorswerenotpreviously unlocked and
   6.thevehiclespeedis0mph(0km/h).

The AutoUnlockfeature can be enabled or disabled by performing the procedure in the Electronic Vehicle Information Center (EVIC), Customer Programmable Features section.

NOTE: UsetheAutoDoorLocksandAutoUnlock featuresinaccordancewithlocallaws.

ChildProtectionDoorLock

Toprovideasaferenvironmentforsmallchildrenriding intherearseats,thereadoorsareequippedwithachild protectiondoorlocksystem.

WARNING!

Avoid trapping anyone in the vehicle in a collision. Remember that the rear doors can only be opened from the outside when the child protection locks are engaged.

THINGSTOKNOWBEFORESTARTINGYOURVEHICLE19

Toactivatethesystem, openthereardoorandmovethe childlockcontrol, locatednearthedoor'srearlatch, to theONposition.

Medical imaging scan showing a vascular structure with an arrow indicating a specific region (no text or symbols present)

Whenthechildlocksystemisengagedthedoorcanbe openedonlybyusingtheoutsidedoorhandleeven thoughtheinsidedoorlockisintheunlockedposition.

REMOTEKEYLESSENTRY

This system allows outolockorunlockthedoors and liftgate, and activates the anical alarm from distances up to about 23 feet (7 meters) using a handheld radiotransmitter. The transmitter need not be pointed at the vehicle to activate the system.

20THINGSTOKNOWBEFORESTARTINGYOURVEHICLE

NOTE: Ifthekeyisintheignitionswitch,thenall buttonsonthattransmitterwillbedisabled.Thebuttons ontheremainingtransmitterswillwork.Ifthevehicleis shiftedoutofPARK,allthetransmitterbuttonsare disabledforallkeys.

Illustration of a car key with labeled buttons and a handle (no text or symbols beyond branding)

811b8b06

Tounlockthedoorsandliftgate:

PressandreleasetheUNLOCKbuttononthetransmitter oncetounlockthedriver'sdoor,ortwicetounlockall doorsandliftgate.Theilluminatedentrysystemalso turnson.

NOTE: Ifdesired, the "RemoteUnlockDriver'sDoor 1st" feature can be turned on and off by referring to the Customer Programmable Features of the "Electronic Vehicle Information Center (EVIC)" section or by following these steps.

1.PresstheUNLOCKbuttonfor4to10seconds.

1. While the UNLOCK button is pressed, (after 4 seconds) press the LOCK button. Release both buttons.

The "RemoteUnlockDriver'sDoor1st" feature can be reactivated by repeating this procedure.

Tolockthedoorsandliftgate:

PressandreleasetheLOCKbuttononthetransmitterto lockalldoorsandliftgate.Thehornwillchirponceto acknowledgedgethesignal.Ifdesired,the"SoundHornOn Lock"featurecanbeturnedonandoffbyreferringtothe CustomerProgrammableFeaturesofthe"ElectronicVehicleInformationCenter(EVIC)"sectionorbyfollowing thesesteps.

1. PresstheLOCKbuttonfor4to10seconds.

2. While the LOCK button is pressed (after 4 seconds), press the PANIC button. Release both buttons.

The "SoundHornOnLock" feature can be reactivated by repeating this procedure.

UsingThePanicAlarm:

ToturnthepanicalarmfeatureONorOFF,pressand holdthePANICbuttononthetransmitterforatleastone secondandrelease.Whenthepanicalarmison,the headlightsandparklightswillflash,thehornwillpulse onandoffandtheinteriorlightswillturnon.

Thepanicalarmwillstayonfor3minutesunlessyou turnitoffbypassingthePANICbuttonasecondtimeor turntheignitionswitchtotheONposition.

NOTE: Whenyouturnoffthepanicalarmbypressing thePANICbuttonasecondtime,youmayhavetobe closertothevehicleduetotheradiofrequencynoisesof thesystem.

ToProgramTransmitters:

Refer to SENTRY KEY "Customer Key Programming."

If you donothave a programmed transmitter, contact your dealer ford details.

22 THINGSTOKNOWBEFORESTARTINGYOURVEHICLE

ToOpen/ClosePowerLiftgate—IfEquipped

PresstheLIFTGATEbuttontwicewithinfivesecondsto open/closethepowerliftgate. Theliftgatewillbeepfor2 secondsandthenopen/close. Ifthebuttonispushed whiletheliftgateisbeingpowerclosed, theliftgatewill reversetothefullopenposition.

Iftheliftgateislockedandisnotequippedwitha poweredliftgate,pressingthebuttonwillresultinthe liftgatebecomingunlockedfor30secondsallowingyou tomanuallyaccesstheliftgatearea. Theliftgatewill re-lockautomaticallywithin10secondsoncetheliftgate isclosed.

ToTurnOff"FlashLightsOnLock/Unlock"

NOTE: Ifdesired, the "FlashLightsOnLock/Unlock" feature can be turned on and off by referring to the Customer Programmable Features of the "Electronic Vehicle Information Center (EVIC)" section or by following these steps.

1. PresstheLOCKbuttonfor4to10seconds.
2. While the LOCK button is pressed, (after 4 seconds) press the UNLOCK button. Release both buttons.

The "FlashLightsOnLock/Unlock" feature can be reactivated by repeating this procedure. The table below explains the Lamp Flashoptions.

Function Which Turn Signal Lamps		Number of Flashes
Lock	All	1
Unlock1st Press	Driver'sSide	2
UnlockAll Doors	All	2
Liftgate	All	2

GeneralInformation

This device complies with part 15 of the FCC rules and RSS210 of Industry Canada. Operation is subject to the following conditions:

• Thisdevicemaynotcauseharmfulinterference.
• This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.

If your Remote Keyless Entry transmitter fail to operate from an normal distance, check for the set two conditions.

1. A weak battery in the transmitter. The expected life of the battery is a minimum of three years.
2. Closenesstolaradiotransmittersuchasaradiostation tower, airporttransmitter, and somemobileor CBradios.

TransmitterBatteryService

Therecommended replacement battery is one CR2032 battery.

NOTE: Donottouchthebatteryterminalsthatareon thebackhousingortheprintedcircuitboard.

1. With the transmitter buttons facing down, use a small screw driver or similar flat object to try the two halves of the transmitter apart. Makes sure not to damage the rubber gasket during removal.

Close-up of a textured, oval-shaped object with a protruding rod and arrow pointing to its end (no text or symbols visible)

1. Remove and replace the battery. Avoid touching the new battery with your fingers. Skinoilsmay cause battery deterioration. If you touch a battery, clean it with rubbing alcohol.
2. Toreassemblethetransmittercase, snapthetwo halvestogether. Makesurethereisaneven "gap" betweenthetwohalves. Testtransmitteroperation.

VEHICLETHEFTALARM

Thisystemmonitorsthevehicledoorsandignition switchforunauthorizedentryoroperation.Whenthe alarmisactivated,thesystemprovidesbothaudibleand visualsignals.Thehornwillpulse,headlights/park lightswillflash,theVehicleTheftAlarm/Immobilizer light,locatedontheinstrumentpanelbelowtheElectronicVehicleInformationCenterbuttonswillflash,and thevehiclewillnotstart.Ifthealarmistriggeredandno actionistakentodisarmit,thesystemwillturnoffthe

hornafterthreeminutesandafter15minutesoflight onlyoperationthesystemwillthenrearmitself.

To arm the system: Removethekeyfromtheignition switchandeither:

1. Pressapowerdoorlockswitchwhilethedriver'sor passenger'sdoorisopen.
2. PresstheLOCKbuttononthekeylessentrytransmitter.

Afterthelastdoorisclosed,orifalldoorsareclosed,the systemwillarmitselfinabout16seconds.Duringthat time,theVehicleTheftAlarm/Immobilizerlightwill flash.Ifitdoesnotilluminate,thesystemisnotarming. Ifyouopenadoorduringthisarmingperiod,thesystem willcancelthearmingprocess.Youmustrepeatoneof thepreviouslydescribedarmingsequencestorearmthe system.

THINGSTOKNOWBEFORESTARTINGYOURVEHICLE25

To disarm the system: PresstheUNLOCKbuttononthe keylessentrytransmitter.Also,usingavalidsentrykey andmovingtheignitionswitchtotheON/STARTpositionwilldisarmthesystem.Ifyoudisarmthesystemand accesstheliftgatearea,thesystemmustberearmed,as describedpreviously,whenclosingtheliftgate.Ifsomethinghastriggeredthesysteminyourabsence,thehorn willsoundthreetimeswhenyoudisarmthesystem. Checkthevehiclefortampering.

NOTE:

• Thedriver'sdoorkeycylinderandtheliftgatebutton onthekeylessentrytransmittercannotarmordisarm thesystem.
• Oncethealarmisset, and the liftgate button on the keylessentry transmitter is pressed, on an on-power liftgate vehicle, you have a 30 secondonetime access

intotheliftgatearea. Iftheliftgateisnotopened within 30secondstheliftgatewillautomaticallyre-lock within10seconds.

• Thesystemremainsarmedduringliftgateentry,pressingtheliftgatebuttonwillnotdisarmthesystem,if someoneentersthevehiclethroughtheliftgateand opensanydoorthealarmwillsound.
• Whenthesystemisarmed, thedoors cannot be unlocked from the interior power door lock switches.

The Vehicle Theft Alarmsystem is designed to protect your vehicle, however, you can create conditions where the system will give you a false alarm. If one of the previously described arming sequences has occurred, the system will alarm regardless of whether you are in the vehicle or not. If you remain in the vehicle and open a door, the alarm will sound. If this occurs, disarm the system.

Thealarmsystemwillbeactivatedwhenthebatteryis connectedifthesystemwaspreviouslyarmed.The exteriorlightswillflash,thehornwillsound,andthe ignitionwillnotstartthevehicle.Ifthisoccurs,disarm thesystem.

LIFTGATE

Theliftgatecanbeunlockedusingtheremotekeyless entryorbyactivatingthepowerdoorlockswitches locatedonthefrontdoors.

Once unlocked, the liftgate can be opened or closed. To open the lift gate, depress the lift gatereleases switch located in the exterior handle and pull the lift gate open with one fluid motion.

Front view of a car with a black arrow pointing to the side grille (no text or symbols visible)

8107301d

Theliftgatewillnotmanuallyopenifthevehicleisin gearorthevehiclespeedisabove0mph(0km/h).

NOTE:

- Ifapowermalfunctiontothepowerliftgatelatch shouldoccur,anemergencyliftgatelatchreleasecan

THINGSTOKNOWBEFORESTARTINGYOURVEHICLE27

beusedtoopentheliftgate. The emergency lift gate latch release can be accessed through asnap-incover located on the lift gatetrimpanel.

- Iftheliftgateislockedandisnotequippedwitha poweredliftgate,pressingthebuttonontheremote keylessentrytransmitterwillresultintheliftgate becomingunlockedfor30secondsallowingyouto manuallyaccesstheliftgatearea. Theliftgate will re-lockautomaticallywithin10secondsoncethelift-gateisclosed.

PowerLiftgate—IfEquipped

Thepowerliftgate may be opened manually or by using the button on theremote key less entry transmitter. Press the button on theremote key less entry transmitter twice within five seconds, to open the power lift gate. Once the lift gate is fully open, pressing the button twice within five seconds a second time will close the lift gate.

Thepowerliftgatemayalsobeopenedbypressingthe switchlocatedontheoverheadconsole.

Interior view of a car air conditioner unit with control panel and fan (no visible text or symbols)

81003315

Abeepingsignalwillsoundtwosecondsbeforethe liftgatestartstoopenorclose.

During power operation, personal injury or cargo damage may occur. Ensure the liftgate travel path is clear. Make sure the liftgate is closed and latched before driving away.

NOTE:

• If anything obstruct the power lift gate while it is closing or opening, the lift gate will automatically reverse the closed or open position, provided it meet sufficient resistance.

• Therearealsopinchsensorsattachedtothesideofthe liftgate.Lightpressureanywherealongthesestrips willcausetheliftgatetoreturntotheopenposition.

• Thepowerliftgatemustbeinthefullopenpositionfor anyoftheclosebuttonstooperate.Iftheliftgateisnot fullyopen,presstheopenbuttontofullyopenthe liftgateandthenpressclose.

• Iftheliftgatereleaseswitchisactivatedwhilethe powerliftgateisclosing,theliftgatewillreversetothe fullopenposition.
• Thepowerliftgateswitcheswillnotoperateifthe vehicleisingearorthevehiclespeedisabove0mph (0km/h).
• Thepowerliftgatewillnotoperateintemperatures below -22^ (-30^) or temperatures above 150^ (65^) . Besuretoremoveanybuild-upofsnoworice fromtheliftgatebeforepressinganyofthepower liftgateswitches.

- If the power lift gate encounters multiple obstructions within the same cycle, the system will automatically stop and must be opened or closed manually.

WARNING!

• Driving with the liftgate open can allow poisonous exhaust gases into your vehicle. You and your passengers could be injured by these fumes. Keep the liftgate closed when you are operating the vehicle.
• If you are required to drive with the liftgate open, make sure that all windows are closed, and the climate control blower switch is set at high speed. DO NOT use the recirculation mode.

Gaspropssupporttheliftgateintheopenposition. However, because the gas pressured drops with temperature, it may be necessary to assist the props when opening the lift gate in cold weather.

WINDOWS

PowerWindows

Thewindowcontrolsonthedriver'sdoorcontrolallthe doorwindows.

Interior view of a car showing the dashboard and steering wheel (no text or symbols visible)

Therearesinglewindowcontrolsoneachpassengerdoor trimpanelwhichoperatethepassengerdoorwindows.

Allthepowerwindowswitcheshaveanautodown feature.Presstthewindowswitchtotheseconddetent, release,andthewindowwillgodownautomatically.

Toopenthewindowpartway, presstehwindowswitch tothefirstdetentandreleaseitwhenyouwantthe windowtostop.

The power windows switches remain active for up to 45 seconds after the ignition switch has been turned off. Opening either front door will cancel this feature.

Wind Buffeting

Windbuffetingcanbedescribedastheperceptionof pressureontheearsorahelicoptertypesoundinthe ears.Yourvehiclemayexhibitwindbuffetingwiththe windowsdown,orthesunroof(ifequipped)incertain openorpartiallyopenpositions.Thisisanormaloccurrenceandcanbeminimized.Ifthebuffetingoccurswith therearwindowsopen,openthefrontandrearwindows togethertominimizethebuffeting.Ifthebuffetingoccurs withthesunroofopen,adjustthesunroofopeningto minimizethebuffeting.

OCCUPANTRESTRAINTS

Someofthemostimportantsafetyfeaturesinyourvehicle aretherestraintsystems. Theseincludethefrontandrear seatbeltsforthedriverandallpassengers,frontairbagsfor boththedriverandfrontpassenger,driverinflatableknee blockerandifequipped,leftandrightsidecurtainairbags forthedriverandpassengersseatednexttoawindow.If youwillbecarryingchildrentoosmallforadult-sizeseat

belts,yourseatbeltsortheLATCHfeature(refertothe ChildRestraintsectioninthismanual),canbeusedtohold infantandchildrestraintsystems.

NOTE: Thefrontairbagshaveamultistageinflator design. Thisallowstheairbagtohavedifferentrates of inflationthatarebasedoncollisionseverity.

Please pay close attention to the information in this section. It tells you how to use your restraints system properly to keep you and your passengers as safe as possible.

WARNING!

In a collision, you and your passengers can suffer much greater injuries if you are not properly buckled up. You can strike the interior of your vehicle or other passengers, or you can be thrown out of the vehicle. Always be sure you and others in your vehicle are buckled up properly.

Buckleupeventhoughyouareanexcellentdriver,even onshorttrips.Someoneontheroadmaybeapoordriver andcauseacollisionthatincludesyou.Thiscanhappen farawayfromhomeoronyourownstreet.

Researchhasshownthatseatbeltssavelives,andthey canreducetheseriousnessofinjuriesinacollision.Some oftheworstinjurieshappenwhenpeoplearethrown fromthevehicle.Seatbeltsreducethepossibilityof ejectionandtheriskofinjurycausedbystrikingthe insideofthevehicle.Everyone inamotorvehicleshould bebeltedatalltimes.

Lap/ShoulderBelts

AlltheseatsinyourvehicleareequippedwithLap/ShoulderBelts.

Thebeltwebbingretractorisdesignedtolockduring verysuddenstopsorcollisions. Thisfeatureallowsthe shoulderpartofthebelttomovefreelywithyouunder normalconditions.Butinacollision,thebeltwilllock andreducetheriskofyourstrikingtheinsideofthe vehicleorbeingthrownout.

WARNING!

• It is extremely dangerous to ride in a cargo area, inside or outside of a vehicle. In a collision, people riding in these areas are more likely to be seriously injured or killed.
• Do not allow people to ride in any area of your vehicle that is not equipped with seats and seat belts.
• Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and using a seat belt properly.

WARNING!

• Wearing a seat belt incorrectly is dangerous. Seat belts are designed to go around the large bones of your body. These are the strongest parts of your body and can take the forces of a collision the best.
• Wearing your belt in the wrong place could make your injuries in a collision much worse. You might suffer internal injuries, or you could even slide out of part of the belt. Follow these instructions to wear your seat belt safely and to keep your passengers safe, too.
• Two people should never be belted into a single seat belt. People belted together can crash into one another in a collision, hurting one another badly. Never use a lap/shoulder belt or lap belt for more than one person, no matter what their size.

THINGSTOKNOWBEFORESTARTINGYOURVEHICLE33

Lap/Shoulder Belt Operating Instructions

1. Enter the vehicle and closeted door. Sit back and adjust these seat.
2. Theseatbeltlatchplateisneartheseatbackofthe frontseatsandnexttoyourarmintherearseats.Grasp thelatchplateandpulloutthebelt.Slidethelatchplate upthewebbingasfarasnecessarytoallowthebelttogo aroundyourlap.

Interior view of a car showing the seatbelt and dashboard (no text or symbols visible)

WARNING!

• A belt that is buckled into the wrong buckle will not protect you properly. The lap portion could ride too high on your body, possibly causing internal injuries. Always buckle your belt into the buckle nearest you.
• A belt that is too loose will not protect you as well. In a sudden stop you could move too far forward, increasing the possibility of injury. Wear your seat belt snugly.
• A belt that is worn under your arm is very dangerous. Your body could strike the inside surfaces of the vehicle in a collision, increasing head and neck injury. A belt worn under the arm can cause internal injuries. Ribs aren't as strong as shoulder bones. Wear the belt over your shoulder so that your strongest bones will take the force in a collision.

• A shoulder belt placed behind you will not protect you from injury during a collision. You are more likely to hit your head in a collision if you do not wear your shoulder belt. The lap and shoulder belt are meant to be used together.

• Positionthelapbeltacrossyourthighs, below your abdomen. Toremoveslackinthelapbelportion, pullup on the shoulder belt. Toloosenthelapbeltifitistootight, tilt the latch plate and pull on the lap belt. Asnug belt reduce the risk of sliding under the beltinacollision.

Interior view of a car showing the seatbelt and dashboard (no text or symbols visible)

WARNING!

- A lap belt worn too high can increase the risk of internal injury in a collision. The belt forces won't be at the strong hip and pelvic bones, but across your abdomen. Always wear the lap belt as low as possible and keep it snug.

- A twisted belt can't do its job as well. In a collision it could even cut into you. Be sure the belt is straight. If you can't straighten a belt in your vehicle, take it to your dealer and have it fixed.

1. Position the shoulder belton your chest so that it is comfortable and not resting on your neck. Theretractor will withdraw any slack in the belt.

A frayed or torn belt could rip apart in a collision and leave you with no protection. Inspect the belt system periodically, checking for cuts, frays, or loose parts. Damaged parts must be replaced immediately. Do not disassemble or modify the system. Seat belt assemblies must be replaced after a collision if they have been damaged (bent retractor, torn webbing, etc.).

Adjustable Upper Shoulder Belt Anchorage Inthefrontseats, theshoulderbeltanchoragecanbe adjustedupwardordownwardtohelppositionthebelt awayfromyourneck. Pressthebuttontoreleasethe anchorage, and thenmoveitupordowntotheposition thatservesyoubest.

Mechanical component with a vertical double-headed arrow indicating upward motion, shown in grayscale (no text or symbols)

THINGSTOKNOWBEFORESTARTINGYOURVEHICLE37

Asaguide, if you a shorter than average, you will prefer lower position, and if you are taller than average, you'll prefer higher position. When you release the anchorage, try to move it up our don't make sure that it is locked in position.

Lap/ShoulderBeltUntwistingProcedure

Usethefollowingprocedureountwistatwistedlap/shoulderbelt.

1. Positionthelatchplateascloseaspossibletothe anchorpoint.

1. Atabout6to12inches(15to30cm)abovethelatch plate, graspandtwistthebeltwebbing180°tocreatea fold that begins immediately abovethelatch plate.

Car seatbelt buckle being adjusted for a person's seatbelt, showing no text or symbols

3.Slidethelatchplateupwardoverthefoldedwebbing. Thefoldedwebbingmustentertheslotatthetopofthe latchplate.

Close-up of a hand adjusting a car seatbelt buckle, showing the buckle being lifted (no text or symbols visible)

1. Continuetoslidethelatchplateupuntilclearsthe foldedwebbing.

SeatBeltPretensioners

Theseatbeltsforbothfrontseatingpositionsare equippedwithpretensioningdevicesthataredesignedto removeslackfromtheseatbeltintheeventofacollision. Thesedevicesimprovetheperformanceoftheseatbelt byassuringthatthebeltistightabouttheoccupantearly inacollision.Pretensionersaredesignedtoworkforall sizeoccupants.

NOTE: Thesedevicesarenotasubstituteforproperseat beltplacementbytheoccupant.Theseatbeltstillmustbe worn snuglyandpositionedproperly.

Thepretensionersaretriggeredbythefrontairbagcontrolmodule(seeAirbagSection).Likethefrontairbags, thepretensionersaresingleuseitems. Afteracollision thatissevereenoughtodeploytheairbagsandpretensioners, bothmustbereplaced.

EnhancedDriverSeatBeltReminderSystem (BeltAlert)

Ifthedriver'sseatbelthasnotbeenbuckledwithin60 secondsofstartingthevehicleandifthevehiclespeedis greaterthan5mph(8km/h),theEnhancedWarning System(BeltAlert)willalertthedrivertobuckletheirseat belt. Thedrivershouldalsoinstructallotheroccupantsto buckletheirseatbelts.Oncethewarningistriggered,the EnhancedWarningSystem(BeltAlert)willcontinueto chimeandflashtheSeatBeltWarningLightfor96 secondsoruntilthedriver'sseatbeltisbuckled.

The EnhancedWarning System(BeltAlert) will be activated if the driver's seat belt is unbuckled from more than 10 seconds and the vehicles speed is greater than 5 mph (8 km/h).

The Enhanced Warning System(BeltAlert) can be enabled, disabled by your authorized dealer or by following these steps:

NOTE: The following steps must occur within the first 60 seconds of the ignition switch being turned to the ON or RUN position. Daimler Chrysler does not recommend deactivating the Enhanced Warning System (Belt Alert).

1. TurntheignitionswitchtotheOFFpositionand bucklethedriver'sseatbelt.
2. TurntheignitionkeytotheRUNposition(engine doesnotneedtoberunning), and waitfortheSeatBelt WarningLighttoturnoff.
3. Within 60 second sof starting the vehicle, unbuckle and thenre-buckle the driver's seat belt at least three times within 10 seconds, ending with these at belt buckled.

NOTE: WatchfortheSeatBeltWarningLighttoturnon whileunbucklingandoffwhilere-bucklingtheseatbelt. Itmaybenecessarytoretracttheseatbelt.

1. Turnofftheengine.Asinglechimewillsoundto signifythatyouhavesuccessfullycompletedthrogramming.

The EnhancedWarning System(BeltAlert) can be reactivated by repeating this procedure.

NOTE: Although the Enhanced Warning System (BeltAlert) has been deactivated, the Seat Belt Warning Light will continue to illuminate while the driver's seat belt remains unbuckled.

SeatBeltsandPregnantWomen

Werecommendthatpregnantwomenusetheseatbelts throughouttheirpregnancies.Keepingthemothersafeis thebestwaytokeepthebabysafe.

Pregnantwomenshouldwearthelappartofthebelt acrossthethighsandassnugacrossthehipsaspossible. Keepthebeltlowsothatitdoesnotcomeacrossthe abdomen.Thatwaythestrongbonesofthehipswilltake theforceifthereisacollision.

SeatBeltExtender

Ifaseatbeltistooshort,evenwhenfullyextendedand whentheadjustableuppershoulderbeltanchorage(if equipped)isinitslowestposition,yourdealercan provideyouwithaseatbeltextender.Thisextender shouldbeusedonlyiftheexistingbeltisnotlong enough.Whenitisnotrequired,removetheextender andstowit.

WARNING!

Using a seat belt extender when not needed can increase the risk of injury in a collision. Only use when the lap belt is not long enough when it is worn low and snug, and in the recommended seating positions. Remove and store the extender when not needed.

DriverandFrontPassengerSupplemental RestraintSystem-Airbag

This vehicle has airbags for both the driver and front passenger as a supplement to these at belt restraints systems. The driver's front air bag is mounted in the center of the steering wheel. The passenger's front air bag is mounted in the instrument panel, abovethe glove compartment. The words SRSAIRBAG are embossed on the airbag covers.

NOTE: ThefrontairbagsarecertifiedtotheFederal regulationsthatallowlessforcefuldeploymentinlow speedcollisions.

Thefrontairbagshaveamultistageinflatordesign. This allows the airbag to have different rates of inflation that are based on collision severity.

This vehicle may also be equipped with a driver in flat-able knee blocker located on the instrument panel below the steering column.

This vehicle may also be equipped with left and right side curtain air bag stop protected the driver and passengers sitting next to a window. If the vehicle is equipped with side curtain air bags, they are located above the side windows. Their covers are also labeled SRSAIRBAG.

Interior view of a car showing driver's seat, dashboard, and window (no text or symbols visible)

NOTE: Airbagcoversmaynotbeobviousintheinterior trim;buttheywillopentoallowairbagdeployment.

WARNING!

• Do not put anything on or around the airbag covers or attempt to manually open them. You may damage the airbags and you could be injured because the airbags are not there to protect you. These protective covers for the airbag cushions are designed to open only when the airbags are inflating.
• If your vehicle is equipped with left and right side curtain airbags, do not stack luggage or other cargo up high enough to block the location of the side curtain airbag. The area where the side curtain airbag is located should remain free from any obstructions.
• If your vehicle is equipped with left and right side curtain airbags, do not have any accessory items installed which will alter the roof, including adding a sunroof to your vehicle. Do not add roof racks that require permanent attachments (bolts or screws) for installation on the vehicle roof. Do not drill into the roof of the vehicle for any reason.

Airbagsinflateinmoderatetohighspeedimpacts. Along withseatbelts, and pretensioners, frontairbagswork with the instrument panel knee blocker stop provide improved protection for the driver and front passenger. Left and right side curtain air bags also work with seat belt to improve occupant protection.

Theseatbeltsaredesignedtoprotectyouinmanytypes ofcollisions.Thefrontairbagsdeployonlyinmoderate toseverefrontalcollisions.Ifyourvehicleisequipped, thesidecurtainairbagonthecrashsideofthevehicleis triggeredinmoderatetoseveresidecollisions.Incertain typesofcollisionswheretheairbagsdeploy,youneedthe seatbeltstokeepyouintherightpositionfortheairbags toprotectyouproperly.

Herearesomesimplestepsyoucantaketominimizethe riskofharmfromadeployingairbag.

1. Children 12 years old and under should always ride buckled up in a rear seat.

Infantsinrearfacingchildrestraintsshould NEVER ride inthefrontseatofvehiclewithapassengerfrontairbag. Anairbagdeploymentcancausesevereinjuryordeathto infantsinthatposition.

Childrenthatarenotbigenoughtoproperlywearthe vehicleseatbelt(refertosectiononChildRestraint) shouldbesecuredintherearseat,inachildrestraintor belt-positioningboosterseatappropriateforthesizeand ageofthechild.Olderchildrenwhodonotuseachild restraintorbelt-positioningboosterseatshouldride properlybuckledupintherearseat.Neverallowchil-drentoslidetheshoulderbeltbehindthemorundertheir arm.

Ifachildfrom1to12yearsoldmustrideinthefront passengerseatbecausethevehicleiscrowded,movethe seatasfarbackaspossible,andusetheproperchild restraint.RefertothesectiononChildRestraint.

You should read the instructions provided with your child restraint to make sure that you are using it properly.

1. All occupants should wear their lap and shoulder belts properly.
2. The driver and front passenger seats should be moved back as far as practical to allow the front airbags room to inflate.
3. If your vehicle has left and right side curtain airbags, do not lean against the door, airbags will inflate forcefully into the space between you and the door.

WARNING!

• Relying on the airbags alone could lead to more severe injuries in a collision. The airbags work with your seat belt to restrain you properly. In some collisions the airbags won't deploy at all. Always wear your seat belts even though you have airbags.
• Being too close to the steering wheel or instrument panel during front airbag deployment could cause serious injury. Airbags need room to inflate. Sit back, comfortably extending your arms to reach the steering wheel or instrument panel.
• If the vehicle has left and right side curtain airbags, they also need room to inflate. Do not lean against the door or window. Sit upright in the center of the seat.

"The Front Airbag System" consists of the following:

• AIRBAGReadinessLight
• DriverAirbag
• FrontPassengerAirbag
• SeatBeltPretensioners
  • SteeringWheelandColumn
• InstrumentPanel
• SeatBeltReadinessLight
• InterconnectingWiring
• PassengerKneeImpactBlocker
• DriverInflatableKneeBlocker

- AirbagControlModule(withintegratedimpactsensor)

How The Airbag Systems Work

- Theairbagcontrolmoduledeterminesifanimpactis severeenoughtorequiretheairbagstoinflate. Based onthelevelofcollisionseverity,thecontrolmodule determinestheproperrateofinflation.Thefront airbaginflatorsaredesignedtoprovidedifferentrates ofairbaginflation.Theairbagcontrolmodulewillnot detectrollovercollisions.

The airbag control module alsomonitorsthereadiness of the electronic part of the system whenever the ignition switch is in the START or ON positions. These include all of the items listed under "The Front Airbag System", except the passenger knee blocker, instrument panel and the steering wheel and column. If the key is in the OFF position, in the ACC position, or not in the ignition switch, the front air bags are not on and will not inflate.

The airbag control modules sends a message to the instrument cluster to turn on the AIRBAG light in the instrument panel for 6 to 8 seconds when the ignition switch is first turnedON, thenturnsthelightoff. If the airbag control module detects a malfunction in any part of the system, the airbag light will turn one either momentarily or continuously.

WARNING!

Ignoring the AIRBAG light in your instrument panel could mean you won't have the airbags to protect you in a collision. If the light does not come on, stays on after you start the vehicle, or if it comes on as you drive, have the airbag system checked right away.

- Whentheairbagcontrolmoduledetectsacollision requiringtheFront Airbags,itsignalstheinflator

THINGSTOKNOWBEFORESTARTINGYOURVEHICLE

units. Alargequantity of nontoxic gas is generated to inflat the frontairbags. Different frontairbag inflation rates are possible, these rates are determined by the airbag control module based on collision severity. The frontairbag covers separate and fold out of the way as the frontairbags in flat to their full size. The front airbags fully inflate in about 50 milliseconds. This is only about half of the time it takes out to link your eyes. The frontairbag then quickly deflate while helping to restraint the driver and front passenger. The driver's sand passenger's frontair bag basis invented through the airbag material and small vent openings toward the instrument panel. In this way the front airbags do not interfere with your control of the vehicle.

- The Supplemental Side Curtain Airbags are designed to activate only incertainsidecollisions. When the airbag control module detects a collision requiring the side curtain airbag to inflate, its signal the inflator son

thecrashsideofthevehicle.Aquantityofnontoxicgas isgeneratedtoinflatethesidecurtainairbag.The inflatingsidecurtainairbagpushestheoutsideedge of theheadlineroutofthewayandinflates(inaboutthe sametimeittakestoblinkyoureyes).Aproperly beltedandseatedoccupantislesslikelytobeinjured bytheforceoftheairbagorcrashevent.Itemsthatare positionedintheareawherethesidecurtainairbag inflatescanreducetheeffectivenessoftheairbag and alsoincreasethelikelihoodofinjuriestotheoccupants,thisespeciallyappliestochildren.Theside curtainairbagisabout4inches(10cm)thickwhenit isinflated.

- Whentheairbagcontrolmoduledetectsacollision requiringtheDriver Inflatable Knee Blocker,itsignalstheinflatorunit.Aquantityofnontoxicgasis generatedtoinflatetheDriverInflatableKneeBlocker. TheDriverInflatableKneeBlockerinflatesrearward towardsthedriver'skneestohelpprotecttheknees

andpositionyouforthebestinteractionwiththefront airbag.TheDriverInflatableKneeBlockerfullyinflatesinabout50milliseconds,thisisonlyabouthalf ofthetimeittakesyoutblinkyoureyes.Itthen quicklydeflateswhilehelpingtoprotectthedriver's knees.

- The Knee Impact Blockers help protect the knees and positionyouforthebestinteractionwiththefront airbags.

SideAirbagsSupplementalRestraintSystem (SRS)—IfEquipped

"Supplemental Side Curtain Airbag System", on vehicles equipped, consists of the following:

• AIRBAGReadinessLight(sharedwiththefrontairbag system)

• LeftandRightSideCurtainAirbagsAboveSide Windows

• AirbagControlModule

• InterconnectingWiring

If An Airbag Deployment Occurs

The airbagsystems are designed to deploy when the airbag control modules detect a moderate-to-severe collision, to help prestrain the driver and front passenger, and then immediately deflate.

NOTE: A collision that is not severe enough one need airbag protection will not activate the system. This does not means something is wrong with the air bags system.

If youdohaveacollisionwhichdeploystheairbag, any orallofthefollowingmayoccur:

- Theairbagmaterialmaysometimescauseabrasions and/orskinreddeningtothedriverandfrontpassengerastheairbagsdeployandunfold.Theabrasions aresimilartofrictionropeburnsorthoseyoumight getslidingalongacarpetorgymnasiumfloor.They

THINGSTOKNOWBEFORESTARTINGYOURVEHICLE

arenotcausedbycontactwithchemicals. They are not permanent and normally heal quickly. However, if you haven't the aled significantly within a few days, or if you have any blistering, see your doctor immediately.

• Astheairbagsdeflateyoumayseesomesmoke-like particles. Theparticles are an normal by-product of the process that generate thenontoxic gas used for airbag inflation. These airborne particles may irritatetheskin, eyes, nose, orthroat. If you have skin or eye irritation, rinse the area with cool water. Fornose throat irritation, movetofreshair. If their irritation continues, see your doctor. If these particles settle on your clothing, follow the garment manufacturer's instructions for cleaning.
• It is not advisable to drive your vehicle after the airbagshavedeployed. If you are involved in another collision, the airbags and seat belt pretensioners will not be in place to protect you.

WARNING!

Deployed airbags and seat belt pretensioners cannot protect you in another collision. Have the airbags and seat belt pretensioners replaced by an authorized dealer as soon as possible.

Enhanced Accident Response

If the airbags and seat belt hypertension deployment after an impact and the electrical system remains functional, vehicle equipped with power door lock will unlock automatically. In addition, approximately 5 seconds after the vehicle has stopped moving, the interior light will illuminate until the ignition switch is turned off.

Maintaining Your Airbag System

WARNING!

• Modifications to any part of the airbag system could cause it to fail when you need it. You could be injured because the airbags are not there to protect you. Do not modify the components or wiring, including adding any kind of badges or stickers to the steering wheel hub trim cover or the upper right side of the instrument panel. Do not modify the front bumper, vehicle body structure, or frame.
• You need proper knee impact protection in a collision. Do not mount or locate any aftermarket equipment on or behind the knee blockers.
• It is dangerous to try to repair any part of the airbag system yourself. Be sure to tell anyone who works on your vehicle that it has airbags.

Airbag Light

Youwillwanttohavetheairbagsreadytoinflateforyour protectioninacollision. Whiletheairbagsystemis designedtobemaintenancefree,ifanyofthefollowing occurs,haveanauthorizeddealerservicethesystem immediately.

• The AIRBAGlight does not come on or flickers during the 6 to 8 seconds when the ignition switch is first turned on.
• Thelightremainsonorflickersafterthe6to8second interval.
• Thelightflickersorcomesonandremainsonwhile driving.

ChildRestraint

Everyoneinyourvehicleneedstobebuckledupatall times—babiesandchildren,too.Everystateinthe UnitedStatesandallCanadianprovincesrequirethat smallchildrenrideinproperrestraintsystems.Thisisthe law,andyoucanbeprosecutedforignoringit.

Children12yearsandundershouldrideproperlybuckledupinaseatappropriatefortheirageandsize. According to crash statistics, children are safer when properly restrained in there are seats, rather than in the front.

In a collision, an unrestrained child, even a tiny baby, can become a missile inside the vehicle. The force required to hold even an infant on your lap could become so great that you could not hold the child, no matter how strong you are. The child and others could be badly injured. Any child riding in your vehicle should be in a proper restraint for the child's size.

Lower Anchors and Tether for CHildren (LATCH)

Each vehicle, is equipped with two child restraint anchorages system scalled LATCH, which stands for Lower Anchors and Tether for Children. The LATCH child restraint anchorages systems are installed on all second-row seats.

TheloweranchorbarsoftheLATCHSystemarelocated wheretheseatbackmeetstheseatcushion.

Interior view of a car seatbelt with two black arrows pointing to specific parts (no text or symbols visible)

Interior view of a car showing seatbelt and rear seats with a black arrow pointing to the seat (no text or symbols)

Childrestraintsystemsdesignedtobecompatiblewith thevehiclesLATCHSystemarenowavailable.LATCH childrestraintsmakeinstallationintothevehiclesimple andconvenient.

When using the LATCH System, always follow the child restraint manufactures installation instructions.

NOTE: If your child restraint seatis not LATCH compatible, install the restraint using the vehicle seat belts.

Therearetetherstrapanchoragesbehindallsecondrow seatingpositionsandthedriver'ssidethirdrowseating position. Thetetheranchorsarelocatedintherear surfaceoftheseat.Whenusingthetetheranchoragesin thesecondrowseatingposition,ensurethatthestrapis routedoverthetopoftheseatbackandunderthehead restraintbetweentheheadrestraintposts.

Interior view of a car showing seatbelt and seatbelt connector (no text or symbols visible)

Whenthetetheranchorageisusedinthethirdrow seatingposition, thestrapshouldbepositionedstraight overthetopoftheseatback.

Interior view of a car backrest with a vertical pipe and a small connector (no text or symbols visible)

Infants and Children

Therearedifferentsizesandtypesofrestraintsfor childrenfromnewbornsizetothechildalmostlarge enoughforanadultsafetybelt.Alwayscheckthechild seatowner'smanualtoensureyouhavetherightseatfor yourchild.Usetherestraintthatiscorrectforyourchild:

- Safetyexpertsrecommendthatchildrenride rearward-facinginthevehicleuntiltheyareatleast oneycaroldandweighatleast9kg(20lbs).Twotypes ofchildrestraintscanbeusedrearward-facing:infant carriersand"convertible"childseats.Bothtypesof childrestraintsareheldinthevehiclebythelap/shoulderbeltortheLATCHchildrestraintanchorage system.Referto"LowerAnchorsandTetherforCHildren(LATCH)"inthissection.

THINGSTOKNOWBEFORESTARTINGYOURVEHICLE

55

• Theinfantcarrierisonlyusedrearward-facinginthe vehicle.Itisrecommendedforchildrenwhoweighup toabout9kg(20lbs)."Convertible"childseatscanbe usedeitherrearward-facingorforward-facinginthe vehicle. Convertible child seats often have a higher weight limit in the rearward-facing direction than infantcarriersdo,sotheycanbeusedrearward-facing bychildrenwhoweighmorethan9kg(20lbs)butare lessthanoneyearold.
• Rearward-facingchildseatsmustNEVER beused in the front seat of a vehicle with a front passenger airbag. Anairbagdeploymentcouldcausesevere injuryordeathtoinfantsinthisposition.
• Childrenwhoweighmorethan9kg(20lbs)andwho areolderthanoneyearcanrideforward-facinginthe vehicle. Forward-facing child seats and convertible childseatsusedintheforward-facingdirectionarefor childrenwhoweigh9to18kg(20to40lbs)andwho areolderthanoneyear.

- Thebelt-positioningboosterseatisforchildrenweighingmorethan18kg(40lbs),butwhoarestilltoosmall tofitthevehicle'sseatbeltsproperly.Ifthechildcan notsitwithkneesbentoverthevehiclesseatcushion whilethechild'sbackisagainsttheseatback,they shoulduseabelt-positioningboosterseat.Thechild andboosterseatareheldinthevehiclebythelap/shoulderbelt.(Someboosterseatsareequippedwitha frontshieldandareheldinthevehiclebythelap portion.)

NOTE: For additional information referto www.seatchec.org.

WARNING!

• Improper installation can lead to failure of an infant or child restraint. It could come loose in a collision. The child could be badly injured or killed. Follow the manufacturer's directions exactly when installing an infant or child restraint.
• A rearward facing child restraint should only be used in a rear seat. A rearward facing child restraint in the front seat may be struck by a deploying passenger airbag which may cause severe or fatal injury to the infant.

Here are some tips on getting the most out of your child restraint:

- Beforebuyinganyrestraintsystem,makesurethatit has a label certifying that it meets all applicable Safety Standards.Wealsorecommendthatyoumakesure

that you can install the child restraint in the vehicle where you will use it, before you buy it.

• Therestraintmustbeappropriateforyourchild's weightandheight.Checkthelabelontherestraintfor weightandheightlimits.
• Carefully follow the instruction that comewith the restraint. If you install therestraintimproperly, it may not work when you need it.

Thepassengerseatbeltsareequippedwithcinching latchplates,whicharedesignedtokeepthelap portiontightaroundthechildrestraintsothatitisnot necessarytousealockingclip.Pullinguponthe shoulderportionofthelap/shoulderbeltwilltighten thebelt.Thecinchinglatchplatewillkeepthebelt tight,however,anyseatbeltsystemwillloosenwith time,socheckthebeltoccasionallyandpullittightif necessary.

• Bucklethechildintotheseataccordingtothechild restraintmanufacturer'sdirections.
• Whenyourchildrestraintisnotinuse,secureitinthe vehiclewiththeseatbeltorremoveitfromthevehicle. Don'tleaveitlooseinthevehicle.Inasuddenstopor collision,itcouldstriketheoccupantsorseatbacksand causeseriouspersonalinjury.

Installing A Child Restraint

Weurgethatyoucarefullyfollowthedirectionsofthe manufacturerwheninstallingyourchildrestraint.Many, butnotall,restraintsystemswillbeequipped with separatestrapsoneachside, witheachhavingahookor connectorandameansforadjustingthetensioninthe strap.Forward-facingtoddlerrestraintsandsome rearward-facinginfantrestraintswillalsobeequipped withatetherstrap,ahookandmeansforadjustingthe tensioninthestrap.

In general, you will first loose the adjusters on the lower straps and tether straps so that you can more easily attach the hookor connect to the lower anchorages and tether anchorages. Thentighten all three straps as you push the child restraint rear forward and downward into these at.

Childrestraintsystemshavingattachmentsdesignedto connecttotheloweranchoragesarenowavailable.Child restraintshavingtetherstrapsandhooksforconnection totheseatbacktetheranchoragehavebeenavailablefor sometime.Infact,manychildrestraintmanufacturers willprovideadd-ontetherstrapkitsforsomeoftheir olderproducts.

Because the lower anchorages are to be introduced to passenger carrying vehicles over a period of years, child restraints system shaving attachments forth those anchorages will continue to have features for installation in vehicles using the lapor lap/shoulder belt. They will also

havetetherstraps, and you are urged to take advantage of all of the available attachments provided with your child restraint in any vehicle.

Notallchildrestraintsystemswillbeinstalledaswe havedescribedhere.Again,carefullyfollowtheinstructionsthatcomewiththechildrestraintsystem.

WARNING!

Improper installation of a child restraint to the LATCH anchorages can lead to failure of an infant or child restraint. The child could be badly injured or killed. Follow the manufacturer's directions exactly when installing an infant or child restraint.

Children Too Large For Booster Seats

Childrenwhoarelargeenoughtoweartheshoulderbelt comfortably,andwhoselegsarelongenoughtobend overthefrontoftheseatwhentheirbackisagainstthe seatback,shouldusethelap/shoulderbeltinarearseat.

• Makesurethatthechildisuprightintheseat.
• Thelapportionshouldbelowonthehipsandassnug aspossible.
• Checkbeltfitperiodically.Achild's squirmingor slouchingcanmovethebeltoutofposition.
• Iftheshoulderbeltcontactsthefaceorneck,movethe childclosertothecenterofthevehicle.Neverallowa childtoputtheshoulderbeltunderanarmorbehind theirback.

Transporting Pets

Airbagsdeployinginthefrontseatcouldharmyourpet. Anunrestrainedpetcouldbethrownaboutandpossibly injured,orinjureapassengerduringpanicbrakingorin acollision.

Petsshouldberestrainedintherearseatinpetharnesses orpetcarriersthataresecuredbyseatbelts.

ENGINEBREAK-INRECOMMENDATIONS

Alongbreak-inperiodisnotrequiredfortheenginein yournewvehicle.

Drivemoderatelyduringthefirst300miles(500km). Aftertheinitial60miles(100km),speedsupto50or55 mph(80or90km/h)aredesirable.

Whilecruising, brief full-throttle acceleration, within the limit so focal traffic laws, contributest to a good break-in. Wideopenthrottle acceleration in low gear can be detrimental and should be avoided.

Theengineoilinstalledintheengineatthefactoryisa highqualityenergyconservingtypelubricant.Oil changesshouldbeconsistentwithanticipatedclimate conditionsunderwhichvehicleoperationswilloccur. Therecommendedviscosityandqualitygradesare showninSection7ofthismanual.NON-DETERGENT ORSTRAIGHTMINERALOILSMUSTNEVERBE USED.

Anewenginemayconsumesomeoilduringitsfirstfew thousandmiles(kilometers)ofoperation. This should be considered as an normal part of the break-in and not interpreted as an indication of difficulty.

SAFETYTIPS

ExhaustGas

WARNING!

Exhaust gases can injure or kill. They contain carbon monoxide (CO) which is colorless and odorless. Breathing it can make you unconscious and can eventually poison you. To avoid breathing (CO) follow the safety tips below.

Donotruntheengineinaclosedgarageorinconfined areasanylongerthanneededtomoveyourvehicleinor outofthearea.

If it is necessary to sit in a parked vehicle with the engine running, adjust your heating or cooling control to force outside air into the vehicle. Set the blower at high speed.

WARNING!

If you are required to drive with the deck lid/liftgate open, make sure that all windows are closed, and the climate control blower switch is set at high speed. DO NOT use the recirculation mode.

SafetyChecksYouShouldMakeInsideThe Vehicle

Seat Belts

Inspectthebeltsystemperiodically,checkingforcuts, fraysandlooseparts.Damagedpartsmustbereplaced immediately.Donotdisassembleormodifythesystem.

Frontseatbeltassembliesmustbereplacedaftera collision.Rearseatbeltassembliesmustbereplacedafter acollisioniftheyhavebeendamaged(bentretractor,torn webbing,etc.Ifthereisanyquestionregardingbeltor retractorcondition,replacethebelt.

Airbag Light

Thelightshouldcomeonandremainonfor6to8 secondsasabulbcheckwhentheignitionswitchisfirst turnedON.IftheLEDisnotlitduringstarting,haveit checked.Ifthelightstaysonorcomesonwhiledriving, havethesystemcheckedbyanauthorizeddealer.

Defroster

Checkoperationbyselectingthedefrostmodeandplace theblowercontrolonhighspeed.Youshouldbeableto feeltheairdirectedagainstthewindshield.

62THINGSTOKNOWBEFORESTARTINGYOURVEHICLE

PeriodicSafetyChecksYouShouldMakeOutside TheVehicle

Tires

Examinetiresforexcessivetreadwearorunevenwear patterns. Checkforstones, nails, glass, or other objects lodged in the thread. Inspecttread and sidewall for cuts or cracks. Check wheel nuts fortightness, and tires (including spare) for proper pressure.

Lights

Havesomeoneobservetheoperationofexteriorlights whileyouworkthecontrols.Checkturnsignalandhigh beamindicatorlightsontheinstrumentpanel.

Fluid Leaks

Checkareaundervehicleafterovernightparkingforfuel, enginecoolant,oilorotherfluidleaks.Also,ifgasoline fumesaredetectedorfuel,powersteeringfluidorbrake fluidleaksaresuspected,thecauseshouldbelocatedand correctedimmediately.

UNDERSTANDINGTHEFEATURESOFYOURVEHICLE

CONTENTS

■Mirrors. 67

□InsideDay/NightMirror. 67

□AutomaticDimmingMirror—IfEquipped....67

□Driver'sSideOutsideMirrorAutoDimmer—If Equipped. 68

□ExteriorMirrorsFoldingFeature. . . . . . . . . . 6 8

□OutsideMirror—Driver'sSide. . . . . . . . . . . . 6 8

□OutsideMirror—Passenger'sSide. . . . . . . . . . 6 8

□PowerRemote-ControlMirrors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 9

□HeatedRemoteControlMirrors. . . . . . . . . . . . 7 0

□IlluminatedVanityMirrors. 70

■Hands-FreeCommunication(UConnect™)—If Equipped 71

□Operation....72

□PhoneCallFeatures. 78

□UConnect™SystemFeatures. 81

□AdvancedPhoneConnectivity. 85

□ThingsYouShouldKnowAboutYourUConnect™ System 87

64UNDERSTANDINGTHEFEATURESOFYOURVEHICLE

■Seats. 93

□10-WayDriver'sPowerSeat—IfEquipped...93

□8-WayDriver'sPowerSeat—IfEquipped....93

□4-WayPassenger'sPowerSeat. 93

□AdjustableHeadRestraints. 94

□HeatedSeats—IfEquipped. 94

□SecondRowManualSeatRecliner. . . . . . . . . 9 6

□SecondRowManualSeatAdjuster. . . . . . . . . 9 7

□SecondRowFold&TumbleSeats. 98

□ThirdRowEasyExit. 99

□ThirdRowSeatingFlexibility. . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0 1

□LoadFloor. 102

□PlasticGroceryBagRetainer. 103

■DriverMemorySystem—IfEquipped. . . . . . 1 0 4

■ToOpenAndCloseTheHood. . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0 7

■Lights 108

□ Overhead Console Map/Reading Lights .....108

□Interior Lights 109

□Multi-FunctionLever. 109

□Headlights, ParkingLights, InstrumentPanel Lights 110

□ Automatic Headlights ..... 111

□ Daytime Running Lights (Canada Only) ..... 111

□Lights-On Reminder 111

□ Headlight Time Delay ..... 111

□Fog Lights — If Equipped .....112

UNDERSTANDINGTHEFEATURESOFYOURVEHICLE65

□TurnSignals. 1 1 2
□Highbeam/LowbeamSelectSwitch. . . . . . . . 1 1 3
□PassingLight. 1 1 3

■WindshieldWipersAndWashers. . . . . . . . . 1 1 3

□WindshieldWashers. 1 1 3
□MistFeature. 1 1 4
□WindshieldWiperOperation. 1 1 4
□IntermittentWiperSystem. 1 1 4
□RearWindowWiper/Washer. 1 1 4

■TiltSteeringColumn. 1 1 6
■TractionControlSwitch—IfEquipped. . . . . . 1 1 6
■AdjustablePedals—IfEquipped....1 1 8
■ElectronicSpeedControl....1 1 9

□ToActivate 119
□ To Set At A Desired Speed .....120
□ToDeactivate....1 2 0
□ToResumeSpeed....1 2 0
□ To Vary The Speed Setting .....120
□ To Accelerate For Passing .....121

■ Overhead Console — If Equipped .....122

□Courtesy/Reading Lights....122
□ Sunglasses Storage 122

■ Garage Door Opener — If Equipped .....123

□ Programming Homelink .....124
□ Canadian Programming/Gate Programming ..126
□ Using Homelink .....127

UNDERSTANDINGTHEFEATURESOFYOURVEHICLE

□ErasingHomelinkButtons. 1 2 7
□ReprogrammingaSingleHomelinkButton...128
□Security....128

■PowerSunroof—IfEquipped....129

□ExpressOpenFeature....129

□WindBuffeting. 131

□SunroofMaintenance. 131

■ElectricalPowerOutlets. 131

□ElectricalOutletUseWithEngineOff. . . . . . 1 3 2

■Cupholders. 133

□FrontSeatCupholders. 133
□SecondRowSeatCupholders. 1 3 3
□ThirdRowSeatCupholders. 133

■Storage. 133

□ConsoleFeatures. 1 3 3

□RearCargoStorageBin. 134

□RetractableCargoAreaCover—IfEquipped .134

□CargoTie-DownHooks. 135

■ Roof Luggage Rack — If Equipped .....137

■LoadLevelingSystem....138

MIRRORS

InsideDay/NightMirror

Adjustthemirrortocenterontheviewthroughtherear window.Atwopointpivotsystemallowsforhorizontal andverticaladjustmentofthemirror.

Annoyingheadlightglarecanbereducedbymovingthe smallcontrolunderthemirrortothenightposition

(towardrearofvehicle).Themirrorshouldbeadjusted whilesetinthedayposition(towardwindshield).

AutomaticDimmingMirror—IfEquipped

Iftheswitchisinthe"Auto"positionthemirrorwill automaticallyadjustforannoyingheadlightglarefrom vehiclesbehindyou.Youcanturnthefeatureonoroffby pressingthebuttonatthebaseofthemirror.Alightinthe mirrorwillilluminatetoindicatewhenthisfeatureison.

81074fc3

68 UNDERSTANDING THE FEATURES OF YOUR VEHICLE

CAUTION!

To avoid damage to the mirror during cleaning, never spray any cleaning solution directly onto the mirror. Apply the solution onto a clean cloth and wipe the mirror clean.

Driver'sSideOutsideMirrorAutoDimmer—If Equipped

This mirror automatically adjusts for annoying headlight glare from vehicles behind you. You can turn this feature on or off by pressing the button at the base of the Rearview Mirror.

ExteriorMirrorsFoldingFeature

Allexteriormirrorsarehingedandmaybemovedeither forwardorrearwardtoresistdamage. Thehingeshave threedetentpositions;fullforward,fullrearward,and normal.

OutsideMirror—Driver'sSide

Adjusttheoutsidemirrortocenterontheadjacentlaneof traffic,withaslightoverlapoftheviewobtainedonthe insidemirror.

OutsideMirror—Passenger'sSide

Adjusttheconvexoutsidemirrorsoyoucanjustseethe sideofyourvehicleintheportionofthemirrorclosestto thevehicle. Thistypeofmirrorwillgiveamuchwider viewtotherear, andespeciallyofthelanenexttoyour vehicle.

WARNING!

Vehicles and other objects seen in the right side convex mirror will look smaller and farther away than they really are. Relying too much on your right side mirror could cause you to collide with another vehicle or other object.

Use your inside mirror when judging the size or distance of a vehicle seen in this convex mirror.

PowerRemote-ControlMirrors

Usethemirrorselectswitch, locatedonthedriver'sdoor trimpanelabovethepowerwindowswitches,toadjust theviewobtainedintheoutsidemirrors.

Interior view of a car's dashboard and steering wheel, showing the door panel with buttons and a black arrow pointing to the left side (no text or symbols visible)

PresstherockerswitchtotheLorRforLeftorRight mirrorselection. Usethecenteroffpositiontoguard againstaccidentallymovingamirrororposition.

Selectamirrorandpressoneofthefourarrowsforthe directionyouwantthemirrortomove.

70UNDERSTANDINGTHEFEATURESOFYOURVEHICLE

Powermirrorpreselectedpositionscanbecontrolledby theoptionalMemorySeatFeature.Referto"Memory Seat"insection3ofthismanual.

HeatedRemoteControlMirrors

Thesemirrorsareheatedtomeltfrostorice. Thisfeature isactivatedwheneveryouturnontheRearWindow Defrost.

Illuminated Vanity Mirrors

Anilluminated vanity mirror is on the sunvisor. Touse themirror, rotat the sun visordown and swing the mirror cover upward. The light turnon automatically. Closing them mirror cover turn soff the lights.

Interior view of a car's rear seat and side panel showing directional arrows (no text or symbols)

Sun Visor Extension

Thisfeaturehasapulloutextensiononthesunvisorfor increasedcoverage.

HANDS-FREECOMMUNICATION(UConnect™)—IFEQUIPPED

UConnect™isavoice-activated,hands-free,invehicle communicationssystem.UConnect™allowsyoutodial aphonenumberwithyourcellularphone*usingsimple voice commands (e.g., "Call ... Mike ...Work" or "Dial ... 248-555-1212").Yourcellularphone'saudioistransmitted throughyourvehicle'saudiosystem;thesystemwill automaticallymuteyourradiowhenusingtheUConnect™system.

NOTE: TheUConnect™systemuserequiresacellular phoneequippedwiththeBluetooth"Hands-FreeProfile," version0.96orhigher.

ForUConnectCustomerSupportcall1-877-855-8400or visittheUConnectwebsite(www.chrysler.com/uconnect).

UConnect™ allowsyoutotransfercallsbetween the systemandyourcellularphoneasyouenterorexityour vehicle, andenablesyoutomutethesystem'smicro-phoneforprivateconversation.

TheUConnect™ phonebookenablesyoutostoreupto32 namesandfournumberspername. This system is driven through your Bluetooth™ Hands-Freeprofilecellular phone. UConnect™ features Bluetooth™ technology-the global standard that enables different electronic devices to connect to each other without wires or docking station, so UConnect worksnomatter where you must your cellular phone (beityourpurse, pocket, or briefcase), as long as your phone is turned on and has been paired to the vehicle's UConnect™ system. The UConnect™ system allows support to sevencellular phonestobe linked to system. Only on linked (or paired) cellular phone can be used with the system at time. The system is available in English, Spanish, or French languages (as equipped).

72UNDERSTANDINGTHEFEATURESOFYOURVEHICLE

Therearviewmirrorcontainsthemicrophoneforthe systemandthecontrolbuttonsthatwillenableyouto accessthesystem.Thediagrambelowshowsthemirror withtheappropriatebuttons.Individualbuttonbehavior isdiscussedinthe"Operation"section.

Back view of a car dashboard with navigation buttons (no text or symbols on the main subject)

8105b20d

TheUConnect™systemcanbeusedwithanyHands-FreeProfilecertifiedBluetooth™cellularphone.Ifyour

cellularphonesupportsadifferentprofile(eg.,Headset Profile),youmaynotbeabletouseanyUConnect™ features.Refertoyourcellularserviceproviderorthe phonemanufacturerfordetails.

TheUConnect™ systemisfullyintegratedwiththe vehicle'saudiosystem.ThevolumeoftheUConnect™ systemcaneitherbeadjustedfromtheradiovolume controlknob,orfromthesteeringwheelradiocontrol (rightswitch),ifsoequipped.

Theradiodisplaywillbeusedforvisualpromptsfrom theUConnect™systemsuchas"CELL"orcallerIDon certainradios.

Operation

VoicecommandscanbeusedtooperatetheUConnect™ systemandtonavigatethroughtheUConnect™menu structure. Voicecommandsarerequiredaftermost

UNDERSTANDINGTHEFEATURESOFYOURVEHICLE73

UConnect™system prompts. You will be prompted for a specific command and the guided through the available options.

• Prior to giving a voice command, on must wait for the voice on beep, which follows the "Ready" prompt or another prompt.
• For certain operations, compound command scan be used. Forexample, instead of saying "Setup" and then "PhonePairing," the following compound command can be said: "Setup PhonePairing."
• Foreachofthefeatureexplanationinthissection,only thecombinedformofthevoicecommandisgiven. Youcanalsobreakthecommandsintopartsandsay eachpartofthecommand,whenyouareaskedforit. Forexample,youcaneitherusethecombinedform voicecommand"PhonebookNewEntry,"oryoucan breakthecombinedformcommandintotwovoice

commands: "Phonebook" and "New Entry." Please remember, the UConnect™ system works best when you talk in an normal conversational tone, as if speaking to some ones sitting eight feet away from you.

Help Command

If you need assistance at any prompt to you want to know what your options are at any prompt, say "Help" following the voice on beep. The UConnect™ system will play all the options at any prompt to you ask for help.

ToactivatetheUConnect™systemfromidle,simply pressthe'Phone'buttonandfollowaudiblepromptsfor directions.AllUConnect™systemsessionsbeginwitha pressofthe'Phone'buttononthemirror.

Cancel Command

Atanyprompt,afterthevoiceonbeep,youcansay "Cancel"andyouwillbereturnedtothemainmenu. However,inafewinstancesthesystemwilltakeyou backtothepreviousmenu.

74UNDERSTANDINGTHEFEATURESOFYOURVEHICLE

Pair (Link) UConnect™ System to a Cellular Phone

TobeginusingyourUConnect™system,youmustpair yourcompatibleBluetooth™enabledcellularphone(referto"Introduction"sectiontolearnaboutthephone type).Tocompletethepairingprocess,youwillneedto referenceyourcellularphoneowner'smanual.Oneofthe followingvehiclespecificwebsitesmayalsoprovide detailedinstructionsforpairingwiththebrandofphone thatyouhave:

NOTE: www.chrysler.com/uconnect

The following are general phoneto UConnect™ System pairing instructions:

• Pressthe'Phone'buttontobegin.
• Afterthe"Ready"promptandthefollowingbeep,say "SetupPhonePairing."

• When prompted, after the voice on beep, say "Paira Phone."

• Youwillbeaskedtosayafour-digitpinnumberwhich youwilllaterneedtoenterintoyourcellular.Youcan enteranyfour-digitpinnumber.Youwillnotneedto rememberthispinnumberaftertheinitialpairing process.

• TheUConnect™systemwillthenpromptyoutobegin thecellularphonepairingprocessonyourcellular phone.Beforeattemptingtopairphone,pleasesee yourcellularphone'susermanual(Bluetoothsection) forinstructionsonhowtocompletethisstep.
• Foridentificationpurposes,youwillbepromptedto givetheUConnect™systemanameforyourcellular phone.Eachcellularphonethatispairedshouldbe givenauniquephonename.
• Youwillthenbeaskedtogiveyourcellularphonea prioritylevelbetween1and7,1beingthehighest priority.Youcanpairuptosevencellularphonesto yourUConnect™system.However,atanygiventime,

onlyonecellularphonecanbeinuse,connectedto yourUConnect™System.Thepriorityallowsthe UConnect™systemtoknowwhichcellularphoneto useifmultiplecellularphonesareinthevehicleatthe sametime.Forexample,ifpriority3andpriority5 phonesarepresentinthevehicle,theUConnect™ systemwillusethepriority3cellularphonewhenyou makeacall.Youcanselecttousealowerpriority cellularphoneatanytime(referto"AdvancedPhone Connectivity"section).

Dial by Saying a Number

• Pressthe'Phone'buttontobegin.
• Afterthe"Ready"promptandthefollowingbeep,say "Dial."
• Systemwillpromptyoutosaythenumberyouwant call.

UNDERSTANDINGTHEFEATURESOFYOURVEHICLE75

• Forexample,youcansay"234-567-8901."Thephone numberthatyouentermustbeofvalidlengthand combination.TheUConnect™limitstheuserfrom dialinginvalidcombinationofnumbers.Forexample, 234-567-890isninedigitslong,whichisnotavalid phonenumber-theclosestvalidphonenumberhas tendigits.
• TheUConnect™systemwillconfirmthephonenum-berandthendial.Thenumberwillappearinthe displayofcertainradios.

Call by Saying a Name

• Pressthe"Phone"buttontobegin.
• Afterthe"Ready"promptandthefollowingbeep,say "Call."
• Systemwillpromptyoutosaythenameoftheperson youwantcall.

76 UNDERSTANDINGTHEFEATURESOFYOURVEHICLE

• After the "Ready" prompt and the following beep, say the name of the person you want to call. For example, you can say "John Doe," where John Doe is a previously stored name entry in the UConnect™ phonebook. Refer to section "Add Names to Your UConnect™ Phonebook," to learn how to store a name in the phonebook.
• The UConnect™ system will confirm the name and then dial the corresponding phone number, which may appear in the display of certain radios.

Add Names to Your UConnect™ Phonebook

NOTE: Adding names to phonebook is recommended when vehicle is not in motion.

• Press the "Phone" button to begin.

• After the "Ready" prompt and the following beep, say "Phonebook New Entry."

• When prompted, say the name of the new entry. Use of long names helps the voice recognition and is recommended. For example, say "Robert Smith" or "Robert" instead of "Bob."

• When prompted, enter the number designation (e.g.: "Home," "Work," "Mobile," or "Pager"). This will allow you to store multiple numbers for each phonebook entry, if desired.
• When prompted, recite the phone number for the phonebook entry that you are adding.

After you are finished adding an entry into the phone-book, you will be given the opportunity to add more phone numbers to the current entry or to return to the main menu.

The UConnect™ system will allow you to enter up to 32 names in the phonebook with each name having up to four associated phone numbers and designations.

Edit Entries in the UConnect™ Phonebook

NOTE: Adding namestophone book is recommended when vehicle is not in motion.

• Pressthe'Phone'buttontobegin.
• Afterthe"Ready"promptandthefollowingbeep,say "PhonebookEdit."
• Youwillthenbeaskedforthenameofthephonebook entrythatyouwishtoedit.
• Next,choosethenumberdesignation(home,work, mobile,orpager)thatyouwishtoedit.
• When prompted, recitethenewphonenumberforthe phonebookentrythatyouareediting.

Afteryouarefinishededitinganentryinthephonebook, youwillbegiventheopportunitiestoeditanotherentry inthephonebook,callthenumberyoujustedited,or returntothemainmenu.

"PhonebookEdit" can be used to add another phone number to an name entry that already exists in the phonebook. For example, the entry John Doemay have a mobile and a homenumber, but you can add John Doe's work number later using the "PhonebookEdit" feature.

Delete Entries in the UConnect™ Phonebook

• Pressthe'Phone'buttontobegin.
• Afterthe"Ready"promptandthefollowingbeep,say "PhonebookDelete."
• AfteryouenterthePhonebookDeletemenu,youwill thenbeaskedforthenameoftheentrythatyouwish todelete.Youcaneithersaythenameofaphonebook entrythatyouwishtodeleteoryoucansay"List Names"tohearalistoftheentriesinthephonebook fromwhichyouchoose.Toselectoneoftheentries fromthelist,pressthe"VoiceRecognition"button whiletheUConnect™systemisplayingthedesired entryandsay"Delete."

78 UNDERSTANDING THE FEATURES OF YOUR VEHICLE

- Afteryouenterthename,theUConnect™systemwill askyouwhichdesignationyouwishtodelete:home, work,mobileorpager.Saythedesignationyouwish todelete.

Delete All Entries in the UConnect™ Phonebook

• Pressthe'Phone'buttontobegin.
• Afterthe"Ready"promptandthefollowingbeep,say "PhonebookEraseAll."
• TheUConnect™systemwillaskyoutoverifythatyou wishtodeletealltheentriesfromthephonebook.
• Afterconfirmation, the phonebookentries will be deleted.

List All Names in the UConnect™ Phonebook

- Pressthe'Phone'buttontobegin.

• Afterthe"Ready"promptandthefollowingbeep,say "PhonebookListNames."
• TheUConnect™systemwillplaythenamesofallthe phonebookentries.
• Tocalloneofthenamesinthelist, pressthe"Voice Recognition'buttonduringtheplayingofthedesired nameandsay"Call".NOTE: theusercanalsoexercise "Edit" or "Delete" operations at this point.
• TheUConnect™systemwillthenpromptyouasto numberdesignationyouwishtocall.
  • Theselectednumberwillbedialed.

PhoneCallFeatures

The following features can be accessed through the UConnect™ system if the feature(s) are available by your cellular service plan. For example, if your cellular service plan provides three-way calling, this feature can be

accessedthroughtheUConnect™system.Checkwith yourcellularserviceproviderforthefeaturesthatyou have.

Answer or Reject an Incoming Call - No Call Currently in Progress

When you receive acallony our cellular phone, the UConnect™ system will interrupt the vehicle audio system, if on, and will ask if you would like to answer the call. Toreject the call, press and hold the 'Phone' button until you hear a single beep indicating that the incoming call was rejected.

Answer or Reject an Incoming Call - Call Currently in Progress

Ifacalliscurrentlyinprogressandyouhaveanother incomingcall,youwillhearthesamenetworktonesfor callwaitingthatyounormallyhearwhenusingyourcell phone.Pressthe'Phone'buttontoplacethecurrentcall onholdandanswertheincomingcall.NOTE:The

UConnect™ systemcompatiblephonesinmarkettoday donotsupportrejectinganincomingcallwhenanother callisinprogress. Therefore, theusercanonlyeither answeranincomingcallorignoreit.

Making a Second Call while Current Call in Progress

Tomasesecondcallwhileyouarecurrentlyinacall, pressthe'VoiceRecognition'buttonandsay"Dial"or "Call"followedbythephonenumberorphonebookentry youwishtocall. Thefirstcallwillbeonholdwhilethe secondcallisinprogress. Togobacktothefirstcall, refer tosection "TogglingBetweenTwoCalls." Tocombinetwo calls, refertosection "ConferenceCall."

Place / Retrieve a Call from Hold

Tputacallonhold, press the 'Phone' button until you hearasinglebeep which will indicate that the call has been placed on hold. To bring the callback from hold, press and hold the 'Phone' button for 1 to 3 seconds.

80UNDERSTANDINGTHEFEATURESOFYOURVEHICLE

Toggling Between Calls

Iftwocallsareinprogress(oneactiveandoneonhold), pressthe'Phone'buttonuntilyouhearasinglebeep indicatingthattheactiveandholdstatusofthetwocalls haveswitched.Onlyonecallcanbeplacedonholdatone time.

Conference Call

Whentwocallsareinprogress(oneactiveandoneon hold),pressandholdthe'Phone'buttonuntilyouheara doublebeepindicatingthatthetwocallshavebeen joinedintooneconferencecall.

Three-Way Calling

Toinitiate three-way calling press the Voice Recognition button while acallisin progress and make a second phone call as described in section "Making a Second Call while Current Call in Progress." After these second call has established, pressandholdthe'Phone'buttonuntilyou hearadoublebeepindicatingthatthetwocallshave beenjoinedintooneconferencecall.

Call Termination

Toendacallinprogress,momentarilypressthe'Phone' button.Allactivecallswillbeterminated.

Redial

• Pressthe'Phone'buttontobegin.
• Afterthe"Ready"promptandthefollowingbeep,say "Redial."
• TheUConnect™systemwillcallthelastnumberthat wasdiedonyourcellularphone. Note: this may not be thelastnumberdied from theUConnect™system.

Call Continuation

Callcontinuationisprogressionofaphonecallon UConnect™systemafterthevehicleignitionkeyhas beenswitchedtooff.Callcontinuationfunctionalitycan beofthreetypes:

• Afterignitionkeyisswitchedoff,acallcancontinue ontheUConnect™systemeitheruntilthecallendorsor untilthevehiclebatteryconditiondictatescessationof thecallontheUConnect™systemandtransferofthe calltothemobilephone.
• Afterignitionkeyisswitchedtooff,acallcancontinue ontheUConnect™systemforcertainduration,after whichthecallisautomaticallytransferredfromthe UConnect™systemtothemobilephone.
• Anactivecallisautomaticallytransferredtothe mobilephoneafterignitionkeyisswitchedtooff. Vehicles,suchasPacifica,supportthisapproach.

UConnect™SystemFeatures

Language Selection

TochangethelanguagethattheUConnect™systemis using,

• Pressthe'Phone'buttontobegin.
- Afterthe"Ready"promptandthefollowingbeep,say thenameofthelanguageyouwishtoswitchto (English,Espanol,orFrancais,ifsoequipped).
- Continuetofollowthesystempromptstocomplete languageselection.

Afterselectingoneofthelanguages,allpromptsand voicecommandswillbeinthatlanguage.

NOTE: After every UConnect™ language change operation, you need to enter name the phone book and pair (re-link) phone(s).

82UNDERSTANDINGTHEFEATURESOFYOURVEHICLE

Emergency Assistance

If you are in an emergency and the mobile phone is reachable:

- Pickup the phone and manually dial the emergency number for your area.

If the phone is not reachable and the UConnect™ system is operational, you may reach the emergency number as follows:

• Pressthe'Phone'buttontobegin.
• Afterthe◆Ready◆ promptandthefollowingbeep,say ◆Emergency◆ andtheUConnect™systemwillinstruct thepairedcellularphonetocalltheemergencynumber.ThisfeatureisonlysupportedintheUSA.

NOTE: TheUConnect™systemdoesslightlylower yourchancesofsuccessfullymakingaphonecallasto thatforthecellphonedirectly.

Your phonemustbeturnedonandpairedtotheUConnect™systemtoallowuseofthisvehiclefeaturein emergencysituationswhenthecellphonehasnetwork coverageandstayspairedtotheUConnect™system.

Towing Assistance

If you need towing assistance,

• Pressthe'Phone'buttontobegin.
• Afterthe◆Ready◆ promptandthefollowingbeep,say ◆TowingAssistance.

Pleaserefertothe24-HourTowingAssistancecoverage detailsintheDaimlerChryslerCorporation24-Hour TowingAssistanceProgramGuide.

Paging

Tolearnhowtopage, refertosection ◆ Working with Automated Systems. ◆ Paging works properly except for pagers of certain companies which time out alittle too soon to work properly with the UConnect™ system.

Voice Mail Calling

Tolearnhowtoaccessyourvoicemail, refertosection "WorkingwithAutomatedSystems."

Working with Automated Systems

This method is designed to be used in instances where one generally has topress numbers on the cellular phone keypad while navigating through an automated telephony system.

YoucanuseyourUConnect™systemtoaccessavoicemailsystemoranautomatedservice,suchas,paging serviceorautomatedcustomerservice.Someservices requireimmediateresponseselection,insomeinstances, thatmaybetooquickforuseofUConnect™system.

WhencallinganumberwithyourUConnect™system thatnormallyrequiresyoutoenterinatouch-tone sequenceonyourcellularphonekeypad,youcanpush the'VoiceRecognition'buttonandsaythesequenceyou wishtoenterfollowedbytheword"Send."Forexample,

ifrequiredtoenteryourpinnumberfollowedwitha pound 3 7 4 6 # , you can press the ' VoiceRecognition button and say "3 7 4 6 # Send." Saying a number, or sequenceofnumbers,followedby"Send"isalsotobe usedtonavigatethroughanautomatedcustomerservice centermenustructureandtoleaveanumberonapager.

Barge In - Overriding Prompts

The'VoiceRecognition'buttoncanbeusedwhenyou wishtoskippartofapromptandissueyourvoice recognitioncommandimmediately. Forexample, ifa promptisplaying"Wouldyouliketopairaphone, clear a...,"youcouldpressthe'VoiceRecognition'buttonand say"PairaPhone"toselectthatoptionwithouthavingto listentotherestofthevoiceprompt.

Turning Confirmation Prompts On/Off

Turningconfirmationpromptsoffwillstopthesystem fromconfirmingyourchoices(e.g.theUConnect™systemwillnotrepeataphonenumberbeforeyoudialit).

• Pressthe'Phone'buttontobegin.
• Afterthe"Ready"promptandthefollowingbeep,say "SetupConfirmations."TheUConnect™systemwill playthecurrentconfirmationpromptstatusandyou willbegiventhechoicetochangeit.

Phone and Network Status Indicators

TheUConnect™systemwillprovidenotificationto informyouifyourcellularphoneisinroamingstatus, haslowsignalstrength,orhasalowbatterywhenyou aretryingtoplaceaphonecall.

Dialing Using the Cellular Phone Keypad

Youcandialaphonenumberwithyourcellularphone keypadandstillusetheUConnect™system(while dialingviathecellphonekeypad,theusermustexercise cautionandtakeprecautionarysafetymeasures).By dialinganumberwithyourpairedBluetooth™cellular phone,theaudiowillbeplayedthroughyourvehicle's audiosystem.TheUConnect™systemwillworkthe sameasifyoudialthenumberusingvoicerecognition.

NOTE: Certainbrandsofmobilephonesdonotsendthe dialringtotheUConnect™systemtoplayitonthe vehicleaudiosystem,soyouwillnothearit.Underthis situation,aftersuccessfullydialinganumber,theuser may feel that the call did not go through even though the callisinprogress.Onceyourcallisanswered,youwill heartheaudio.

Mute/Un-mute (Mute off)

When you mute the UConnect™ system, you will still be abletoheartheconversationcomingfromtheother party, buttheotherpartywillnotbeabletohearyou.In ordertomutetheUConnect™system:

• Pressthe'VoiceRecognition'button.
• Afterthe"Ready"promptandthefollowingbeep,say "Mute."

Inordertoun-mutetheUConnect™system:

• Pressthe'VoiceRecognition'button.
• Afterthe"Ready"promptandthefollowingbeep,say "Mute-off."

Information Service

When using AT&T Wireless Service, dialing to phone number "#121," you can access voice activated automated system to receive news, weather, stocks, traffic, etc. related information.

AdvancedPhoneConnectivity

Transfer Call to and from Cellular Phone

TheUConnect™systemallowsongoingcallstobe transferredtoyourcellularphonetotheUConnect™ systemwithoutterminatingthecall.TotransferanongoingcallfromyourUConnect™pairedcellularphoneto theUConnect™systemorvice-versa,pressthe'Voice Recognition'buttonandsay"TransferCall."

Connect or Disconnect Link Between the UConnect™ System and Cellular Phone

Yourcellularphone can be paired with many different electronic devices, but can only be actively connected with one electronic device at a time.

If you would like to connect disconnect the Bluetooth™ connection between a UConnect™ paired cellular phone and the UConnect™ system, follow the instruction described in your cellular phone user's manual.

List Paired Cellular Phone Names

• Pressthe'Phone'buttontobegin.
• Afterthe"Ready"promptandthefollowingbeep,say "SetupListPhones".
• Whenprompted, say "ListPhones".

86 UNDERSTANDING THE FEATURES OF YOUR VEHICLE

- TheUConnect™systemwillplaythephenenamesof allpairedcellularphonesinorderfromthehighestto thelowestpriority.

Select another Cellular Phone

Thisfeatureallowsyoutoselectandstartusinganother phonewiththeUConnect™system. Thephonemust havebeenpreviouslypairedtotheUConnect™system thatyouwanttouseitwith.

• Pressthe'Phone'buttontobegin.
• Afterthe"Ready"promptandthefollowingbeep,say "SetupSelectPhone."
• Whenprompted, say the phonename of the cellular phoneyouwishtouse, or say "List Phones" to hear a list of all the phonesthath have been paired to your UConnect™ system. Toselectaphone from the list, pressthe 'Voice Recognition' button and say "Select."

- Alowerpriorityphonewillonlybeusedforthenext phonecall. Afterthat,theUConnect™systemwill returntousingthehighestpriorityphonepresentinor near(approximatelywithin30feet)thevehicle.

Delete UConnect™ Paired Cellular Phones

• Pressthe'Phone'buttontobegin.
• Afterthe"Ready"promptandthefollowingbeep,say "SetupPhonePairing."
• Atthenextprompt, say "Delete."
• Youwillbeaskedtosaythenameofthephonethat youwishtodelete.Youcaneithersaythenameofthe phonethatyouwishtodeleteoryoucansay"All"to deleteallthephones.

ThingsYouShouldKnowAboutYourUConnect™ System

Voice Recognition (VR)

• Alwayswaitforthebeepbeforespeaking.
- Speaknormally, without pausing, just as you would speak to a person sitting approximately eight (8) feet away from you.
- Makesurethatnooneotherthanyouisspeaking duringavoicerecognitionperiod.
• Performanceismaximizedunder:

• low-to-mediumblowersetting,
• low-to-medium vehiclespeed,
• lowroadnoise,
• smoothroadsurface,

UNDERSTANDINGTHEFEATURESOFYOURVEHICLE87

• fullyclosedwindows,

• dryweathercondition.

• Eventhoughthesystemisdesignedforusersspeaking inNorthAmericanEnglishandSpanishaccents,the systemmaynotalwaysworkforsome.

• Whennavigatingthroughanautomatedsystem,such as,voicemail,orwhensendingapage,attheendof speakingthedigitstring,makesuretosay"send."
• Storingnamesinphonebookwhenvehicleisnotin motionisrecommended.
• Itisnotrecommendedtostoresimilarsounding namesintheUConnect™ phonebook.
• UConnect™ phonebooknametagrecognitionrateis optimizedforthepersonwhostoredthenameinthe phonebook.

88UNDERSTANDINGTHEFEATURESOFYOURVEHICLE

• You can say "O" (letter "O") for "0" (zero). "800" must be spoken "eight-zero-zero."
• Eventoughinternationaldialingformostnumber combinationsissupported,someshortcutdialing numbercombinationsmaynotbesupported.

Far End Audio Performance:

• Audioqualityismaximizedunder:
- low-to-mediumblowersetting,
- low-to-mediumvehiclespeed,
- lowroadnoise,
- smoothroadsurface,
- fullyclosedwindows,and

• dryweathercondition.
  • Operationfromdriverseat.
• Performance, such as, audioclarity, echo and loudnesstoalargedegree, rely on the phone and network, and not the UConnect™ system.
• Echoatfarendcansometimebereducedbylowering their-vehicleaudiovolume.

Bluetooth Communication Link

Cellularphoneshavebeenfoundtooccasionallyloose connectiontotheUConnect™system.Whenthishappens,theconnectioncangenerallybere-establishedby switchingthephoneoff/on.YourcellphoneisrecommendedtoremaininBluetooth"on"mode.

Reset

Inrareinstances, it may be necessary to reset the UConnect™ system. Therese feature is exercised by pressing and holding the 'UConnect™' and 'Voice Recognition' button simultaneously for 15 seconds. Normally, you do not need to exercise this feature.

Power-Up

AfterswitchingignitionkeyfromofftoeitherOnorACC position,orafterareset,youmustwaitatleastfive(5) secondspriortousingthesystem.

90UNDERSTANDINGTHEFEATURESOFYOURVEHICLE

graph TD
    A["Voice Tree"] --> B["Dial"]
    A --> C["Call"]
    A --> D["Redial"]
    A --> E["Towing Assistance"]
    A --> F["Emergency"]
    A --> G["English/ Espanol"]
    A --> H["Phonebook"]
    A --> I["Setup"]
    B --> J["Enter Number"]
    J --> K["Number is Dialed"]
    C --> L["Enter Name"]
    L --> M["Number associated with entry is dialed"]
    D --> N["Last Number on Phone is redialed"]
    N --> O["Dials towing assistance 800 number"]
    E --> P["Confirms whether or not to dial 91 and dials it if confirmation successful."]
    F --> Q["If "English" system will confirm whether or not user wishes to change language to English."]
    G --> R["If "Espanol" system will confirm whether or not user wishes to change language to Spanish."]
    H --> S["See Phonebook Flowchart"]
    I --> T["See Setup Flowchart"]
    P --> U["System will reset and proper language will be set."]
    Q --> V["System will reset and proper language will be set."]

Note: Available Voice commands are shown in bold face and are underlined.

8131b290

graph TD
    A["Phonebook"] --> B["New Entry"]
    A --> C["Edit"]
    A --> D["List Names"]
    A --> E["Delete"]
    A --> F["Erase All"]
    B --> G["Enter Name"]
    G --> H["Enter Location"]
    H --> I["Enter Number"]
    I --> J["New Entry Added"]
    C --> K["Enter Name"]
    K --> L["Enter Location"]
    L --> M["Current Number is played"]
    M --> N["Enter New Number"]
    N --> O["Entry is modified"]
    D --> P["Entries Listed one at a time."]
    E --> Q["Enter Name"]
    Q --> R["Enter Location"]
    R --> S["Entry Deleted"]
    F --> T["1st Confirmation"]
    T --> U["2nd Confirmation"]
    U --> V["Phonebook Cleared"]

Note: Available Voice commands are shown in bold face and are underlined.

8131b294

92UNDERSTANDINGTHEFEATURESOFYOURVEHICLE

graph TD
    A["Setup"] --> B["Confirmation Prompts"]
    A --> C["Pairing"]
    A --> D["Select Phone"]
    A --> E["Language"]
    B --> F["Toggle Confirmation Prompts on/off"]
    C --> G["Pair"]
    C --> H["List Phones"]
    C --> I["Delete"]
    I --> J["Say Name of phone to delete"]
    I --> K["All"]
    I --> L["List Phones"]
    J --> M["Phone Deleted"]
    K --> N["System confirms"]
    L --> O["System Lists Phones"]
    M --> P["Enter Name of phone"]
    N --> Q["All Phones Deleted"]
    O --> R["New phone will temporarily override phone priorities."]
    R --> S["Select a language: English or Espanol"]
    S --> T["System will reset and proper language will be set."]
    P --> U["Assign Priority of phone. (1 to 7, 1 having highest priority)"]
    Q --> V["All Phones Deleted"]
    style A fill:#f9f,stroke:#333
    style B fill:#ccf,stroke:#333
    style C fill:#ccf,stroke:#333
    style D fill:#ccf,stroke:#333
    style E fill:#ccf,stroke:#333
    style F fill:#cfc,stroke:#333
    style G fill:#cfc,stroke:#333
    style H fill:#cfc,stroke:#333
    style I fill:#cfc,stroke:#333
    style J fill:#cfc,stroke:#333
    style K fill:#cfc,stroke:#333
    style L fill:#cfc,stroke:#333
    style M fill:#fcc,stroke:#333
    style N fill:#fcc,stroke:#333
    style O fill:#fcc,stroke:#333
    style P fill:#fcc,stroke:#333
    style Q fill:#fcc,stroke:#333
    style R fill:#fcc,stroke:#333
    style S fill:#fcc,stroke:#333
    style T fill:#fcc,stroke:#333

SEATS

10-WayDriver'sPowerSeat—IfEquipped

The driver's power seat switches are located on the driver's front doort rim panel. The bottom switch control sup/down, forward/rearward, and tilt adjustment. The top switch control these at back recline adjustment and them middle switch control sthelum bar adjustment.

Interior view of a car dashboard with control panel and door (no visible text or symbols)

WARNING!

Adjust the seat only while the vehicle is parked. Adjusting a seat while the vehicle is moving is dangerous. The sudden movement of the seat could cause you to lose control. The seat belt might not be properly adjusted and you could be injured.

8-WayDriver'sPowerSeat—IfEquipped

The driver's power seat switches are located on the driver's front doort rim panel. The bottom switch controls up/down, forward/rearward, and tilt adjustment. The top switch control these at back recline adjustment.

4-WayPassenger'sPowerSeat

Thefrontpassenger'spowerseatswitchesarelocated on the passenger's frontdoortrimpanel. Thebottomswitch controlsforwardandrearwardadjustment. Thetop switchcontrolstheseatbackreclineadjustment.

94UNDERSTANDINGTHEFEATURESOFYOURVEHICLE

CAUTION!

Do not place any article under a power seat or impede its ability to move as it may cause damage to the seat controls. Seat travel may become limited if movement is stopped by an obstruction in the seat's path.

AdjustableHeadRestraints

Headrestraintscanreducetheriskofwhiplashinjuryin theeventofimpactfromtherear.Pulluporpushdown ontheheadrestraintsothattheupperedgeisashighas practical.Toraisetheheadrestraint,pulluponthehead restraint.Tolowertheheadrestraint,depresstherelease tablocatedatthebaseoftheheadrestraintandpush downontheheadrestraint.

Interior view of a car seatbelt and rearview mirror (no text or symbols visible)

HeatedSeats—IfEquipped

Thisfeatureheatsthedriver,frontpassengerandsecond rowseats.Thecontrolsforthefrontheatedseatsare locatedonthedoortrimpanelnexttothepowerseat switches.

UNDERSTANDINGTHEFEATURESOFYOURVEHICLE95

Interior view of a car dashboard with control panel and directional arrow (no text or symbols)

Presstheswitchoncetoselectaheatsetting(highorlow) and presstheswitchasecondtimeinthesamedirection toturntheheatedseatoff. The indicatorlightwillshow when LOWorHIGHheatisON.

The controls for these second row heated seats are located on the center console between these seats. Press the switch on cetoselecta heat setting (high or low) and press the

switchasecondtimeinthesamedirectiontoturnthe heatedseatoff.TheindicatorlightwillshowwhenLOW orHIGHheatisON.

Interior view of a car seatbelt with a central control panel and directional arrows indicating movement (no text or symbols)

NOTE:

- Ifthelightsinthesecondrowheatedseatswitchbegin toflashwhentheswitchispressed, itindicatesthatthe

96UNDERSTANDINGTHEFEATURESOFYOURVEHICLE

heatedseatisnotfunctioningproperlyandthatserviceisrequired.Seeyourauthorizeddealerforservice.

• Onceaheatsettingisselected,heatwillbefeltwithin 2to3minutes.
• Theheatedseatswillturnoffwhentheignitionswitch isturnedtotheOFFposition.

SecondRowManualSeatRecliner

Thereclinermechanismcontrolisontheoutboardsideof theseat.Torecline,leanforwardslightly,liftthelever, thenpushbacktothedesiredpositionandreleasethe lever.Leanforwardandliftthelevertoreturnthe seatbacktoitsnormalposition.Usingbodypressure,lean forwardandrearwardontheseattobesuretheseatback haslatched.

Interior view of a car showing seatbelt and dashboard with numbered arrows indicating movement (no text or symbols)

NOTE: When using therecliner mechanism with the 3rd rowseat folded down, these second rowseat may need to be adjusted forward to achieve full recline.

WARNING!

Do not ride with the seatback reclined so that the shoulder belt is no longer resting against your chest. In a collision you could slide under the seat belt and be seriously or fatally injured. Use the recliner only when the vehicle is parked.

SecondRowManualSeatAdjuster

The adjusting bar is located under the front of these seat. Pull the bar up and mov these seat to the desired position. Releasethe bartolock these seat in top position.

Interior view of a car seatbelt with an arrow indicating direction (no text or symbols)

Usingbodypressure,moveforwardandrearwardonthe seattobesuretheseatadjustershavelatched.

98UNDERSTANDINGTHEFEATURESOFYOURVEHICLE

WARNING!

Adjust the seat only while the vehicle is parked. Adjusting a seat while the vehicle is moving is dangerous. The seat belt might not be properly adjusted and you could be injured.

SecondRowFold&TumbleSeats

Thesecondrowseatscanbefoldedandtumbledforward foreasyaccesstothethirdseatorrrearcargoarea.

Tofoldandtumbletheseat,followthesesteps:

1. Remove any obstructions from the floor in front of the seat.

2. Lowertheheadrestrainttoitsfulldownwardposition androtatethearmresttotheuprightposition.
   3.Movetheseattothefullrearposition.

3. Pullupontheseatbackreleaseleverlocatedonthe outboardsideoftheseatlabeled"1"andfoldthe seatbackdown.

Interior view of a car showing seatbelt and dashboard with directional arrow (no text or symbols)

Toassuretheseatbackislatchedinthefoldedposition, additionaldownwardpressureontheseatbackmaybe requiredwhenfolding.

UNDERSTANDINGTHEFEATURESOFYOURVEHICLE99

5.Pulluponthereleasehandlelabeled"2" and lift firmly totumbletheseatfully forward. If theseat contactstherearofthefrontseat, movethefrontseat forward.

Interior view of a car showing seatbelt and dashboard area with an arrow indicating direction (no text or symbols)

Torelatchtheseat,tilttheseatrearwardandpushdown firmlytoengagetherearattachments.Thenliftthe seatbackreleaseleverlabeled"1"andpulltheseatback uptoreturnittoitsfulluprightposition.

WARNING!

In a collision, you or others in your vehicle could be injured if seats are not properly latched to their floor attachments. Always be sure the seats are fully latched.

ThirdRowEasyExit

Forpassengerssittinginthethirdrowseats,thesecond rowseatscanbefoldedandtumbledforwardforeasy exit.

Tofoldandtumbletheseatforward, followthesesteps:

100UNDERSTANDINGTHEFEATURESOFYOURVEHICLE

1. Pullupontheseatbackreleasehandle "1" located on the back of these at to fold these at back down.

Close-up of a car seatbelt buckle assembly with a black arrow pointing to the buckle (no text or symbols visible)

1. Pullthereleasestrap "2" located at the bottom of the seat to lift and tumble these at forward.

Close-up of a car seatbelt buckle assembly with a black arrow pointing to the buckle (no text or symbols visible)

Torelatchtheseat,tilttheseatrearwardandpushdown firmlytoengagetherearattachments.Thenliftthe seatbackreleaseleverlabeled"1"andpulltheseatback uptoreturnittoitsfulluprightposition.

ThirdRowSeatingFlexibility

Thethirdrowseatsmaybeusedwitheitherorboth seatbacksfoldedforwardforadditionalstoragespace.

Tofoldtheseat,removeanyobjectsfrominfrontoforon theseat.Thenpullhandlelocatedontheseatback and pushitforward.

Interior view of a car seat with a black arrow pointing to the side panel (no text or symbols visible)

WARNING!

Do not sit in the 3rd row seat with the second row seatbacks folded or with the second row seats folded and tumbled. In a collision, you could slide under the seat belt and be seriously or even fatally injured.

Toraisethe3rdrowseat,liftupontheseatbackandpush rearwarduntiltheseatbackislatched.Movetheseatback forwardtobesuretheseatbackisfullylatched.

CAUTION!

Be sure there is nothing in front of the 3rd row seat cushion before folding it down. Damage to the seat may occur.

WARNING!

• Not all head restraints in this vehicle are the same. Head restraints from one seating position should not be removed and installed in any other seating position. In a collision, serious injury or death may result if the proper head restraint is not installed on each seat.
• The cargo area in the rear of the vehicle should not be used as a play area by children. They could be seriously injured in a collision. Children should be seated and using the proper restraint system.
• It is extremely dangerous to ride in a cargo area, inside or outside of a vehicle. In a collision, people riding in these areas are more likely to be seriously injured or killed.
• Do not allow people to ride in any area of your vehicle that is not equipped with seats and seat belts.
• Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and using a seat belt properly.

LoadFloor

For additional cargospace, these second and third row seatback may be folded forward and the load floor extended to cover the center console.

Toextendtheloadfloor, follow these steps:

1. Movethesecondrowseatstothefullrearposition.
   2.Foldthesecondandthirdrowseatbackdown.
2. Pullontheloadfloorstrapandliftthepanelfromthe driver'ssecondrowseatbackoverthecenterconsoleand ontothepassengersecondrowseat.

UNDERSTANDINGTHEFEATURESOFYOURVEHICLE103

Interior view of a vehicle showing the roof, dashboard, and seat area (no visible text or symbols)

NOTE: Besuretoreattachthestraptosecuretheload floorpanelwhennotinuse.

PlasticGroceryBagRetainer

Retainerhookswhichwillholdplasticgrocerybag handlesarebuiltintotheseatbacksofallfrontseats.The floorsupportsthepartialweightofthebaggedgoods.

Interior view of a car seatbelt with two black arrows pointing to the seat area (no text or symbols)

DRIVERMEMORYSYSTEM—IFEQUIPPED

If your vehicle is equipped with memory systems, your remote key less entry transmit or memory seat buttons on the driver's door panel can be used to recall the driver's seat, outside mirrors, adjustable pedals (if equipped) and radiostation preset to saved positions.

Interior view of a car dashboard with control panel and directional arrow (no text or symbols)

Thememoryseatbuttonslocatedonthedriver'sdoor willalwaysrecallstoredsettings.Theremotekeyless entrytransmittercanbeprogrammedtorecallpositions whentheUNLOCKbuttonispressed.Refertothe followingprocedureonhowtolinkaremotekeyless entrytransmittertoaposition.

NOTE: The vehicle must be in Park to recall memory positions. If are call is attempted when the vehicle is not in Park, am message will be displayed in the Electronic Vehicle Information Center (EVIC).

Torecallmemorypositionspressmemorybuttonnumber1ifyouarerecallingthememorypositionfordriverone orpressmemorybuttonnumber2ifyouarerecallingthe memorypositionfordrivertwo.Arecallcanbecancelled bypressinganyofthememorybuttonsduringarecall. Whenarecalliscancelled,theseatstopsmovinganda delayofapproximatelyonesecondwilloccurbeforeany otherrecallscanbeselected.

Yourvehiclehasbeendeliveredwithtworemotekeyless entrytransmitters.Oneorbothtransmitterscanbelinked toeithermemoryposition.Uptoeightremotekeyless entrytransmitterscanbeusedwithyourvehicle.The memoryseatsystemcanalsoaccommodateuptoeight transmitterslinkedtoeitherofthetwostoredseat positionsoranycombinationofthetwopositions.

ToProgramMemorySeatButtons&RKE Transmitters, FollowTheseSteps:

1. TurntheignitionswitchtotheONposition.
2. SelectRemoteLinkedtoMemoryfromtheEVICand enter"Yes".
3. Usetheseat, mirror and adjustable pedal switchesto adjust theseat, recliner, side view mirrors and adjustable pedal stothedesired positions.

4. Settheradiostation presets (upto10AMand10FM stationscanbeset).

5. TurntheignitionswitchtotheOFFpositionand removethekey.

6. Pressandrelease the SET(S) button located on the driver's door. Alightin the button will flashtelling you that you are in the set memory mode. You have five second to complete then next step.
7. Within5seconds, pressandreleasebutton1or2on thedriver'sdoor.Achimewillsoundsignalingyouthat therivermemoryhasbeenset.Amessagewillalsobe displayedintheElectronicVehicleInformationCenter (EVIC), indicatingapositionhasbeenset.
8. Within5seconds, pressandreleasetheLOCKbutton ononeoftheRemoteKeylessEntryTransmitters. A chimewillsoundsignalingyouthatthetransmitterhas been successfullylinked. AmessagewillalsobedisplayedintheElectronicVehicleInformationCenter (EVIC), indicatingthetransmitterhasbeenlinked.

Repeattheabovestepsforthesecondpositionusingthe otherdriver'sdoornumberedbuttonandRemoteKeylessEntryTransmitter.

Eachtime theSET(S)buttonandanumberedbuttonare pressed,youerasetheoldmemoryandstoreanewone.

ToDisableATransmitterLink, FollowTheseSteps:

1. Select "RemoteLinkedToMemory" from the Electronic Vehicle Information Center, Customer Programmable features.
2. TurntheignitionswitchtotheOFFpositionand removethekey.

3. Pressandrelease the SET(S) button located on the driver's door. Alightin the button will flashtelling you that you are in the set memory mode. You have five second to complete them next step.

4. Within5seconds, pressandreleasebutton1or2on thedriver'sdoor.Achimewillsoundsignalingyouthat thedrivermemoryhasbeenset.Amessagewillalsobe displayedintheElectronicVehicleInformationCenter (EVIC), indicatingapositionhasbeenset.

5. Within5 seconds, press and release the UNLOCK button on theremote key less entry transmitters. Achime will sound signaling you that the transmitter link has been successfully disabled. Am message will also be displayed in the Electronic Vehicle Information Center (EVIC), indicating the transmitter has been disabled.

Todisableanothertransmitterfrommemorypositions1 or2,repeatsteps1–4foreachtransmitter.

NOTE: Thisfunctioncanbeselectedusingthe"CustomerProgrammableFeatures"intheElectronicVehicleInformationCenter(EVIC)section,Otherwiseeeyourauthorizeddealer.

UNDERSTANDINGTHEFEATURESOFYOURVEHICLE107

TOOPENANDCLOSETHEHOOD

Toopenthehood, twolatchesmustbereleased. Firstpull thehoodreleaseleverlocated undertheleftsideofthe instrumentpanel.

Mechanical assembly diagram showing a valve mechanism with a black arrow pointing to a component (no text or symbols present)

Next, pushtotheleftthesafetycatchlocatedunderthe frontedgeofthehood, nearthecenter.

Front view of a car with grille and headlights (no visible text or symbols)

80ee5cdc

Usethehoodproprodtosecurethehoodintheopen position.

Topreventpossibledamage,donotslamthehoodto closeit.Lowerthehooduntilitisopenapproximately15 cm(6inches)andthendropit.Thisshouldsecureboth latches.Neverdriveyourvehicleunlesssthehoodisfully closed,withbothlatchesengaged.

108UNDERSTANDINGTHEFEATURESOFYOURVEHICLE

WARNING!

If the hood is not fully latched, it could fly up when the vehicle is moving and block your forward vision. You could have a collision. Be sure all hood latches are fully latched before driving.

LIGHTS

OverheadConsoleMap/ReadingLights

Theselightsaremountedbetweenthesunvisorsonthe overheadconsole.EachlightisturnedONbypassing thelens.Pressthelensasecondtimetoturnthelight OFF.Thelightsalsoturnonwhenadoorisopenedorthe dimmercontrolisturnedfullyupward,pastthesecond detent.

Top-down view of a car rear air conditioner unit with control panel (no visible text or symbols)

80ee5d20
NOTE: Thelightswillremainonuntiltheswitchis pressedasecondtime, sobesuretheyhavebeenturned offbeforeleavingthevehicle.

UNDERSTANDINGTHEFEATURESOFYOURVEHICLE109

InteriorLights

Theinteriorlightscomeonwhenadoorisopened.

Theinteriorlightswillautomaticallyturnoffinabout15 minutesifadoorisleftopenorthedimmercontrolisleft intheDomelightposition.TurntheignitionswitchON torestoretheinteriorlightoperation.

Multi-FunctionLever

TheMulti-FunctionLevercontrolstheoperationoftheheadlights, parkinglights, turnsignals, headlightbeam selection, instrumentpanellightdimming, interiorlights, thepassinglights, and foglights. Theleverislocated on theleftsideofthesteeringcolumn.

Diagram showing a car steering wheel and its right-hand rule with control buttons (no text or symbols on the diagram itself)

110 UNDERSTANDING THE FEATURES OF YOUR VEHICLE

Headlights, ParkingLights, InstrumentPanel Lights

TurntheendoftheMulti-FunctionLevertothefirst detentforparkinglightandinstrumentpanellight operation.Turntotheseconddetentforheadlight,park lightandinstrumentpanellightoperation.

Tochangethebrightnessoftheinstrumentpanellights, rotatethecenterportionoftheMulti-FunctionLeverupordown.

Dimmer Control

With the parking lights or headlights on, rotating the dimmer control for the interior light on the Multi-Function Leverupward will increase the brightness of the instrument panellights.

Dome Light Position

Rotatethedimmercontrolcompletely upwardtotheseconddetenttoturn ontheinteriorlights.Theinterior lightswillremainonwhenthedimmercontrolisinthisposition.

8093e5f6

Interior light Defeat (OFF)

Rotatethedimmercontroltotheextremebottom"OFF"position.Theinteriorlightswillremainoffwhenthedoorsareopen.

8093e60e

Parade Mode (Daytime Brightness Feature)

Rotatethedimmercontrolupwardto thefirstdetent. Thisfeaturebrightens theodometerandradiodisplaywhen theparkinglightsorheadlightsareon duringdaylightconditions.

8093e650

AutomaticHeadlights

ThisystemautomaticallyturnsyourheadlightsONor OFFbasedonambientlightlevels.Toturnthesystem ON,turntheendoftheMulti-FunctionLevertothethird detentposition.WhenthesystemisON,theHeadlight TimeDelayfeatureisalsoON.Thismeansyourhead-lightswillstayONforupto90secondsafteryouturnthe ignitionswitchOFF.ToturntheAutomaticSystemOFF, turntheendoftheMulti-FunctionLevertotheOFF position.

NOTE: Theenginemustberunningbeforethehead-lightswillcomeONintheAutomaticmode.

DaytimeRunningLights(CanadaOnly)

ThehighbeamheadlightswillcomeonasDaytime RunningLightswhenevertheignitionswitchison,the headlightsareoff,andtheparkingbrakeisoff.The headlightswitchmustbeusedfornormalnighttime driving.

Lights-onReminder

Iftheheadlightsorparkinglightsareonaftertheignition isturnedOFF,achimewillsoundtoalertthedriver whenthedriver'sdoorisopened.

HeadlightTimeDelay

Thisfeatureprovidesthesafetyofheadlightillumination forupto90seconds,whenleavingyourvehicleinan unlightedarea.

112UNDERSTANDINGTHEFEATURESOFYOURVEHICLE

Toactivatethedelayfeature,turnofftheignitionswitch whiletheheadlightsarestillon.Thenturnoffthe headlightswithin45seconds.The90seconddelayintervalbeginswhenheadlightswitchisturnedoff.Ifthe headlightsorparklightsareturnedbackonorthe ignitionswitchisturnedon,thedelaywillbecancelled.

If the headlights are turned off before the ignition, they will turn off in then normal manner.

NOTE: Thelightsmustbeturnedoffwithin45seconds ofturningtheignitionofftoactivatethisfeature

FogLights—IfEquipped

D ThefrontfoglightswitchisontheMulti-Function Lever.Toactivatethefrontfoglights,turnonthe parkinglightsorthelowbeamheadlightsandpull outtheendoftheMulti-FunctionLever.

NOTE: The foglightswillonlyoperatewiththehead-lightsonlowbeam.Selectinghighbeamheadlightswillturnoffthefoglights.

TurnSignals

MovetheMulti-FunctionLeverupordownandthe arrowsoneachsideoftheinstrumentclusterflashto showproperoperationofthefrontandreturnsignal lights.Youcansignalalanechangebymovingthelever partiallyupordownwithoutmovingbeyondthedetent.

Ifeitherlighthasaveryfastflashrate,checkfora defectiveoutsidelightbulb. Ifanindicatorfailstolight whentheleverismoved, itwouldsuggestthatthefuse orindicatorbulbisdefective.

Highbeam/LowbeamSelectSwitch

PulltheMulti-FunctionLevertowardsyoutoswitchtheheadlightstoHIGHbeam.PulltheLeverasecondtimeswitchtheheadlightstoLOWbeam.

PassingLight

Youcansignalanothervehiclewithyourheadlightsby lightlypullingtheMulti-FunctionLevertowardyou. Thiswillcausetheheadlightstoturnonathighbeam andremainonuntiltheleverisreleased.

Tousethefrontwasher, pullthelevertowardyou and holdwhilespraysdesired. If the lever is pulled while in the delay range, the wiper will operate for two wipe cycles after the lever is released, and then resum the intermittent interval previously selected.

114UNDERSTANDINGTHEFEATURESOFYOURVEHICLE

If the lever is pulled while in the OFF position, the wipers will operate for two wipecycles, then turn OFF.

MistFeature

Pushdownonthewiperlevertoactivateasinglewipeto clearoffroadmistorsprayfromapassingvehicle.As longastheleverishelddown,thewiperswillcontinue tooperate.

WindshieldWiperOperation

RotatetheendofthelevertotheseconddetentforLow speedwiperoperation,ortothethirddetentforHigh speedoperation

IntermittentWiperSystem

Use the intermittent wiper when weather conditions make a singlewiping cycle, with a variable pause between cycles, desirable. Rotatethe end of the levert to the first detent position, then turn the end of the levert to

selectthedesireddelayinterval. Thedelaycanberegulatedfromamaximumofapproximately23seconds betweencycles,toacycleeverysecond.

RearWindowWiper/Washer

Theswitchontherightsideofthesteeringcolumnalso controlsoperationoftherearwiper/washerfunction.

80eb7f6a

UNDERSTANDINGTHEFEATURESOFYOURVEHICLE115

Rotating the center of the switchupto the DEL (Delay) position or the ON position will activate therear wiper. Push the lever forward to initiate therear wash function in any of the three positions. Thew asher pump will continue to operate as long ast he lever is pressed. Upon release, therear wiper will cycle two times before returning to the set position.

Adding Washer Fluid

Thefluidreservoirforthewindshieldwashersandthe rearwindowwasherisshared.Itislocatedinthefrontof theenginecompartmentonthedriver'ssideandshould becheckedforfluidlevelatregularintervals.Fillthe reservoirwithwindshieldwashersolvent(notradiator antifreeze)andoperatethesystemforafewsecondsto flushouttheresidualwater.

Interior view of a vehicle's engine bay with visible components and wiring (no text or symbols)

Thewasherfluidreservoirwillholdafullgallonoffluid whenLowWasherFluidilluminatesintheElectronic VehicleInformationCenter(EVIC).

116 UNDERSTANDING THE FEATURES OF YOUR VEHICLE

TILTSTEERINGCOLUMN

Totiltthecolumn,pullthelever,locatedbehindtheturn signalcontrol,towardyouandmovethesteeringwheel upordown,asdesired.Releasethelevertolockthe steeringwheelfirmlyinplace.

Close-up of a car interior showing the steering wheel, dashboard, and infotainment device (no visible text or symbols)

WARNING!

Tilting the steering column while the vehicle is moving is dangerous. Without a stable steering column, you could lose control of the vehicle and have an accident. Adjust the column only while the vehicle is stopped. Be sure it is locked before driving.

TRACTIONCONTROLSWITCH—IFEQUIPPED

ThetractioncontrolIndicator, located in the instrument cluster, will lightup when the Traction Controlisinuse.

ToturnthesystemOFF, press the Traction Control switch located on center consolen next to the ash tray, until the traction control indicator in the instrument cluster lights up.

UNDERSTANDINGTHEFEATURESOFYOURVEHICLE117

Interior view of a car showing the rearview and side seats with two switches, one labeled 'OFF' (no text or symbols on main components)

ToturnthesystembackON, presstheswitchasecond time until the extraction control Indicator turns OFF.

NOTE:

• ThetractioncontrolIndicatorcomesoneachtimethe ignitionswitchisturnedON.Thiswilloccurevenif youusedtheswitchtoturnthesystemOFF.
• TheTractionControlsystemwillmakebuzzingor clickingsoundswheninoperation.

ADJUSTABLEPEDALS—IFEQUIPPED

Thisfeatureallowsboththebrakeandacceleratorpedals tomovetowardorawayfromthedrivertoprovide improvedpositionwiththesteeringwheel.Theadjustablepedalsystemisdesignedtoallowagreaterrangeof drivercomfortforsteeringwheeltiltandseatposition. Theswitchislocatedonthedriversdoortrimpanelnext tothepowerseatswitches.

Interior view of a car dashboard with steering wheel, dashboard panel, and control buttons (no text or symbols visible)

Presstheswitchforwardtomovethepedalsforward (towardthefrontofthevehicle).

Presstheswitchrearwardtomovethepedalsrearward (towardthedriver).

• ThepedalscanbeadjustedwiththeignitionOFF.
  • Thepedalscanbeadjustedwhiledriving.
• Thepedalscannot beadjustedwhenthevehicleisinR (Reverse)orwhentheSpeedControlisON.Amessage willbedisplayedintheElectronicVehicleInformation Center(EVIC)ifthepedalsareattemptedtobeadjustedwhenthesystemislockedout("Adjustable PedalDisabled—CruiseControlEngaged" or "AdjustablePedalDisabled—VehicleInReverse").

NOTE: If your vehicle is equipped with memory seat feature, your remote key less entry transmitter or memory seat button on the driver's door panel can be used to recall the adjustable pedal status.

UNDERSTANDINGTHEFEATURESOFYOURVEHICLE119

CAUTION!

Do not place any article under the adjustable pedals or impede its ability to move as it may cause damage to the pedal controls. Pedal travel may become limited if movement is stopped by an obstruction in the adjustable pedal's path.

ELECTRONICSPEEDCONTROL

When engaged, this device takes over the accelerator operation at speed greater than 30 mph (50 km/h). The speed control switches are located on the steering wheel.

ToActivate:

Pushthe"ON/OFF"buttononceandtheCRUISEindicatorlocatedneartheinstrumentclusterodometerwill illuminateshowingtheelectronicspeedcontrolsystemis on.ToturnthesystemOFF,pushthe"ON/OFF"button againandthesystemandindicatorwillturnoff.

WARNING!

Leaving the Electronic Speed Control system on when not in use is dangerous. You could accidentally set the system or cause it to go faster than you want. You could lose control and have an accident. Always leave the system OFF when you aren't using it.

ToSetAtADesiredSpeed:

Whenthevehiclehasreachedthedesiredspeed,press andreleasethe"SET"button.Releasetheacceleratorand thevehiclewilloperateattheselectedspeed.The CRUISESETindicatorlocatedneartheinstrumentclusterodometerwillilluminateshowingtheelectronic speedcontrolisset.

NOTE: WhileintheAutoStickmode,SpeedControlwill onlyfunctioninthirdorfourthgear.

ToDeactivate:

Asofttaponthebrakepedal, pushing the "CANCEL" buttonornormalbrakingwhileslowingthevehiclewill deactivatethespeedcontrolwithouterasingthememory. Pushing the "ON/OFF" buttontotheOFFpositionor turningofftheignitionerasesthespeedmemory.

ToResumeSpeed:

Toresumeapreviouslysetspeed, pushandreleasethe "ACCEL/RESUME" button. Resumecanbeusedatany speedabove25mph(40km/h).

ToVarytheSpeedSetting:

Whenthespeedcontrolisset, speedcanbeincreased by pressingandholding the "ACCEL/RESUME" button. Whenthebuttonisreleased, anewsetspeedwillbe established.

Tappingthe"ACCEL/RESUME"buttononcewillresult ina2mph(3km/h)speedincrease.Eachtimethebutton

UNDERSTANDINGTHEFEATURESOFYOURVEHICLE121

istapped, speedincreases so that tapping the button threetimes will increase speed by 6 mph (10 km/h), etc.

Todecreasespeedwhilespeedcontrolisset,pressand holdthe"COAST"button.Releasethebuttonwhenthe desiredspeedisreached,andthenewspeedwillbeset.

Tappingthe"COAST"buttononcewillresultina1mph (2km/h)speeddecrease.Eachtimethebuttonistapped, speeddecreases.

ToAccelerateForPassing:

Depresstheacceleratorasyouwouldnormally.Whenthe pedalisreleased,thevehiclewillreturntothesetspeed.

NOTE: Thespeedcontrolsystemmaintainsspeedup anddownhills.Aslightspeedchangeonmoderatehills isnormal.

Fourspeedautomatictransmissionswillexperiencea downshiftto3rdgearwhileclimbinguphillordescendingdownhill.Thisdownshiftto3rdgearisnecessaryto maintainvehiclesetspeed.

Onsteephillsagreaterspeedlossorgainmayoccurso itmaybepreferabletodrivewithoutspeedcontrol.

WARNING!

Speed Control can be dangerous where the system can't maintain a constant speed. Your vehicle could go too fast for the conditions, and you could lose control. An accident could be the result. Don't use Speed Control in heavy traffic or on roads that are winding, icy, snow-covered, or slippery.

122UNDERSTANDINGTHEFEATURESOFYOURVEHICLE

OVERHEADCONSOLE—IFEQUIPPED

Theoverheadconsolecancontaincourtesy/reading lights,anoptionaluniversalgaragedooropener (HomeLink®),storageforsunglasses,optionalpower sunroofswitchesandanoptionalpowerliftgateswitch.

Front view of a modern air conditioner unit with control panel and ventilation grille (no visible text or symbols)

80ee5d20

Courtesy/ReadingLights

Attheforwardendoftheconsolearetwocourtesy/readinglights.

Pressthelenstoturntheselightson. Pressasecondtime toturnthelightsoff.

Thelightsalsoturnonwhenafrontdoor,areardooror theliftgateisopened. Thelightswillalsoturnonwhen theunlockbuttonontheremotekeylessentrytransmitter ispressed.

SunglassesStorage

Attherearoftheoverheadconsole,acompartmentis providedforthestorageofapairofsunglasses.

Pressthedoorlatchtoopenthecompartment. Thedoor willslowlyrotatetoanopenposition.

GARAGEDOOROPENER—IFEQUIPPED

TheHomeLink®UniversalTransceiverreplacesupto threeeremotecontrols(handheldtransmitters)thatoperatedevicessuchasgaragedooropeners,motorized gates,orhomelighting.Ittriggersthesedevicesatthe pushofabutton.TheUniversalTransceiveroperatesoff yourvehicle'sbatteryandchargingsystem;nobatteries areneeded.

ForadditionalinformationonHomeLink ^® ,call1-800-355-3515,orontheinternetatwww.homelink.com.

WARNING!

A moving garage door can cause injury to people and pets in the path of the door. People or pets could be seriously or fatally injured. Only use this transceiver with a garage door opener that has a “stop and reverse” feature as required by federal safety standards. This includes most garage door opener models manufactured after 1982. Do not use a garage door opener without these safety features it could cause injury or death. Call toll-free 1-800-355-3515 or, on the Internet at www.homelink.com for safety information or assistance.

124UNDERSTANDINGTHEFEATURESOFYOURVEHICLE

ProgrammingHomeLink

NOTE: When programmingagaragedooropener, itis advised toparkoutsidethegarage. Some vehicles may require the ignitions switch to be turned to these second (or "accessories") position for programming and/or operation of Home Link. It is also recommended that anew battery be placed in the hand-held transmitter of the device being programmed to Home Link for quicker training and accurate transmission of the radio-frequency signal.

1. PressandholdthetwoouterHomeLinkbuttons, and releaseonlywhentheindicatorlightbeginstoflash(after 20seconds). Do not holdthebuttonsforlongerthan30 secondsanddo not repeatsteponetoprogramasecond and/orthirdhand-heldtransmittertotheremainingtwo HomeLinkbuttons.

WARNING!

Vehicle exhaust contains carbon monoxide, a dangerous gas. Do not run the vehicle's exhaust while training the transceiver. Exhaust gas can cause serious injury or death.

WARNING!

Your motorized door or gate will open and close while you are training the Universal Transceiver. Do not train the transceiver if people or pets are in the path of the door or gate. A moving door or gate can cause serious injury or death to people and pets or damage to objects.

1. Position the end of your hand-held transmitter 1-3 inches (3-8cm) away from the Home Link buttons while keeping the indicator light in view.
2. Simultaneously press and hold both the Home Link button that you want to train and the hand-held transmitter buttons. Do not release the buttons until step 4 has been completed.

NOTE: Somegateoperatorsandgaragedooropeners mayrequireyoutoreplacethisProgrammingStep3with proceduresnotedinthe"GateOperator/CanadianProgramming"section.

4.TheHomeLinkindicatorlightwillflashslowly and thenrapidlyafterHomeLinksuccessfullyreceivesthe frequencysignalfromthehand-heldtransmitter.Release bothbuttonsaftertheindicatorlightchangesfromthe slowtotherapidflash.
5. PressandholdthejusttrainedHomeLinkbutton and observetheindicatorlight.Iftheindicatorlightstays on constantly, programming is complete and your device should activate when the HomeLinkbutton is pressed and released.

NOTE: ToprogramtheremainingtwoHomeLinkbuttons, begin with "Programming" step two. Do not repeat step one.

126UNDERSTANDINGTHEFEATURESOFYOURVEHICLE

If the indicator light blinks rapidly for two seconds and then turns to a constant light continue with "Programming" steps 6-8 to complete the programming of a rolling code equipped device (most commonly agaraged door opener).

1. Atthegaragedooropenerreceiver(motor-headunit) in the garage, locate the "learn" or "smart" button. This canusually be found where the hanging antenna wire is attached to themotor-headunit.
2. Firmly press and release the "learn" or "smart" button. (Thenameandcolorofthebuttonmayvarybymanufacturer.)

NOTE: Thereare30secondsinwhichtoinitiatestep eight.

1. Return to the vehicle and firmly press, hold for two seconds and release the programmed HomeLink button. Repeat the "press/hold/release" sequence second time,

and, depending on the brand of the garagedoor opener (or other rolling code equipped device), repeat this sequence at third time to complete the programming.

HomeLinkshouldnowactivateyourrollingcode equippeddevice.

NOTE: ToprogramtheremainingtwoHomeLinkbuttons, begin with "Programming" step two. Do not repeat step one.Forquestionsorcomments,pleasecontact HomeLink at www.homelink.com or 1-800-355-3515.

CanadianProgramming/GateProgramming

Canadianradio-frequencylawsrequiretransmittersignals to "time-out" (or quit) after several seconds of transmissionwhichmaynotbelongenoughfor HomeLinktopickupthesignalduringprogramming. Similar to this Canadian law, some U.S. gate operators are designedto"time-out"inthesamemanner.

If you live in Canada aoryou are having difficulties programming agate operator by using the "Programming" procedures (regardless of where you live), replace "Programming HomeLink" step 3 with the following:

NOTE: If programmingagaragedooropenerogate operator,itisadvisedtounplugthedeviceduringthe "cycling"processtopreventpossibleoverheating. 3.ContinuetopressandholdtheHomeLinkbutton while you press and release every two seconds ("cycle") yourhand-heldtransmitteruntilthefrequencysignalhas successfullybeenacceptedbyHomeLink.(Theindicator lightwillflashslowlyandthenrapidly.)Proceedwith "Programming"stepfourtocomplete.

UsingHomeLink

Tooperate, simplypressandreleasetheprogrammed HomeLinkbutton. Activationwillnowoccurforthe traineddevice(i.e.garagedooropener,gateoperator, securitysystem,entrydoorlock,home/officelighting,

etc.).Forconvenience,thehand-heldtransmitterofthe devicemayalsobeusedatanytime.Intheeventthat therearestillprogrammingdifficultiesorquestions, contactHomeLinkat:www.homelink.com or 1-800-355-3515.

ErasingHomeLinkButtons

Toeraseprogrammingfromthethreebuttons(individual buttonscannotbeerasedbutcanbe"reprogrammed"-notebelow),followthestepnoted:

- PressandholdthetwoouterHomeLinkbuttonsuntil theindicatorlightbeginstoflash-after20seconds. Releasebothbuttons.Donotholdforlongerthat30 seconds.HomeLinkisnowinthetrain(orlearning) modeandcanbeprogrammedatanytimebeginning with"Programming"-step2.

128UNDERSTANDINGTHEFEATURESOFYOURVEHICLE

ReprogrammingaSingleHomeLinkButton

ToprogramadevicetoHomeLinkusingaHomeLink buttonpreviouslytrained, follow these steps:

1. PressandholdthedesiredHomeLinkbutton.Do NOT releasethebutton.

2. The indicator light will begin to flash after 20 seconds. Without releasing the Home Link button, proceed with "Programming" step2

Forquestionsorcomments,contactHomeLinkat: www.homelink.com or 1-800-355-3515.

Security

If you selly our vehicle, besuretoeras the frequencies.

Toeraseallofthepreviouslytrainedfrequencies, hold downbothoutsidebuttonsuntilthegreenlightbeginsto flash.

This device complies with part 15 of FCC rules and with RSS-210 of Industry Canada. Operation is subject to the following conditions:

• Thisdevicemaynotcauseharmfulinterference.
• This device must accept any interference that may be received including interference that may cause undesired operation.

NOTE: Changesormodificationsnotexpresslyapprovedbythepartyresponsibleforcompliancecould voidtheuser'sauthoritytooperatetheequipment.

HomeLink®isattrademarkownedbyJohnsonControls, Inc.

UNDERSTANDINGTHEFEATURESOFYOURVEHICLE129

POWERSUNROOF—IFEQUIPPED

Thepowersunroofswitchesarelocatedbetweenthesun visorsontheoverheadconsole.

Pressandholdtheswitchrearwardtofullyopenthe sunroof. Thesunroofcanbestoppedatanyposition betweenenclosedandfullopen.Momentarilypressingthe

switchrearwardwillactivatetheExpressOpenFeature, causingthesunrooftoopenautomatically.

Pressandholdthebuttoninthecenterofthesunroof switchtoopenthevent.Thesunroofcanbestoppedat anypositionbetweenenclosedandfullvent.Toclosethe sunrooffromtheventposition,pressandholdtheswitch forward.Releasingtheswitchwillstopthemovementof thesunroofandthesunroofwillremaininthepartial ventpositionuntiltheswitchispushedforwardagain.

NOTE: Thepowersunroofswitchesremainactivefor upto45secondsaftertheignitionswitchhasbeenturned off.Openingeitherfrontdoorwillcancelthisfeature.

ExpressOpenFeature

Thesunroofisequippedwithanintermediatestopor comfortstopposition.Thisfeatureisdesignedtoeliminatewindbuffetingatvehiclespeedsbetween20-40mph (32-64km/h).Tooperatethisfeature,momentarilypress theswitchrearwardtoactivatetheExpressOpenFeature

130UNDERSTANDINGTHEFEATURESOFYOURVEHICLE

andtheglasswillautomaticallystopatthecomfortstop position.Pressingtheswitchrearwardagainwillfully openthesunroof.

DuringtheExpressOpenoperation,anymovementof theswitchwillstopthesunroofanditwillremainina partialopenposition.Again,momentarilypressingthe switchrearwardwillactivatetheExpressOpenFeature.

Toclosethesunroof, hold the switch in the forward position. Again, any release of the switch will stop the movement and the sunroof will remain in a partial open condition until the switch is pushed forward again.

Thesunshadecanbeopenedmanually.Itwillalsoopen asthesunroofopens.Thesunshadecannotbeclosedif thesunroofisopen.

WARNING!

• Never leave children in a vehicle, with the keys in the ignition switch. Occupants, particularly unattended children, can become entrapped by the power sunroof while operating the power sunroof switch. Such entrapment may result in serious injury or death.
• In an accident, there is a greater risk of being thrown from a vehicle with an open sunroof. You could also be seriously injured or killed. Always fasten your seat belt properly and make sure all passengers are properly secured too.
• Do not allow small children to operate the sun-roof. Never allow fingers or other body parts, or any object to project through the sunroof opening. Injury may result.

WindBuffeting

Windbuffetingcanbedescribedastheperceptionof pressureontheearsorahelicoptertypesoundinthe ears.Yourvehiclemayexhibitwindbuffetingwiththe windowsdown,orthesunroof(ifequipped)incertain openorpartiallyopenpositions.Thisisanormaloccurrenceandcanbeminimized.Ifthebuffetingoccurswith therearwindowsopen,openthefrontandrearwindows togethertominimizethebuffeting.Ifthebuffetingoccurs withthesunroofopen,adjustthesunroofopeningto minimizethebuffetingoropenanywindow.

SunroofMaintenance

Useonlyanon-abrasivecleanerandasoftclothoclean theglasspanel.

ELECTRICALPOWEROUTLETS

There are two 12 voltpower outlets located on the instrument panel below theradio. The driver's side outlet is controlled by the ignition switch and the passengers side outlet is connected directly to the battery. The driver's side outlet will also operate a conventional cigar lighter unit (if equipped with an optional Smoker's Package).

Interior view of a car dashboard with air vent, controls, and directional arrows indicating movement (no text or symbols)

132 UNDERSTANDINGTHEFEATURESOFYOURVEHICLE

Athirdoutletislocatedonthebackofthefrontcenter consolenearthefloor, andisalsocontrolledby the ignitionswitch.

Afourthoutletislocatedonthedriver'sside,intherear cargoareaandisalsocontrolledbytheignitionswitch.

The outlets include tethered caps labeled with a keyor battery symbol indicating the powersource. The passengerside instrument panel and center console outlets are powered directly from the battery, items plugged into these outlets may discharge the battery and/or prevent engine starting.

Thepassengersideandcenterconsoleoutletsareprotected byanautomaticresetcircuitbreaker.Theautomaticcircuit breakerrestorespowerwhentheoverloadisremoved.

NOTE: Ifdesired, the fourth power outlet in there are cargo are can be converted by your authorized dealer to provide power with the ignition switch in the OFF position.

ElectricalOutletUseWithEngineOff

CAUTION!

• Many accessories that can be plugged in draw power from the vehicle's battery, even when not in use (i.e. cellular phones, etc.). Eventually, if plugged in long enough, the vehicle's battery will discharge sufficiently to degrade battery life and/or prevent engine starting.
• Accessories that draw higher power (i.e. coolers, vacuum cleaners, lights, etc.), will degrade the battery even more quickly. Only use these intermittently and with greater caution.
• After the use of high power draw accessories, or long periods of the vehicle not being started (with accessories still plugged in), the vehicle must be driven a sufficient length of time to allow the alternator to recharge the vehicle's battery.
• Power outlets are designed for accessory plugs only. Do not hang any type of accessory or accessory bracket from the plug. Improper use of the power outlet can cause damage not covered by your warranty.

CUPHOLDERS

FrontSeatCupholders

Thecupholdersarelocatedintheforwardedgeofthe centerconsole.Pushdownontheforwardedgeofthe consoletoreleasethecupholders.Pressthecoverup whenthecupholdersarenolongerneeded.

Close-up of a textured fabric surface with a black arrow pointing to a specific area (no text or symbols visible)

SecondRowSeatCupholders

Thesecondrowseatcupholdersarelocatedinthe forwardedgeofthecenterconsolelocatedbetweenthe secondrowseats.Pushdownontheforwardedgeofthe consoletoreleasethecupholders.Pressthecoverup whenthecupholdersarenolongerneeded.

ThirdRowSeatCupholders

Therearecupholderslocatedineachreartrimpanelfor thethirdrowseatpassengers.

STORAGE

ConsoleFeatures

Thecenterconsoles/armrestshaveapencil/tiregage holdermountedontheundersideofthecover.The bottomoftheconsolebinsalsohavebuiltinholdersfor compactdiscscorcassettetapes.

134UNDERSTANDINGTHEFEATURESOFYOURVEHICLE

RearCargoStorageBin

The storage bin is located in the floor of there are cargo area. To open lift upon the handle.

Top-down view of a car backrest with a decorative grille and a black arrow pointing to the grille (no text or symbols)

RetractableCargoAreaCover—IfEquipped

Tocoverthecargoarea:

1.Folddownthethirdrowseatbacks.
2.Unfoldthecargocoverextensionsandlockintoplace.
3. Insert the pinson the end of the cover into the slots located on the trim panel behind these second row seats.
4. Graspthecenterportionofthecoverlap.Pullitover thecargoarea.
5. Insert the pinson the end of the cover flap into the slot son therear trim panel.
6. Theliftgatemaybeopenedorclosedwiththecargo coverinplace.

UNDERSTANDINGTHEFEATURESOFYOURVEHICLE135

WARNING!

In an accident a cargo cover loose in the vehicle could cause injury. It could fly around in a sudden stop and strike someone in the vehicle. Do not store the cargo cover on the cargo floor or in the passenger compartment. Remove the cover from the vehicle when taken from its mounting. Do not store in the vehicle.

Stowed Position

1. Folddownthethirdrowseatbacks.

2. Fold thecargocoverextensionstotheirstowedpositionandlockintoplace.

3. Insert the pinson the end of the cover into the slots located on the trim panel behind the third row seat backs.

4. Graspthecenterportionofthecoverlap. Pullitover thecargoarea.
5. Insert the pinson the end of the cover flap into the slotson therear trim panel.
6. Theliftgatemaybeopenedorclosedwiththecargo coverinplace.

CargoTie-DownHooks

Thetie-downslocatedoncargooareafloorandontherear trimpanelsshouldbeusedtosafelysecureloadswhen vehicleismoving.

136UNDERSTANDINGTHEFEATURESOFYOURVEHICLE

WARNING!

• Cargo tie-down hooks are not safe anchors for a child seat tether strap. In a sudden stop or collision a hook could pull loose and allow the child seat to come loose. A child could be badly injured. Use only the anchors provided for child seat tethers.
• The weight and position of cargo and passengers can change the vehicle center of gravity and vehicle handling. To avoid loss of control resulting in personal injury, follow these guidelines for loading your vehicle:

- Alwaysplacecargoevenlyonthecargofloor.Put heavierobjectsaslowandasfarforwardaspossible.

• Placeasmuchcargoaspossibleinfrontoftherear axle. Toomuchweightorimproperlyplacedweight overorbehindtherearaxlecancausetherearofthe vehicletosway.
• Donotpile luggage or cargohigher than the top of the seat back. This could impair visibility or become a dangerous projectile in as sudden stop or collision.

WARNING!

To help protect against personal injury, passengers should not be seated in the rear cargo area. The rear cargo space is intended for load carrying purposes only, not for passengers, who should sit in seats and use seat belts.

UNDERSTANDINGTHEFEATURESOFYOURVEHICLE137

ROOFLUGGAGERACK—IFEQUIPPED

Thecrossbarsandsiderailsaredesignedtocarrythe weightonvehiclesequippedwithaluggagerack.The loadmustnotexceed150lbs(68kg),andshouldbe uniformlydistributedovertheluggagerackcrossbars.

Close-up of a curved mechanical component with two arrows indicating direction (no text or symbols)

Distributecargoweightevenlyontheroofrackcrossbars. Theroofrackdoesnotincreasethetotalloadcarrying capacityofthevehicle.Besurethetotalloadofcargo

insidethevehicleplusthatontheexternalrackdoesnot exceedthemaximumvehicleloadcapacity.

Tomovethecrossbars, press the upper edge of each crossbar button, then movethecrossbartothed desired position. This is can be done with one person standing on each side of the vehicle, moving the crossbar at the same time. On the crossbar is in place, press the lower edge of the crossbar button to lock it into position.

Attempttomovethecrossbaragaintoensurethatithas properlylockedintoposition.

NOTE: Toreducetheamountofwindnoisewhenthe crossbarsarenotinuse,movebothcrossbarsnextto eachothertowardstherearofthevehicleintherearmost position.

Thetiedownholesonthecrossbarendsshouldalways beusedtotiedowntheload.Checkthestrapsfrequently tobesurethattheloadremainssecurelyattached.

CAUTION!

• To avoid damage to the roof rack and vehicle, do not exceed the maximum roof rack load capacity of 150 lbs (68 kg). Always distribute heavy loads as evenly as possible and secure the load appropriately.
• Long loads which extend over the windshield, such as wood panels or surfboards, or loads with large frontal area should be secured to both the front and rear of the vehicle.
• Travel at reduced speeds and turn corners carefully when carrying large or heavy loads on the roof rack. Wind forces, due to natural causes or nearby truck traffic, can add sudden upward loads. This is especially true on large flat loads and may result in damage to the cargo or your vehicle.

WARNING!

Cargo must be securely tied before driving your vehicle. Improperly secured loads can fly off the vehicle, particularly at high speeds, resulting in personal injury or property damage. Follow the Roof Rack Cautions when carrying cargo on your roof rack.

LOADLEVELINGSYSTEM

The automatic load levelings system will provide a level riding vehicle undermost passenger and cargo loading conditions.

Ahydraulicpumpcontainedwithintheshockabsorbers raisestherearofthevehicletothecorrectheight.Ittakes approximately1mile(1.6km)ofdrivingfortheleveling tocompleteddependingonroadsurfaceconditions.

If the leveled vehicle is not moved for approximately 15 hours, the levelingsystem will be edited itself down. The vehicle must be driven to a reset the system.

UNDERSTANDING YOUR INSTRUMENT PANEL

CONTENTS

■InstrumentsAndControls....142
■InstrumentCluster....143
■InstrumentClusterDescriptions. . . . . . . . . . . 1 4 4
ElectronicVehicleInformationCenter(EVIC)...151

□CustomerProgrammableFeatures— IfEquipped.... 1 5 4
□CompassDisplay—IfEquipped....157
□ Mini-Trip Functions — If Equipped .....159

■SettingTheAnalogClock. 160

Electronic Digital Clock 160

□ClockSettingProcedure 160

■SalesCodeRAH—AM&FMStereoRadioWithCD PlayerAndCD/DVDChangerControls. . . . . . 1 6 1

□RadioOperation. 161
□CDPlayerOperation....163
□CD/DVDChangerOperation. 165

SalesCodeRBP—AM&FMStereoRadioWith CassetteTapePlayer,CDPlayer,AndOptional CD/DVDChangerControls. 165

□RadioOperation. 166
□TapePlayerOperation. 170
□CDPlayerOperation. 172
□CD/DVDChangerOperation—IfEquipped.173

■6DiscCD/DVDChanger(Rdv)—IfEquipped.175

□OperatingInstructions—CD/DVDChanger..175
□Eject(EJT)Button. 177
□OperatingInstructions—RemoteControl. . . . 1 7 8
□OperatingInstructions—VideoScreen. . . . . . 1 8 2
□OperatingInstructions—Headphones.....183
☐OperatingInstructions—MP3Player, Portable Walkman. 185
□OperatingInstructions—Video Games/Camcorders 185

SatelliteRadio—IfEquipped....186

□ System Activation .....186
□Electronic SerialNumber/SiriusIdentification Number(ENS/SID)....186
□SelectingSatelliteModeInRBB,RAH AndRBK Radios. 187
□ Selecting Satellite Mode In RBP, RBU, RAZ, And RBQRadios. 187
□ Selecting a Channel .....188
□ Storing And Selecting Pre-Set Channels .....188
□UsingThePTY (ProgramType)Button (IfEquipped). 188
□ PTY Button "Scan" .....188
□ PTY Button "Seek" .....189

UNDERSTANDING YOURINSTRUMENT PANEL 141

□SatelliteAntenna. 189
□ReceptionQuality....189

■RemoteSoundSystemControls. 190

□RadioOperation....190
□TapePlayer....190
□CDPlayer....191

■RadioGeneralInformation. 191

□RadioBroadcastSignals. 191
□TwoTypesOfSignals. 191
□ElectricalDisturbances. 191

□AMReception. 192
□FMReception. 192

■CassetteTapeAndPlayerMaintenance. . . . . . 1 9 2
■CD/DVDDiscMaintenance....193
■RadioOperationAndCellularPhones. . . . . . . 1 9 4
■NavigationSystem—IfEquipped. . . . . . . . . . 1 9 4

■ClimateControls. 195

□Dual-ZoneAutomaticTemperatureControl...195
□ Electric Rear Window Defroster .....205

142UNDERSTANDINGYOURINSTRUMENTPANEL

INSTRUMENTSANDCONTROLS

1. Air Outlets
2. Instrument Cluster
3. Electronic Vehicle Information Center
4. Navigation Buttons*

5. Analog Clock

6. Hazard Switch

7. Climate Controls

8. Radio

9. Glove Box

10. CD/DVD Player®

11. Power Outlets

12. Ignition Switch

13. Theft Alarm / Immobilizer Light

14. Trip Odometer Button

* If Equipped

80ee5ba1

INSTRUMENTCLUSTER

144UNDERSTANDINGYOURINSTRUMENTPANEL

INSTRUMENTCLUSTERDESCRIPTIONS

1. VoltageLight

Thislightmonitorstheelectricalsystemvoltage.

Thelightshouldturnonmomentarilyasthe

engineisstarted.Ifthelightstaysonorturnsonwhile driving,itindicatesaproblemwiththechargingsystem. Immediateserviceshouldbeobtained.

2. Temperature Gauge

The temperature gaugeshowsenginecoolanttemperature.Anyreadingwithinthenormalrangeindicates that theenginecoolingsystemisoperatingsatisfactorily.

Thegaugepointerwilllikelyindicateahighertemperaturewhendrivinginhotweather,upmountaingrades, orwhentowingatraler.Itshouldnotbeallowedto exceedtheupperlimitsofthenormaloperatingrange.

CAUTION!

Driving with a hot engine cooling system could damage your vehicle. If temperature gauge reads (H), pull over and stop the vehicle. Idle the vehicle with the air conditioner turned off until the pointer drops back into the normal range. If the pointer remains on the "H", and you hear continuous chimes, turn the engine off immediately, and call for service.

WARNING!

A hot engine cooling system is dangerous. You or others could be badly burned by steam or boiling coolant. You may want to call a service center if your vehicle overheats. If you decide to look under the hood yourself, see Section 7 of this manual. Follow the warnings under the Cooling System Pressure Cap paragraph.

3.FuelGauge

Thepointershowstheleveloffuelinthefueltankwhen theignitionswitchisintheONposition.

The Low Fuel Light will turn on when the fuel level reaches approximately 2 to 4 gallons (7 to 15 liters) this light will remain on until fuel is added.

4. TurnSignalIndicators

Thearrowwillflashwiththeexteriorturnsignal whentheturnsignalleverisoperated.

Ifthevehicleelectronicssensethatthevehiclehas traveledaboutonemilewiththeturnsignalson,achime willsoundtoalertyoutoturnthesignalsoff.Ifeither indicatorflashesatarapidrate,checkforadefective outsidelightbulb.

5.Speedometer

Indicates vehiclespeed.

6.Anti-LockLight

Thislightmonitorthe Anti-LockBrakeSystem. Thelightwillturnonwhentheignition switchisturnedtotheONpositionandmay stayonforaslongasfourseconds.

If the ABSlightremainsonorturnsonwhiledriving, it indicates that the Anti-Lock portion of the brakesystem

isnotfunctioningandthatserviceisrequired.However, theconventionalbrakesystemwillcontinuetooperate normallyiftheBRAKEwarninglightisnoton.

IftheABSlightison,thebrakesystemshouldbeserviced as soonaspossibletorestorethebenefitsofAnti-Lock brakes.IftheABSlightdoesnotturnonwhenthe IgnitionswitchisturnedtotheONposition,havethe lightinspectedbyanauthorizeddealer.

7. BrakeSystemWarningLight

Thislightmonitorsvariousbrakefunctions, includingbrakefluidlevelandparkingbrake application.Ifthebrakelightturnson,itmay indicate that the parkingbrakeisapplied,there isalowbrakefluidlevelorthereisaproblemwiththe anit-lockbrakesystem.

The dual brakesystem provides a reserve braking capacity in the event of a failure to a portion of the hydraulic system. Failure of either half of the dual brakes system is

indicated by the Brake Warning Light which will turn on when the brake fluid level in the master cylinder has dropped below as specified level.

Thelightwillremainonuntilthecauseiscorrected.

NOTE: Thelightmayflashmomentarilyduringsharp corneringmaneuverswhichchangefluidlevelconditions. Thevehicleshouldhaveserviceperformed.

Ifbrakefailureisindicated, immediaterepairisnecessary.

WARNING!

Driving a vehicle with the brake light on is dangerous. Part of the brake system may have failed. It will take longer to stop the vehicle. You could have an accident. Have the vehicle checked immediately.

VehiclesequippedwithAnti-Lockbrakes(ABS),arealso equippedwithElectronicBrakeForceDistribution(EBD). IntheeventofanEBDfailure,theBrakeWarningLight willturnonalongwiththeABSLight.Immediaterepair totheABSsystemisrequired.

The operation of the Brake Warning Light can be checked by turning the ignitions switch from the OFF position to the ON position. The light shouldilluminate for approximately two seconds. The light should the turnoff unless the parking brake is applied or a brake fault is detected. If the light does not illuminate, have the light inspected by an authorized dealer.

Thelightalsowillturnonwhentheparkingbrakeis appliedwiththeignitionswitchintheONposition.

NOTE: Thislightshowsonlythattheparkingbrakeis applied. It does not show the degree of brake application.

8. TractionControlIndicator—IfEquipped

This display indicator illuminates momentarily as a bulbcheck when the ignitions switch first turned ON.

ThetractioncontrolIndicatorwillturnonif:

• Thetractioncontrolsystemisinuse.
- TheTractionControlswitchhasbeenusedtoturn thesystemOFF.
- ThereisaTractionControlSystemmalfunction.
- Thesystemhasbeendeactivatedtopreventdamage tothebrakesystemduetooverheatedbraketemperatures.

NOTE: ExtendedheavyuseofTractionControlmay causethesystemtodeactivateandturnontheTraction ControlLight. Thisisopreventoverheatingofthebrake systemandisanormalcondition. Thesystemwillremain

disabledforabout4minutesuntilthebrakeshave cooled.ThesystemwillautomaticallyreactivateandturnofftheTractionControlLight.

9.Tachometer

Theredsegmentsindicatethemaximumpermissible enginerevolutions-per-minute(r.p.m.x1000)foreach gearrange.Beforereachingtheredarea,easeuponthe accelerator.

10.TripOdometerButton

Pressthisbuttontochangethedisplayfromodometerto eitherofthetwotripodometersettings.ThewordTRIP andeither“A”or“B”willappearwheninthetrip odometermode.Pushinandholdthebuttonfortwo secondstoresethetripodometerto0milesorkilometers.Theodometermustbeintripmodetoreset.

11. TransmissionRangeIndicator

This display indicator shows the automatic transmission gear selection.

12. AutoStickLight

Thisdisplayindicatorilluminateswhenthegearshift leverismovedtotheAutoStickposition.

13.Odometer/TripOdometer

Theodometershowsthetotaldistancethevehiclehas beendriven.

U.S.federalregulationsrequirethatupontransferof vehicleownership,thesellercertifytothepurchaserthe correctmileagethatthevehiclehasbeendriven.Therefore,iftheodometerreadingischangedduringrepairor replacement,besuretokeeparecordofthereading beforeandaftertheservicesothatthecorrectmileagecan bedetermined.

Thetwotripodometersshowindividualtripmileage. To switch from odometer to tripodometers, press and

releasetheTripOdometerbutton.Toresetatripodometer,displaythedesiredtripodometertoberesetthen pushandholdthebuttonuntilthedisplayresets(approximately2seconds).

14. CruiseIndicator

ThisdisplayindicatorshowsthattheSpeedControl SystemisON.

15.MalfunctionIndicatorLight

Thislightispartofanonboarddiagnosticsystem calledOBDthatmonitorsengineandautomatic transmissioncontrolsystems. ThelightwillilluminatewhenthekeyisintheONpositionbeforeengine start. If the bulb does not come on when turning the key from OFF to ON, have the condition checked promptly.

Certain conditions such as loose or missing gascap, poor fuel quality, etc. may illuminate the light after engine start. The vehicles should be serviced if the light

staysonthroughseveralofyourtypicaldrivingcycles.In mostsituationsthevehiclewilldrivenormallyandwill notrequiretowing.

TheMalfunctionIndicatorLightflashestoalertyouto seriousconditionsthatcouldleadtoimmediatelossof powerorseverecatalyticconverterdamage. Thevehicle shouldbeservicedassoonaspossibleifthisoccurs.

16. HighBeamLight

Thislightshowsthattheheadlightsareonhigh beam.PulltheMulti-Functionlevertowardsthe gwheeltoswitchtheheadlightsfromhighorlow

17. NavigationScreen—IfEquipped

Thenavigationsystemprovidesmaps,turnidentification,selectionmenusandinstructionsforselectinga varietyofdestinationsandroutes. Refertoyour"Navigation User's Manual" for detailed operating instructions.

150UNDERSTANDINGYOURINSTRUMENTPANEL

1. FrontFogLightIndicator—IfEquipped

ThislightshowsthefrontfoglightsareON.

1. Oil Pressure Warning Light

Thislightshowslowengineoilpressure. Thelight shouldturnonmomentarilywhentheengineis started. Ifthelightturnsonwhiledriving,stopthe vehicleandshutofftheengineassoonaspossible.A continuouschimewillsoundwhenthislightturnson.

Donotoperatethevehicleuntilthecauseiscorrected. Thislightdoesnotshowhowmuchoilisintheengine. Theengineoillevelmustbecheckedunderthehood.

20.SeatBeltReminderLight

WhentheignitionswitchisfirstturnedON,this lightwillturnonfor5to8secondsasabulbcheck. Duringthebulbcheck,ifthedriver'sseatbeltis kled,achimewillsound.Afterthebulbcheckor driving,ifthedriverseatbeltremainsunbuckled,

theSeatBeltWarningLightwillflashorremainon continuously. Referto "EnhancedDriverSeatBeltReminderSystem(BeltAlertTM)" in the Occupant Restraints section form more information.

1. TirePressureMonitorWarningLight—If Equipped

ThislightwillturnonwhenthereisaLowtire pressurecondition. Thelightwillalsoturnon ifaproblemexistwithanytiresensor. Thelight willremainonuntilthetirepressureispropheproblemwiththesensoriscorrected.

Thislightwillturnonmomentarilyasabulbcheckwhen theengineisstarted.

Whenthetirepressuremonitoringsystemwarninglight islit,oneormoreofyourtiresissignificantlyunderinflated.Youshouldstopandcheckyourtiresassoonas possible,andinflatethemtotheproperpressureas indicatedonthetireandloadinginformationplacard.

Drivingonasignificantly underinflated tirecausesthe tiretooverheatandcanleadtotirefailure.Underinflationalsoreducesfuelefficiencyandtiretreadlife,and mayaffectthevehicle'shandlingandstoppingability. Eachtire,includingthespare,shouldbechecked monthlywhencoldandsettotherecommendedinflation pressureasspecifiedinthetireandloadinginformation placardandowner'smanual.

22.AirbagLight

Thislightturnsonandremainsonfor6to8 secondsasabulbcheckwhentheignition switchisfirstturnedON.Ifthelightisnoton duringstarting,stayson,orturnsonwhile driving,havethesysteminspectedbyanauthorized dealerassoonaspossible.

1. Electronic Vehicle Information Center Display When the appropriate condition sexist, this display shows the Electronic Vehicle Information Center (EVIC) messages.

24. Engine Temperature Warning Light

Thislightwarnsofanoverheatedenginecondition.Ifthislightisaccompaniedbyacontinuous chime,theenginetemperatureiscriticallyhot,and thevehiclesshouldbeturnedoffimmediately.Thevehicle shouldbeservicedassoonaspossible.

ELECTRONICVEHICLEINFORMATIONCENTER (EVIC)

TheElectronicVehicleInformationCenter(EVIC)consistsofthefollowing:

• Vehicleinformationwarningmessagedisplays
- TirePressureMonitorSystem—IfEquipped
- Customerprogrammablefeatures

152UNDERSTANDINGYOURINSTRUMENTPANEL

• Compassdisplay—IfEquipped
• Mini-Tripfunctions—IfEquipped

PressingtheMENUbuttonwillchangethedisplayed programmingfeatures.PressingtheSTEPbuttonwill displaytheavailablechoices.PressingtheMENUbutton asecondtimeacceptsaselectedchoice.

When the appropriate condition sexist, the Electronic Vehicle Information Center (EVIC) displays the following messages.

• LEFT/RIGHTTURNSIGNALON(withacontinuous warningchime)
  • INVALIDKEY&FOB(withasinglechime)
  • SERVICEIMMOBILIZER(withasinglechime)
  • KEYFOBBATTERYLOW(withasinglechime)
  • KEY&FOBPROGRAMMED(withasinglechime)

• PROGRAMKEY&FOB
- MEMORY#1/#2POSITIONSET(withasinglechime)
- MEMORY#1/#2POSSELECTED
- MEMORYSYSTEMDISABLEDVEHICLENOTIN PARK(withasinglechime)
- SETINHIBITEDDUETOMOTION(withasingle chime)
• FOBLINKED(withasinglechime)
• FOBUNLINKED(withasinglechime)
• PARKBRAKEENGAGED(withasinglechime)
- LOWBRAKEFLUID(withasinglechime)
- LOWFUEL(withasinglechime)
- MENUINPARKONLY
- LIST#ALERTMESSAGES

UNDERSTANDING YOUR INSTRUMENT PANEL 153

• UNLOCKTOOPENLIFTGATE(withasinglechime)
  • PUTINPARKFORLIFTGATE(withasinglechime)
  • TOOCOLDFORPWRLIFTGATE(withasingle chime)
  • TOOHOTFORPWRLIFTGATE(withasinglechime)
  • PERFORMSERVICE(withasinglechime)
• LEFT/RIGHTFRONTDOORAJAR(oneormore, withasinglechimeifspeedisabove1mph)
• LEFT/RIGHTREARDOORAJAR(oneormore, with asinglechimeifspeedisabove1mph)
  • DOOR(S)AJAR(withasinglechime)
  • DOOR(S)ANDGATEAJAR(withasinglechime)
• LIFTGATEAJAR(withasinglechimeifspeedis above1mph)

• WASHERFLUIDLOW(withasinglechime)
• PEDALADJUSTDISABLEDCRUISEENGAGED
• PEDALADJUSTDISABLEDVEHICLEINREVERSE
- CHANNEL1,2,OR3TRANSMIT(withasingle chime)
- CHANNEL1,2,OR3TRAINING(withasingle chime)
• CHANNEL1,2,OR3TRAINED(withasinglechime)
- CLEARINGCHANNELS
• CHANNELSCLEARED
• CHANNELSDEFAULTED
• DIDNOTTRAIN
- 1,2,3OR4TIRE(S)LOWPRESSURE(Referto"Starting AndOperating,TireSection")

• 1,2,3OR4TIRE(S)HIGHPRESSURE(Referto"StartingAndOperating,TireSection")
• SERVICETIRESYSTEMSOON(Referto"Starting AndOperating,TireSection")
• TIREPRESSUREUNAVAILABLE(Referto"Starting AndOperating,TireSection")
• TCSSUSPENDED(TractionControlSystem, with a graphicandsinglechime)
• TCSACTIVE(TractionControlSystem, with a graphic)
• SERVICETCSSYSTEM(TractionControlSystem, with agraphicandsinglechime)

CustomerProgrammableFeatures—IfEquipped

PresstheMENUbuttonuntiloneofthefollowing displaychoicesappears:

Language?

Wheninthisdisplayyoumayselectoneofthreelanguagesforalldisplaynomenclature,includingthetrip computerfunctionsandnavigationsystem.Pressthe STEPbuttonwhileinthisdisplayselectsEnglish, Francais,orEspanol.Asyoucontinuethedisplayed informationwillbeshownintheselectedlanguage.

Display U.S. or Metric?

PressingtheUS/MbuttonwillchangetheEVIC, odometer, navigation systemandA/CControlunitsfromUS toMetric.

Use factory Settings?

When in this display you may select to use the factory settingsandnoprogrammablefeatureswillbeoffered.

Auto Door Locks?

Whenthisfeatureisselected, alldoorsandtheliftgate lockautomaticallywhenthespeedofthevehiclereaches 15mph(25km/h).PressingtheSTEPbuttonwheninthis displaywillselect"Yes"or"No."

Auto Unlock On Exit?

Whenthisfeatureisselectedallthevehicle'sdoorswill unlockwhenthedriver'sdoorisopenedifthevehicleis stoppedandthetransmissionisinP(Park)orN(Neutral)position.PressingtheSTEPbuttonwheninthis displaywillselect"Yes"or"No."

Remote Unlock Driver's Door 1st?

Whenthisfeatureisselectedonlythedriver'sdoorwill unlockonthefirstpressoftheremotekeylessentry unlockbuttonandrequireasecondpresstounlockthe remaininglockeddoorsandliftgate.WhenREMOTE UNLOCK ALL DOORS isselectedallofthedoorsand theliftgatewillunlockatthefirstpressoftheremote

keylessentryunlockbutton.PressingtheSTEPbutton wheninthisdisplaywillselectDRIVER'SDOOR1STor ALLDOORS.

Remote Linked To Memory? (Available with Memory Seat Only)

Whenthisfeatureisselectedthememoryseat,mirror, andradiosettingswillreturntothememorysetposition whentheremotekeylessentry"Unlock"buttonis pressed.Ifthisfeatureisnotselectedthenthememory seat,mirror,andradiosettingscanonlyreturntothe memorysetpositionusingthedoormountedswitch. PressingtheSTEPbuttonwheninthisdisplaywillselect "Yes"or"No."

Sound Horn On Lock?

Whenthisfeatureisselecteddashorthornsoundwill occurwhetheremotekeylessentry"Lock"buttonis pressed. Thisfeaturemaybeselectedwithorwithoutthe

156UNDERSTANDINGYOURINSTRUMENTPANEL

flashlightsonlock/unlockfeature.PressingtheSTEP buttonwheninthisdisplaywillselect"Yes"or"No."

Flash Lights On Lock/Unlock?

Whenthisfeatureisselected,thefrontandrearturn signalswillflashwhenthedoorsarelockedorunlocked usingtheremotekeylessentrytransmitter. Thisfeature maybeselectedwithorwithoutthesoundhornonlock featureselected.PressingtheSTEPbuttonwheninthis displaywillselect"Yes"or"No."

Headlamp Delay

Whenthisfeatureisselectedthedrivercanchoose,when exitingthevehicle,tohavetheheadlampsremainonfor 30,60,or90seconds,ornotremainon.PressingtheSTEP buttonwheninthisdisplaywillselect30,60,90,orOFF.

Headlamp On With Wipers? (Available with Auto Headlights Only)

When this feature is selected and the headlight switch has at least once been moved to the AUTO position, the

headlightswillturnoninapproximately10seconds whenthewipersareturnedon.Theheadlightswillalso turnoffwhenthewipersareturnedoffiftheywere turnedoninthisway.PressingtheSTEPbuttonwhenin thisdisplaywillselect"Yes"or"No."

NOTE: Turningtheheadlightsonduringthedaytime causestheinstrumentpanellightsstodim.Toincreasethe brightness,referto"Lights"inthissection.

Service Interval

Whenthisfeatureisselectedaserviceintervalbetween 2,000miles(3200km)and6,000miles(10000km)in500 mile(800km)incrementsmaybeselected.Pressingthe STEPbuttonwheninthisdisplaywillselectdistances between2,000miles(3200km)and6,000miles(10000 km)in500mile(800km)increments.

Reset Service Distance (Displays Only if Service Interval was Changed)

Whenthisfeatureisselectedthecurrentaccumulated servicedistancecanberesettothenewlyselectedservice interval.PressingtheSTEPbuttonwheninthisdisplay willselect"Yes"or"No."

Power Accessory Delay?

Whenthisfeatureisselected, thepowerwindow switches, radio, hands-freesystem, DVDvideosystem, powersunroof, and poweroutletswillremainactive for upto45 seconds after theignitionswitch has been turned off. Opening vehicle door or lift gate will cancel this feature.

Easy Exit Seat? (Available with Memory Seat Only)

Whenthisfeatureisselected,thedriver'sseatmoves rearward5cm(2inches)ortothefarthestrearward positionifthisdistanceislessthan5cm(2inches)when thekeyisremovedfromtheignitionswitchsothatthe

drivercanmoreeasilyexitthevehicle.Theseatwill returntothememorizedseatlocation(ifREMOTELINK TOMEMORYissettoYES)whentheremotekeyless entrytransmitterisusedtounlockthedoor.Pressingthe STEPbuttonwheninthisdisplaywillselect"Yes"or "No."

Retrain Tire Sensors (Available with Tire Pressure Monitor System Only)

The Tire Pressure Monitorsystem must be trained following atirerotation or wheel rim mounted sensor replacement. See your authorized dealer for service.

CompassDisplay—IfEquipped

Thisdisplayprovidesoneofeightcompassreadingsto indicatethedirectionthevehicleisfacing.

Automatic Compass Calibration

Thiscompassisselfcalibratingwhicheliminatesthe needtomanuallysetthecompass. Whenthevehicleis new, thecompassmayappearerratic and the EVIC will display "COMPASSCALIBRATING" until the compass is calibrated. The compasswill calibrate automatically after approximately 40 seconds if no buttons are pressed and the vehicleisin Park. You may also calibrate the compass by completing one 360^ turninan area a free from largemetal or metallic objects, the "COMPASSCALIBRATING" EVIC message will turn off and the compass will function normally.

Manual Compass Calibration

Ifthecompassappearserraticandthe"COMPASSCALIBRATING"messagedoesnotappearintheEVICdisplay, youmustputthecompassintotheCalibrationMode manually.

To put into a Calibration Mode: Turnontheignition switchandsetthedisplaytoCompass.PresstheRESET buttonforatleast10secondsuntilthe"COMPASS CALIBRATING"messageappears.ReleasetheRESET buttonandcompleteone360°turninanareafreefrom largemetalobjects.The"COMPASSCALIBRATING" messagewillturnoffandthecompasswillfunction normally.

Compass Variance

CompassVarianceisthedifferencebetweenmagnetic NorthandGeographicNorth.Insomeareasofthe country,thedifferencebetweenmagneticandgeographic Northisgreatenoughtocausethecompassstogivefalse readings.Ifthisoccurs,thecompassvariancemustbeset.

NOTE: Magneticmaterialsshouldbekeptawayfrom theoverheadconsole.

UNDERSTANDING YOUR INSTRUMENT PANEL 159

To set the variance: TurntheignitionswitchONandset thedisplaytoCompass.PresstheRESETbuttonfor approximately5secondsbutnomorethan10seconds. The "COMPASSVARIANCE" messageandthelastvariancezonenumberwillbeisplayed.PresstheSTEP buttontoselectthepropervariancezoneasshowninthe map.PresstheRESETbuttontosetthenewvariance zoneandresumenormaloperation.

Mini-TripFunctions—IfEquipped

Thisdisplaysinformationonthefollowing:

- AverageFuelEconomy(ECOAVG) Showstheaveragefueleconomysincethelastreset.The minimumaveragefueleconomythatwillbedisplayed onresetis0.3mpg.

- DistanceToEmpty(DTE) Show the estimated distance that can be travelled with the fuel remaining in the tank. This estimated distance is determined using the MPG forth the last few minutes.

- OffMode

Showsablankdisplay.

- StepButton

PushthisbuttontocyclethroughalltheMini-trip functions.

To Reset The Display

PressingandreleasingtheResetbuttononcewillcleartheresettablefunctioncurrentlybeingdisplayed.Theresettablefunctionisaveragefueleconomy.Resetwillonlyoccuriftheresettablefunctioniscurrentlybeingdisplayed.

SETTINGTHEANALOGCLOCK

Tosettheanalogclockatthetopcenteroftheinstrument panel, pressandholdthebuttonuntilthesettingis correct.

ELECTRONICDIGITALCLOCK

Theclockandradioeachusethedisplaypanelbuiltinto theradio. Adigitalreadoutshowsthetimeinhoursand minuteswhenevertheignitionswitchisintheONor ACCpositionandthetimebuttonispressed.

When the ignitions switch this in the OFF position, or when the radio frequency is being displayed, time keeping is accurately maintained.

ClockSettingProcedure

1. TurntheignitionswitchtotheONorACCposition andpressthetimebutton. Usingthetipofaballpointpen orsimilarobject, presseitherthehour(H)orminute(M) buttonsontheradio.

2. PresstheHbuttontosethoursortheMbuttontoset minutes. Thetimesettingwillincreaseeachtimeyou pressabutton.

SALESCODERAH—AM&FMSTEREORADIO WITHHCDPLAYERANDCD/DVDCHANGER CONTROLS

810236a4

RadioOperation

Power/Volume Control

PresstheON/VOLcontroltoturntheradioon.Turnthe volumecontrolclockwisetoincreasethevolume.

NOTE: Powertooperatetheradioissupplied through theignitionswitch.ItmustbeintheONorACCposition tooperatetheradio.

Mode

PresstheMODEbuttontoselectbetween,AM,FM,CD, CD/DVDchangerortheSatelliteRadio(ifequipped). WhentheSatelliteRadio(ifequipped)isselected"SA" willappearinyourradiodisplay.

AdiscmayremainintheradiowhileintheSatelliteor radiomode.

Seek

PressandreleasetheSEEKbuttontosearchforthenext stationineithertheAM,FMorSatellitemode.Pressthe

162 UNDERSTANDING YOUR INSTRUMENT PANEL

topofthebuttontoseekupandthebottomtoseekdown. Theradiowillremaintunedtothenewstationuntilyou makeanotherselection.Holdingthebuttoninwillbypassstationswithoutstoppinguntilyoureleaseit.

Tuning

PresstheTUNEcontrolupordowntoincreaseor decreasethefrequency.Ifyoupressandholdthebutton,theradiowillcontinuetotuneuntilyoureleasethe button.Thefrequencywillbedisplayedandcontinuouslyupdatedwhilethebuttonispressed.

Balance

The Balancecontroladjuststheleft-to-rightspeakerbalance. Press the AUDIO button, select BALANCE, then turn the volume knob to adjust the balance.

Fade

TheFadecontrolprovidesforbalancebetweenthefront andrearspeakers.PresstheAUDIObutton,selectFADE, thenturnthevolumeknobtoadjustthefadebalance.

Tone Control

TheBassand/orTreblecontrolssoundforthedesired tone.PresstheAUDIObutton,selectBassorTREBLE, thenturnthevolumeknobtoincreaseordecrease amplificationoftheband.

To Set The Radio Push-Button Memory

Whenyouarereceivingastationthatyouwishto committopush-buttonmemory,presstheSETbutton. SET1willshowinthedisplaywindow.Selectthe push-buttonyouwishtolockontothisstationandpress and releasethatbutton.Ifastationisnotselectedwithin 5secondsafterpressingtheSETbutton,thestationwill continuetoplaybutwillnotbelockedintopush-button memory.

Youmayaddasecondstationtoeachpush-buttonby repeatingtheaboveprocedurewiththisexception:Press theSETbuttontwiceandSET2willshowinthedisplay window.EachbuttoncanbesetforSET1andSET2in

bothAMandFM.Thisallowsatotalof10AMand10FM stationstobelockedintomemory.Youcanrecallthe stationsstoredinSET2memorybypassingthepush-buttontwice.

To Change From Clock To Radio Mode

Press the TIME button to changeth e display between radio frequency and time.

General Information

This radiocomplies with Part15 of FCC rules and with RSS-210 of Industry Canada. Operation is subject to the following conditions:

1. This device may not cause harmful interference,
2. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.

NOTE: Changesormodificationsnotexpressivelyapprovedbythepartyresponsibleforcompliancecould voidtheuser'sauthoritytooperatetheequipment.

CDPlayerOperation

NOTE: TheignitionswitchmustbeintheONorACC positionandthevolumecontrolONbeforetheCDplayer willoperate.

Inserting The Compact Disc

CAUTION!

This CD player will accept only 4–3/4 inch (12cm) discs only. The use of other sized discs may damage the CD player mechanism.

YoumayeitherinsertorejectadiscwiththeradioOFF.

164 UNDERSTANDING YOUR INSTRUMENT PANEL

If you insert adisc with the ignition ON and ther radio OFF, the display will show the time of day. If you insert adisc with the ignition OFF, the display will show the time of day for about 5 seconds, then go out.

IfthepowerisON, the unit will switch from radiotoCD mode and begin to play when you insert the disc. The display will show the track number and index time in minutes and seconds. Play will begin at the start of track 1.

Seek

PressthetopoftheSEEKbuttonforthenextselectionon theCD.Pressthebottomofthebuttontoreturntothe beginningofthecurrentselection,orreturntothe beginningofthepreviousselectioniftheCDiswithinthe first10secondsofthecurrentselection.

EJT — Eject

PresstheEJTbuttonandthediscwillunloadandmove totheentranceforeasyremoval.Theunitwillswitchto theradiomode.

If you donotremovethedisc within 15 seconds, it will be reloaded. Theradiomodewillcontinuetoappear.

ThedisccanbeejectedwiththeradioOFF.

FF/TUNE/RW

PressFF(FastForward)andtheCDplayerwillbeginto fastforwarduntilFFisreleased.TheRW(Reverse) buttonworksinasimilarmanner.

RND — Random Play

PresstheRNDbuttonwhiletheCDisplayingtoactivate RandomPlay.Thisfeatureplaystheselectionsonthe compactdiscinrandomordertoprovideaninteresting changeofpace.

PresstheSEEKbuttontomovetothenextrandomly selectedtrack.

PressTUNEFFtofastforwardthroughthetracks.Press theFFbuttonasecondtimetostopthefastforward feature.IfTUNERWispressed, thecurrenttrackwill reversetothebeginningofthetrackandbeginplaying.

PresstheRNDbuttonasecondtimetostopRandom Play.

CD/DVDChangerOperation

Press the MODE button to select between the CD player and the optional remote CD/DVD changer.

Time

PresstheTIMEbuttontochangethedisplayfrom elapsedCDorDVDplayingtimetotimeofday.

SALESCODERBP—AM&FMSTEREORADIO WITHCASSETTETAPEPLAYER,CDPLAYER, ANDOPTIONALCD/DVDCHANGERCONTROLS

80e7c9a0

RadioOperation

Power/Volume Control

PresstheON/VOLcontroltoturntheradioon.Turnthe volumecontroltotherighttoincreasethevolume.

NOTE: Powertooperatetheradioissupplied through theignitionswitch.ItmustbeintheONorACCposition tooperatetheradio.

PTY (Program Type) Button

PressingthisbuttononcewillturnonthePTYmodefor5seconds.Ifnoactionistakenduringthe5secondtimeoutthePTYiconwillturnoff.PressingthePTYbuttonwithin5secondswillallowtheprogramformattypetobeselected.ManyradiostationsdonotcurrentlybroadcastPTYinformation.

TogglethePTYbuttontoselectthefollowingformat types:

Program Type Radio	Display
AdultHitsAdltHit
ClassicalClassic
ClassicRockClsRock
CollegeCollege
Country	Country
Information	Inform
Jazz	Jazz
ForeignLanguage	Language
News	News
Nostalgia	Nostalga
Oldies	Oldies
Personality	Persnlty
Public	Public
RhythmandBlues	R&B
ReligiousMusic	RelMusc
ReligiousTalk	RelTalk
RockRock
SoftSoft
SoftRockSoftRck
SoftRhythmandBluesSoftR&B
SportsSports
TalkTalk
Top40Top40
WeatherWeather

BypressingtheSEEKbuttonwhenthePTYiconis displayed,theradiowillbetunedtothenextfrequency stationwiththesameselectedPTYname.ThePTY functiononlyoperateswhenintheFMandSatellite(if equipped)modes.

Theradiodisplaywillflash"SEEK"andtheselectedPTY program type when searching for the next PTY station. If

no station is found with the selected PTY program type, theradiowillreturn tothelastpreset station.

If a preset button is activated while in the PTY (Program Type)mode,thePTYmodewillbeexitedandtheradio willtunetothepreset station.

Pressing PTY, then SCAN will scan the FM Band and stop atallRDSstationsthatbroadcastthestationtype. Each RDS station will be played for a 5 second scan once around the FM Band and stop at the last station. The PTY iconwillthenturnoff.

Seek

Press and release the SEEK button to search for the next station in either the AM or FM mode. Press the top of the button to seek up and the bottom to seek down. The radio will remain tuned to the new station until you make another selection. Holding the button in will bypassstations without stopping until you release it.

168 UNDERSTANDING YOUR INSTRUMENT PANEL

Scan

PressandreleasetheSCANbuttontosearchforthenext stationineithertheAMorFMmode.Theradiowill pausefor5secondsateachlistenablestationbefore continuingtothenext.Tostopthesearch,pressthe SCANbuttonasecondtime.

Tune

PresstheTUNEcontrolupordowntoincreaseor decreasethefrequency.Ifyoupressandholdthebutton,theradiowillcontinuetotuneuntilyoureleasethe button.Thefrequencywillbedisplayedandcontinuouslyupdatedwhilethebuttonispressed.

Balance — BAL

The Balancecontroladjuststheleft-to-rightspeakerbalance.PresstheBALbuttoninanditwillpopout.Adjust thebalanceandpushthebuttonbackin.

Fade

TheFadecontrolprovidesforbalancebetweenthefront andrearspeakers.PresstheFADEbuttoninanditwill popout.Adjustthebalanceandpushthebuttonbackin.

Tone Control

Thetonecontrols affect the BASS and TREFLE frequency bands. Each is controlled by a slider control with a detent at themid position. Moving a controlupordown increases or decreases amplification of the band. The mid position provides a balanced output.

AM/FM Selection

PresstheAM/FMbuttontotogglebetweenAMandFM mode. Theoperatingmodewillbedisplayednexttothe stationfrequency. Thedisplaywillshow"ST" whena stereostationisreceived(FMonly).

To Set The Radio Push-Button Memory

When you are receiving a station that you wish to commit top push-button memory, press the SET button.

SET1willnowshowinthedisplaywindow.Selectthe "1-5"buttonyouwishtolockontothisstationandpress andreleasethatbutton.Ifabuttonisnotselectedwithin 5secondsafterpressingtheSETbutton,thestationwill continuetoplaybutwillnotbelockedintopush-button memory.

Youmayaddasecondstationtoeachpush-buttonby repeatingtheaboveprocedurewiththisexception:Press theSETbuttontwiceandSET2willshowinthedisplay window.EachbuttoncanbesetforSET1andSET2in bothAMandFM.Thisallowsatotalof10AMand10FM stationstobelockedintopush-buttonmemory.The stationsstoredinSET2memorycanbeselectedby pressingthepush-buttontwice.

Time

PresstheTIMEbuttontochangethedisplaybetween radiofrequencyandtime.

Tosettheclock, useaballpointpenorsimilarobjectto pressthehour(H)orminute(M)buttonsontheradio, Thetimesettingwillincreaseeachtimeyoupressthe button. Pressanyotherbuttontoexitfromtheclock settingmode.

General Information

This radiocomplies with Part 15 of FCC rules and with RSS-210 of Industry Canada. Operation is subject to the following conditions:

1. This device may not cause harmful interference,
2. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.

NOTE: Changesormodificationsnotexpressivelyapprovedbythepartyresponsibleforcompliancecould voidtheuser'sauthoritytooperatetheequipment.

170UNDERSTANDINGYOURINSTRUMENTPANEL

TapePlayerOperation

Insertthecassettewiththeexposedtapesidetowardthe rightandthemechanicalactionoftheplayerwillgently pullthecassetteintotheplayposition.

NOTE: Whensubjectedtoextremelycoldtemperatures, thetapemechanismmayrequireafewminutestowarm upforproperoperation.Sometimespoorplaybackmay beexperiencedduetoadefectivecassettetape.Cleanand demagnetizethetapeheadsatleasttwiceayear.

Tape Side — /PTY

Pressingthe∇Δbuttonduringtapemodewillcausethe othersideofthetapetobeplayed.Thedisplaywill confirmtheselectedtapeplaydirection.Thetimeis alwaysdisplayed.

Tape

PresstheTAPEbuttontoselecttheTapemode.

Seek

PresstheSEEKbuttonupforthenextselectiononthe tapeanddowntoreturntothebeginningofthecurrent selection.

PresstheSEEKbuttonupordowntomovethetrack numbertoskipforwardorbackward1to7selections. PresstheSEEKbuttononcetomove1selection,twiceto move2selections,etc.thedisplaywillshowthetotal numberoftimestheSEEKbuttonwaspushed.TheSEEK functionwillbecancelledbypressingeithertheFF/RW orAM/FMbutton.

Fast Forward — FF

Press the FF button up momentarily to advance the theta pathway in the direction that it is playing. The temperature will be reached. At the end of the theta, the temperature will play in the opposite direction.

Rewind — RW

PresstheRWbuttondownmomentarilytoreversethe tapedirection. Thetapewillrewinduntilthebuttonis pressedagainoruntilthebeginningofthetapeis reached. Atthebeginningofthetape, thetapewillplay intheoppositedirection.

EJT Tape

PresstheEJTTAPEbuttonandthecassettewilldisengageandejectfromtheradio.

Metal Tape Selection (70μs)

Ifastandard70μ(metal)tapeisinsertedintotheplayer, theplayerwillautomaticallyselectthecorrectequalization.

Pinch Roller Release

IfignitionpowerortheradioON/OFFswitchareturned off, the pinchroller will automatically retract top protect

thetapefromanydamage.Whenpowerisrestoredtothe tapeplayer,thepinchrollerwillautomaticallyreengage andthetapewillresumeplay.

Dolby Noise Reduction

TheDolbyNoiseReductionSystem*isonwheneverthetapeplayerison,butmaybeswitched on/off.

ToturntheDolbyNoiseReductionSystemon/off:Press theDolbyNRbutton(button2)afteryouinsertthetape. TheNRlightinthedisplaywillgooffwhentheDolby Systemisoff.

*“Dolby”noisereductionmanufacturedunderlicense fromDolbyLaboratoriesLicensingCorporation.Dolby andthedouble-DsymbolaretrademarksofDolbyLaboratoriesLicensingCorporation.

172 UNDERSTANDING YOUR INSTRUMENT PANEL

CDPlayerOperation

NOTE: TheignitionswitchmustbeintheONorACC positionandthevolumecontrolONbeforetheCDplayer willoperate.

Inserting The Compact Disc

YoumayeitherinsertorejectadiscwiththeradioOFF.

If you insert adisc with the ignition ON and ther radio off, the display will show CD and the time of day will be displayed.

Ifthepowerison, the unit will switch from radiotoCD mode and begin to play when you insert the disc. The display will show the track number and index time in minutes and seconds. Play will begin at the start of track 1.

Seek

PressthetopoftheSEEKbuttonforthenextselectionon theCD.Pressthebottomofthebuttontoreturntothe

beginningofthecurrentselection,orreturntothe beginningofthepreviousselectioniftheCDiswithinthe firstsecondofthecurrentselection.

Scan

PresstheSCANbuttontoplay10secondsofeach selection.PresstheSCANbuttonasecondtimetocancel thisfeature.

EJT CD

PresstheEJTCDbuttonandthediscwillunloadand movetotheentranceforeasyremoval.Theunitwill switchtotheradiomode.

If you donotremovethedisc within 15 seconds, it will be reloaded. The unit will continue in radiomode.

Thedisccanbeejectedwiththeradioandignitionoff.

FF/TUNE/RW

PressFF(FastForward)andtheCDplayerwillbeginto fastforwarduntilFFisreleased.TheRW(Reverse) buttonworksinasimilarmanner.

Random Play — RND/Program Button 4

PresstheRND(button4)buttonwhiletheCDisplaying toactivateRandomPlay.Thisfeatureplaystheselections onthecompactdiscinrandomordertoprovidean interestingchangeofpace.

PressthetopoftheSEEKbuttontomovetothenext randomlyselectedtrack.

PresstheRND(button4)buttonasecondtimetostop RandomPlay.

MODE

PresstheMODEbuttontoselectbetweentheCDplayer, remoteCD/DVDchanger(ifequipped),orsatelliteradio (ifequipped).

ToselectSatelliteRadio(ifequipped),presstheMODE buttonuntilthewordSIRIUS™ appears. The following willbedisplayedinthisorder: Afterthreeseconds, the currentchannelnameandnumberwillbedisplayedfor fiveseconds. The currentprogramtypeandchannel numberwillthenbedisplayedforfiveseconds. The currentchannelnameandnumberwillthenbedisplayed untilanactionoccurs.ACDortapemayremaininthe playerwhileintheSatelliteRadiomode.

Time

Press the TIME button to changeth displayed from elapsed CD playing timetotime of day.

CD/DVDChangerOperation—IfEquipped

MODE

PresstheMODEbuttontoselectbetweentheCDplayer, andtheCD/DVDchanger(ifequipped).

174 UNDERSTANDING YOUR INSTRUMENT PANEL

Disc Up/Program Button 1

PresstheDISC(button1)buttontoplaythenextavailabledisc.

Random Play — RND/Program Button 4

PresstheRND(button4)buttonwhiletheCDisplaying toactivateRandomPlay.Thisfeatureplaystheselections onthecurrentlyplayingcompactdiscinrandomorderto provideaninterestingchangeofpace.

PressthetopoftheSEEKbuttontomovetothenext randomlyselectedtrack.

PresstheRND(button4)buttonasecondtimetostop RandomPlay.

FF/RW — TUNE

PressandholdtheFFbuttonforfastforward.Pressand holdtheRWbuttonforfastreverse.Theaudiooutputcan beheardwhenfastforwardandfastreverseareactivated.

Disc Down/Program Button 5

PresstheDISC(button5)buttontoplaytheprevious disc.

Seek

PressthetopoftheSEEKbuttonforthenextselectionon theCD.Pressthebottomofthebuttontoreturntothe beginningofthecurrentselection,orreturntothe beginningofthepreviousselectioniftheCDiswithinthe firstsecondofthecurrentselection.

Time

PresstheTIMEbuttontoswitchbetweentimeofdayand CDtracktime.

Scan

PresstheSCANbuttontoplay10secondsofeachtrack. PresstheSCANbuttonasecondtimetocancelthe feature.

6DISCCD/DVDCHANGER(RDV)—IFEQUIPPED

TheRearSeatAudio/VideoSystemallowspassengersto listentoaCDorDVDfromthe6discCD/DVDchanger throughwirelessheadphones,whilethefrontseatpassengerslistentoeitherAM/FM,CassetteorCDsfromthe radiospeakers.AremotecontrolisprovidedforfunctionssuchaschangingtracksorDVDfunctions,aswell asselectingdiscsloadedinthe6discCD/DVDchanger whilelisteningtotheRearAudio/VideoSystem.

TheRearSeatAudio/VideoSystemmaybeavailableina baseandpremiumversion.Thepremiumversionincludesasixdiscchanger,remotecontrolandtwosetsof wirelessheadphones.Thebaseversionincludesasingle discchangerandremotecontrol.

TheCD/DVDChangerwillplayCD-R,CD-RW,CD-AudioandDVDVideodiscformats.

NOTE: TheignitionswitchmustbeintheONorACC positionbeforetheCD/DVDchangerwilloperate.

811caacd

OperatingInstructions—CD/DVDChanger

Loading The CD/DVD Changer

The premium version has a multi-discchanger, and will accept this six discs. The base version is a single-discchanger, and will only accept one disc.

Toinsertdisc(s)intothechanger, follow the instructions shown:

1. On vehicle equipped with the premium version, select and press any numbered button without an illuminated light above it.
2. Gently insert the disc with the label facing up while the light below the loadings slot is illuminated. On vehicle equipped with the premium version the light above the chosen button will also be flashing, indicating which numbered position the disc will be loaded into. The disc will automatically be pulled into the CD/DVD changer.

3. Upon insertion, the disc will begin to play, and the light below the loadings slot will turn off. On vehicles equipped with the premium version the light above the chosen button will remain illuminated.

4. Repeat the process for loading any additional CD/DVDs into the premium version multi-discchanger. The CD/DVDchanger will stop while additional CD/DVDs are loaded.

IftheradiovolumecontrolisON,theunitwillswitch fromradiotoCD/DVDmode.IftheDVDsupportsthe autoplayfeature,playwillbeginautomaticallyinapproximately10seconds,aftertheDVDdiscmenuis displayed.IftheDVDdoesnotplayautomatically,press theENTERbuttonontheremotecontroloronthesideof thevideoscreentoselectplayfromthemenuoptions. Theradiodisplaywillshowthechapternumberand indextimeinhoursandminutesoftheDVD,orthetrack number,minutesandsecondoftheCD.

NOTE:

- YoumayejectadiscwiththeradioOFF.

• If you insert adisc with the ignition ON and the radio OFF, the DVD will automatically be pulled into the DVD changer and the display will show the time of day.
• Itisrecommendedtolabelhomemadeburneddiscs withapermanentmarkerinsteadofadhesivelabels. Thesetypesoflabelsmaybecomelooseandcausethe disctobestuckintheDVDplayer.Thismaycause permanentdamagetotheDVDmechanism.

EJECT(EJT)Button

Ifthereisadiscinthechanger, press the EJT button and the discwilleject. If you donotremovethedisc within 10 seconds, it will be loaded and the display will show PAUSE. Theradiomodewill continueto operate.

Toejectadditionaldiscsfromthepremiumversion multi-discchanger,firstselectthenumberedbutton wherethedislocatedandthenpresstheEJTbutton.

ThedisccanbeejectedwiththeradioOFF.

178 UNDERSTANDING YOUR INSTRUMENT PANEL

Operating Instructions — Remote Control

NOTE: AimtheremotecontrolattheDVDchanger locatedonthecenteroftheinstrumentpanelandpress thedesiredbutton.Directsunlightorobjectsblockingthe lineofsightmayaffectthefunctionoftheremotecontrol.

812cd578

1. Headphone Transmitter

2.MenuUp/NextTrack/Chapter

3.MenuLeft/FastRewind

1. Return

5.Setup

6.Pause/Play

7.Mute

8.Display

9.Mode

10.ProgramDown-PreviousDisc

11.ProgramUp-NextDisc

12.Slow

13.Stop

14.Menu

15.MenuDown/PreviousTrack/Chapter

16.MenuRight/FastForward

17.Enter

18.Light

Headphone Transmitter Button (1)

AfteradiscisinsertedintotheDVDchanger,boththe headphonetransmitterbutton(1)ontheremotecontrol andthepowerbuttonontheheadphonesmustbeturned ONbeforesoundcanbeheardfromtheheadphones.On someradiostheheadphonesymbolwillflashforap- proximately5secondsintheradiodisplay,indicatingthe headphonesareinuse.

ARROW Buttons (2, 3, 15, 16)

ThesebuttonsonlyfunctioninDVDvideomode. Use the arrowbuttonstotogglethroughtheDVDdiscmenu screenings.

RTN Button (4)

ThisbuttononlyfunctionsinDVDvideomode.Pressthis buttonotreturntothepreviousmenuwhenintheDVD discmenumode.

180UNDERSTANDINGYOURINSTRUMENTPANEL

SETUP Button (5)

ThisbuttononlyfunctionsinDVDvideomode.Pressthe buttonafterpressingtheSTOPbuttontoaccesstheDVD changersetupmenu.Usetherightandleftarrowsto movebetweenabsforlanguage,rating,mark,audioand aspect.Usetheupanddownarrowstomovebetween optionswithineachtab.

Tochangeanitemhighlightedinblue,pressENTER.This shouldcausethehighlighttoturnyellow.Again,using theupanddownnarrowswillcausethearwtomoveup ordown.Oncethearrowisonthedesiredselection,press ENTER.Whenfinished,presssetuporplaytoreturnto playingtheDVDorMenutoreturntotheDVDdisc menu.

PAUSE/PLAY Button (6)

ThisbuttononlyfunctionsinDVDvideomode.Pressthis buttononcetopausethevideo,pressasecondtimeto playthevideo.

MUTE Button (7)

Nofunction.

DISP Button (8)

ThisbuttononlyfunctionsinDVDvideomode.Whena DVDvideoisplaying,pressthisbuttontodisplaythe playmenuoptions.

MODE Button (9)

NoFunction

PROG UP/DOWN Buttons (10, 11)

PROGUPselectsthenextdiscloadedinthechanger. PROGDOWNselectsthepreviousdisloadedinthechanger.

SLOW Button (12)

ThisbuttononlyfunctionsinDVDvideomode.Pressthis buttontoadvancethevideo.IftheDVDispaused, pressingthisbuttonwilladvancethevideoframeby frame.

STOP Button (13)

ThisbuttononlyfunctionsinDVDvideomode.Pressthis buttonostoptheDVD.

MENU Button (14)

ThisbuttononlyfunctionsinDVDvideomode.Pressthis buttontoselecttheDVDdiscmenu.

NEXT/PREV Buttons (2, 15)

PresstheuparrowortheNEXTbuttonforthenext chapterortrackonthedisc.Pressthedownarrowor PREVbuttontoreturntothebeginningofthecurrent chapterortrack.PressthedownarroworPREVbutton twicewithintwosecondstoreturntotheprevious chapterortrack.EachpressoftheNEXT/PREVbutton upordownwilltogglethroughthechaptersortracks.

FF/RW Buttons (3, 16)

PressandholdFF(FastForward)onceandtheCD/DVD changerwillbegintofastforwarduntiltheFFbuttonis released.TheRW(Reverse)buttonworksinasimilar manner.

ENTER Button (17)

ThisbuttononlyfunctionsinDVDvideomode. Use the ENTERbuttontoenterselectionsfromthemenuscreens. Use the arrowbuttonstotogglethrough themenuscreen options.

Light Button (18)

Pressing this button illuminates the button on theremote control.

Remote Control Battery Service

- Toreplacethebatteriesfortheremotecontrolslidethe coverrearward.

Thereplacementbatteriesfortheremotecontrolaretwo AAAbatteries.

182UNDERSTANDINGYOURINSTRUMENTPANEL

OperatingInstructions—VideoScreen

Pushuponthereleasebuttontolowerthevideoscreen.

Interior view of a car showing the rearview and side panels with a black arrow pointing to a component (no text or symbols visible)

1. Screen Width Button

Changesthewidthofthescreenpicture.

2. Enter Button

Thisbuttonwillentertheselectionfromthe on-screenmenu.

3. Brightness Button

Changesthebrightnessofthescreenpicture.

OperatingInstructions—Headphones

1.PowerButton
2.VolumeControl
3.PowerIndicator

184UNDERSTANDINGYOURINSTRUMENTPANEL

Power Button

Pressing the power button will turn the headphones ON/OFF. An indicator light will illuminate on the head phone ear pieceto indicate the headphones are ON.

NOTE:

- Theheadphoneswillturnoffautomaticallyinapproximately3minutesiftheylosethesignalformthe systemorwhentheradioorrearaudio/videosystemisturnedoff.

Volume Control

Rotatethevolumecomtroltoadjustthevolumetothe desiredlisteninglevel.

Headphone Battery Service

- Pressthebuttonatthebottomofeachheadphone earpieceandliftthecoverupward.

Cross-sectional diagram of a mechanical component with internal structure and an arrow indicating direction (no text or symbols)

812cd563

- Replacethebatteryineachearpieceandreinstallthe cover.TheheadphonesrequiretwoAAAbatteries.

General Information

This device complies with part 15 of the FCC rules and RSS210 of Industry Canada. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference and (2) This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.

If you dono the earsound coming from the headphones, check for the following conditions:

1. Rear Seat Audio/Video System and headphones are on. Pressthe headphonetransmitter button (1) on the remote control and the power button on the headphones. An indicator light willilluminate on the headphone ear pieceto indicate the headphones are ON.
2. Weakbatteriesintheheadphones.
3. Directsunlightorobjectsblockingthelineofsight betweentheheadphonetransmitteronthevideoscreen andtheheadphones.

OperatingInstructions—MP3Player, Portable Walkman

AnMP3playercanbeconnectedtotheaudiosystem. ConnectthecablestotheRCAjackslocatedonthefront oftheCD/DVDchanger.

NOTE: Followthemanufacturesinstructionsforthe correctcolorswhenconnectingtheRCAcables.

OperatingInstructions—Video Games/Camcorders

Avideogameunitorcamcordercanbeconnectedtothe rearaudio/videosystem.ConnectthecablestotheRCA jackslocatedonthefrontoftheCD/DVDchanger.

NOTE: TooperateavideogameunitaDCtoAC adaptermayberequired,plugtheadapterintoany poweroutlet.

Follow the manufactures instructions for the correct colors when connecting the RCA cables.

NOTE: MP3player's, videogamesystems, camcorders connected to the RCA jacks and CD's or DVD's inserted into the CD/DVD changercan be heard through the headphones.

SATELLITERADIO—IFEQUIPPED

Satelliteradiouesdirectsatellitetoreceiverbroadcastingtechnologytoprovidecleardigitalsound,coastto coast.ThesubscriptionserviceproviderisSirius™SatelliteRadio.Thisserviceoffersupto100channelsofmusic, sports,news,entertainment,andprogrammingforchildren,directlyfromitssatellitesandbroadcastingstudios.

SystemActivation

ToactivateyourSiriusSatelliteRadioservice, call the toll-freenumber888-539-7474, or visit the Sirius website at www.sirius.com. Please havethe following information available when activating your system:

1. The Electronic Serial Number / Sirius Identification Number (ESN/SID).

2. Creditcardinformation.

3. Your Vehicle Identification Number.

ElectronicSerialNumber/SiriusIdentification Number(ENS/SID)

TheElectronicSerialNumber/SiriusIdentificationNumberisneededtoactivateyourSiriusSatelliteRadio system. To access the ESN/SID, refer to the following steps:

ESN/SID Access With RBB, RAH and RBK Radios

WiththeignitionswitchintheACCESSORYpositionandtheradioOFF,presstheTapeEjectorCDEject(depend-ingontheradiotype)andTimebuttonssimultaneously for 3 seconds. The first four digits of the twelve-digit ESN/SIDnumberwillbedisplayed.PresstheSEEKUP buttonodisplaythenextfourdigits.Continuetopress theSEEKUPbuttonuntilalltwelveESN/SIDdigitshave beendisplayed.TheSEEKDOWNwillpagedownuntil thefirstfourdigitsaredisplayed.Theradiowillexitthe

ESN/SIDmodewhenanyotherbuttonispushed, the ignitionisturnedOFF, or 5 minutes has passed since any button was pushed.

ESN/SID Access With RBP, RBU, RAZ, and RBQ Radios

WiththeignitionswitchintheACCESSORYpositionandtheradioOFF,presstheCDEjectandTIMEbuttonssimultaneouslyfor3seconds.AlltwelveESN/SIDnumberswillbedisplayed.TheradiowillexittheESN/SIDmodewhenanyotherbuttonispushed,theignitionis turnedOFF,or5minuteshaspassedsinceanybutton waspushed.

SelectingSatelliteModeinRBB,RAHandRBK Radios

Press the MODE button repeatedly until "S A" appears in the display.ACDortapemayremainintheradiowhile intheSatelliteradiomode.

SelectingSatelliteModeinRBP,RBU,RAZ,and RBQRadios

PresstheMODEbuttonrepeatedlyuntiltheword "SIRIUS"appearsinthedisplay.Theseradioswillalso displaythefollowing:

• After3seconds, the current channel name and channel number will be displayed for 5 seconds.
• Thecurrentprogramtypeandchannelnumberwill thenbedisplayedfor5seconds.
• The current channel number will then be displayed until an action occurs.

ACDortapemayremainintheradiowhileinthe Satelliteradiomode.

SelectingaChannel

PressandreleasetheSEEKorTUNEbuttonstosearchfor thenextchannel.Pressthetopofthebuttontosearchup andthebottomofthebuttontosearchdown.Holdingthe TUNEbuttoncausestheradiotobypasschannelsuntil thebuttonisreleased.

PressandreleasetheSCANbutton(ifequipped)to automaticallychangechannelsevery7seconds.The radiowillpauseoneachchannelfor7secondsbefore movingontothenextchannel.Theword"SCAN"will appearinthedisplaybetweeneachchannelchange.Press theSCANbuttonasecondtimetostopthesearch.

NOTE: Channelsthatmaycontainobjectionablecontent canbeblocked.ContactSiriusCustomerCareat888-539-7474todiscussoptionsforchannelblockingorunblocking.PleasehaveyourESN/SIDinformationavailable.

StoringandSelectingPre-SetChannels

Inadditiontothe10AMand10FMpre-setstations, you may also commit 10 satellitestation stop push button memory. Thesesatellite channel pre-set stations will not erase any AMorFM pre-set memory stations. Follow the memory pre-set procedure that apply to your radio.

UsingthePTY(ProgramType)Button(if equipped)

FollowthePTYbuttoninstructionsthat applytoyour radio.

PTYButton"SCAN"

Whenthesiredprogramtypeisobtained, pressthe "SCAN"buttonwithinfivesecends.Theradiowillplay7 secondsoftheselectedchannelbeforemovingtothenext channeloftheselectedprogramtype.Pressthe"SCAN" buttonasecondtimetostopthesearch.

NOTE: Pressing the "SEEK" or "SCAN" button while performing amusictypescanwillchangethechannelby oneandstopthesearch.Pressingapre-setmemory buttonduringamusictypescan,willcallupthememory channelandstopthesearch.

PTYButton"SEEK"

Whenthesiredprogramisobtained, press the "SEEK" button within five seconds. The channel will change to then each channel that match the program types selected.

SatelliteAntenna

Toensureoptimumreception, donotplaceitemsonthe roofaroundtherooftopantennalocation. Metalobjects placedwithinthelineofsightoftheantennawillcause decreasedperformance. Largerluggageitemsshouldbe placedasfarforwardaspossible. Donotplaceitems directlyonorarovetheantenna.

ReceptionQuality

Satellitereceptionmaybeinterruptedduetooneofthe followingreasons.

• The vehicle is parked in an underground parking structure or under a physical obstacle.
• Densetreecoveragemayinterruptreceptioninthe formofshortaudiomutes.
• Drivingunderwidebridgesoralongtallbuildingscan causeintermittentreception.
• Placingobjectsoverortooclosetotheantennacan causesignalblockage.

190 UNDERSTANDING YOUR INSTRUMENT PANEL

REMOTESOUNDSYSTEMCONTROLS

Theremotesoundsystemcontrolsarelocatedontherear surfaceofthesteeringwheelatthe3and9o'clock positions.

Therighthandrockerswitchhasapushbuttoninthe centerandcontrolsthevolumeandmodeofthesound system.Pressingthetopoftherockerswitchwillincrease thevolumeandpressingthebottomoftherockerswitch willdecreasethevolume.Pressingthecenterbutton changestheoperationoftheradiofromAMtoFMto TapeorCDmodedependingonwhichradioisinthe vehicle.

Thelefthandrockerswitchhasapushbuttoninthe center. Thefunctionofthelefthandswitchisdifferent dependingonwhichmodeyouarein.

The following describes the lefth and rockers switch operation in each mode:

RadioOperation

PressingthetopoftheswitchwillSEEKupforthenext listenablestationandpressingthebottomoftheswitch willSEEKdownforthenextlistenablestation.

Thebuttonlocatedinthecenterofthelefthandswitch willtunetothenextpre-setstationthatyouhave programmedintheradiopre-setpush-button.

TapePlayer

Pressingthetopoftheswitchoncewillgotothenext selectiononthecassette.Pressingthebottomofthe switchoncewillgotothebeginningofthecurrent selectionortothebeginningofthepreviousselectionifit iswithinthefirst5secondsofthecurrentselection.

If you press the switch up on downtwice it play the second selection, threetimes, it will play the third, etc.

Thebuttoninthecenterofthelefthandswitchhasno functioninthismode.

CDPlayer

Pressingthetopoftheswitchoncewillgotothenext trackontheCD.Pressingthebottomoftheswitchonce willgotothebeginningofthecurrenttrackortothe beginningofthepreviousstrackifitiswithinonesecond afterthecurrenttrackbeginstoplay.

If you press these witchupordowntwiceit play the second track, threetimes, it will play the third, etc.

Thebuttoninthecenterofthelefthandswitchhasno functioninthismode.

RADIOGENERALINFORMATION

RadioBroadcastSignals

Yournewradiowillprovideexcellentreceptionunder mostoperatingconditions.Likeanysystem,however,car radioshaveperformancelimitations,duetomobileoperationandnaturalphenomena,whichmightleadyouto believeyoursoundsystemismalfunctioning.Tohelp youunderstandandsaveyouconcernaboutthese"apparent"malfunctions,youmustunderstandapointortwoaboutthetransmissionandreceptionofradiosignals.

TwoTypesofSignals

Therearetwobasictypesofradiosignals...AMor AmplitudeModulation,inwhichthetransmittedsound causestheamplitude,orheight,oftheradiowavesto vary...andFMorFrequencyModulation,inwhichthe frequencyofthewaveisvariedtocarrythesound.

ElectricalDisturbances

Radiowavesmaypickupelectricaldisturbancesduring transmission. They mainly affect the wave amplitude, and thus remain apart of the AM reception. They interfere very little with the frequency variation that carry the FM signal.

AMReception

AMsoundisbasedonwaveamplitude, so AMreception can be disrupted by such things as lightning, powerlines and neonsigns.

FMReception

BecauseFMtransmissionisbasedonfrequencyvariations,interferencethatconsistsofamplitudevariations canbefilteredout,leavingthereceptionrelativelyclear, whichisthemajorfeatureofFMradio.

NOTE: Onvehiclessoequippedtheradio,steering wheelradiocontrolsand6discCD/DVDchangerif equipped,willremainactiveforupto45secondsafter theignitionswitchhasbeenturnedoff.Openinga vehiclefrontdoorwillcancelthisfeature.

CASSETTETAPEANDPLAYERMAINTENANCE

Tokeep the casset tetapes and playering good condition, takethe following precautions:

1. DonotusecassettetapeslongerthanC-90; otherwise, soundqualityandtapedurabilitywillbegreatlydiminished.
2. Keep the casset tetapein its casetoprotect from slackness and dust when it is not in use.
3. Keep the cassette tape away from direct sunlight, heat and magnetic field such as a faster radios speakers.
4. Before inserting atape, makes sure that the label is adhering flatly to the cassette.
5. Aloosetapeshouldbecorrectedbeforeuse. Torewind aloosetape, inserttheeraserendofapencilintothetape drivegearandtwistthepencilintherequireddirections.

Maintainyourcassettetapeplayer.Theheadandcapstan shaftinthecassetteplayercanpickupdirtortape depositseachtimeacassetteisplayed.Theresultof depositsonthecapstanshaftmaycausethetapetowrap aroundandbecomelodgedinthetapetransport.The otheradverseconditionislowor“muddy”soundfrom oneorbothchannels,asifthetrebletonecontrolwere turnedallthewaydown.Topreventthis,youshould periodicallycleantheheadwithacommerciallyavailable WETcleaningcassette.

Aspreventivemaintenance, cleantheheadabout every 30hoursofuse. If you wait until the head becomes very dirty (noticeably poorsound), it may not be possible to remove all deposits with a simple WET cleaning cassette.

CD/DVDDISCMAINTENANCE

Tokeep the CD/DVD discussing good condition, take the following precautions:

1. Handlethediscbyitsedge; avoidtouchingthe surface.
2. If the discisstained, clean the surface with asoft cloth, wiping from centerto edge.
3. Donotapplypaper, paperCDlabels, ortapetothe disc; avoidscratchingthedisc.
4. Donotusesolventssuchasbenzine, thinner, cleaners, orantistaticsprays.
5. Storethediscinitscaseafterplaying.
6. Donotexposethedisctodirectsunlight.
7. Donotstorethediscwheretemperaturesmaybecome toohigh.

194UNDERSTANDINGYOURINSTRUMENTPANEL

RADIOOPERATIONANDCELLULARPHONES

Undercertainconditions, thecellularphonebeingOnin yourvehiclecancauseerraticornoisyperformancefrom yourradio. Thisconditionmaybelessenedoreliminated byrelocatingthecellularphoneantenna. Thiscondition is notharmfultotheradio. If yourradioperformance does not satisfactorily "clear" bytherepositioning of the antenna, it is recommended that the radio volume be turned down or off during cellular phone operation.

NAVIGATIONSYSTEM—IFEQUIPPED

Thenavigationsystemprovidesmaps,turnidentification,selectionmenusandinstructionsforselectinga varietyofdestinationsandroutes.Thebuttonstoperate thesystemarelocatedontheinstrumentpanelnexttothe analogclock.

Refer to your Navigation User's Manual for detailed operating instructions.

ThenavigationDVDunitislocatedintheunderfloor storagecompartmentintherearcargoarea.Asingledisc containingmapinformationfortheentireUnitedStates andpartsofCanadaisstoredintheDVDunit.Updated DVD'sareavailablefromyourauthorizeddealer.

Interior view of a car showing the dashboard and side panel with a black arrow pointing to a component (no text or symbols visible)

ToreplacethenavigationmapDVDliftthestoragebin coverandlinerintherearcargoarea,presstheeject buttonandthediscwilleject.Gentlyinsertthenewdisc intotheDVDunitwiththelabelfacingup.Thediscwill automaticallybepulledintotheDVDunit.

CLIMATECONTROLS

The Air Conditioning and Heating System is designed to make you comfortable in all types of weather.

Dual-ZoneAutomaticTemperatureControl

The Dual Zone Automatic Temperature Control (ATC) System automatically maintain the interior comfort level desired by the driver and front seat passenger. This is accomplished by using two infrared sensors located in the center of the instrument panel. The two infrared sensors independently measure the surface temperature of the driver and front seat passenger. Based on the sensor input, the system automatically adjust the air

temperature, the airflow volume, the airflow distribution, and amount of inside air recirculation to maintain front seat occupant comfort, even under changing out-sideweather conditions.

80e550c0

Tooperatethesystem, presseitherthe"AUTOHI" or "AUTOLO" buttons. Thesystemnowautomatically

regulate the heating and air conditionings system including blowerspeed, outlet air temperature, and airflow distribution through the various outlets within the instrument panel. Using the "TEMP" buttons, adjust the temperature you would like the system to maintain. When the system is set to your comfort level, it is not necessary to change the settings. You will experience the greatest efficiency by allowing the system function automatically. The system will operate fully automatically in either "AUTO HI" or "AUTO LO". The "AUTO LO" setting will limit them maximum fanspeed and should be used when more quiet operation is desired. Use the "AUTOHI" setting when the quickest cool-down or warm-up performance is desired.

NOTE:

- Itisnotnecessarytomovethetemperaturesettingsfor coldorhotvehicles. Thesystemautomatically adjusts the temperature, mode and fanspeed to provide comfortas quickly as possible.

- ThetemperaturecanbedisplayedinU.S.orMetricby selectingtheUS/Mcustomerprogrammable feature. Refertothe"ElectronicVehicleInformationCenter-CustomerProgrammableFeatures"inSection3ofthis manual.

Toprovideyouwithmaximumcomfortintheautomatic mode, during cold start-ups the blower fan will remain offand"DELAY"willappearinthedisplayuntilthe enginewarmsup.Anestimateofthetimeremaining until the "DELAY" is complete will appear periodically inthedisplay.However,thefanwillengageimmediately ifthedefrostmodeisselectedorbypushingtheblower switchandmanuallyadjustingthefanspeed.

Thisfeaturemaybedisabledusingthefollowingprocedure:

- PressandholdtheHeatedRearWindowandAutoLO buttonsfor5seconds.

- The "DELAY" symbolwillflashtoindicatethatthe featureasbeendisabled.

Thisfeaturemaybeenabledusingthefollowingprocedure:

• PressandholdtheHeatedRearWindowandAutoHI buttonsfor5seconds.
• The "DELAY" symbolwillflashtoindicate that the featureasbeenenabled.

Power Button

ThisbuttonturnstheentiresystemON/OFF.Whenthe systemisturnedonitwillreturntotheprevioussettings.

Dual/Single Zone Operation

When"DUAL"isdisplayedintheATCcontrolunit,the driverandpassengerairoutlettemperaturescanbe individuallyadjustedfromthetwoindependent"TEMP" buttons.Whenafrontseatpassengerisnotpresent, pressingthe"DUAL"buttonwilldisablethepassenger's infraredsensorandcontroltheentiresystembasedonly onthedriver'stemperaturesetting.Theoutsidetemperaturewillreplacethepassenger'stemperaturesettingin thedisplay.Pressingthe"DUAL"buttonasecondtimeor adjustingthepassenger's"TEMP"buttonwillreactivate thepassenger'sinfraredsensorandreturnthesystemto dualindependenttemperatureoperation.

Manual Operation

Thisystemoffersafullcomplementofmanualoverride features. The indicatorlightinboththe"AUTOHI"or "AUTOLO"buttonswillturnoffwhenthesystemis beingusedinthemanualmode. The fanspeed, airflow distribution, and outsideair/recirculatedaircanbe manuallyadjusted.

NOTE: Each of these features can be operate independently from each other. If anyone feature is controlled manually, there are two features will continue to operate automatically.

198UNDERSTANDINGYOURINSTRUMENTPANEL

Thefrontblowercontrolcanbesettoanyfixed blowerspeedbypassingtherockerswitchupor down. This allows the frontoccupant to control the volume of aircirculated in the vehicle and cancel the auto mode. The fan will now operate at a fixed speed until additional speeds are selected or untile either the "AUTO HI" or "AUTO LO" buttons are pressed. The system will continue automatically adjust air temperature and airflow distribution.

Theoperatorcanalsoselectthedirectionoftheairby pressingthemodecontrolrockerswitchlocatedtothe leftoftheA/Cbuttonandselectingoneofthefollowing positions.

PanelMode

Interior view of a car dashboard with directional arrows and a small vehicle icon (no text or symbols)

Aircomesfromtheoutletsintheinstrumentpanel.Each oftheseoutletscanbeindividuallyadjustedtodirectthe flowofair.Movingtheknobup,down,left,orrightwill directtheairaccordingly.Thethumbwheelnexttoeach outletcanberotatedtoreduceorshutofftheairflow fromtheseoutlets.

Bi-LevelMode

Interior view of a car dashboard with directional arrows indicating airflow or movement (no text or symbols)

Aircomesfromboththeinstrumentpaneloutletsand flooroutlets.Aslightamountofairisalsodirected throughedefrostandsidewindowdemisteroutlets.

NOTE: Inmanytemperaturepositions,thebi-level modeisdesignedtoprovidecoolerairoutofthepanel outletsandwarmerairfromtheflooroutlets.

FloorMode

Interior view of a car dashboard with directional arrows indicating traffic flow (no text or symbols)

Aircomesfromtheflooroutlets.Aslightamountofairis directedthroughthedefrostandsidewindowdemister outlets.

200UNDERSTANDINGYOURINSTRUMENTPANEL

MixMode

Interior view of a car dashboard with directional arrows indicating airflow or traffic flow (no text or symbols)

Aircomesfromthefloor,defrostandsidewindow demistoutlets.Thismodeisnotusedwhenoperatingin either "AUTO HI" or "AUTO LO". This mode should be usedwhenairflowtothefloorandwindshielddisdesired.

DefrostMode

Interior view of a car dashboard and steering wheel (no text or symbols visible)

Aircomesfromthewindshieldandsidewindowdemist outlets. Usethissettingwhennecessarytodefrostyour windshieldandsidewindows. Ifafogormistonthe windshieldorsideglassstartstoimpairvisibility, press thefrontblowerbuttonandincreasethefanspeedto maximum.

NOTE: While operating in "AUTO HI" or "AUTO LO", thesystemwillnotautomaticallysensethepresencefog, mist,oriceonthewindshield. Thedefrostbuttonmustbe pressedtoclearthewindshieldandsideglass.

Depressthe“A/C”buttontoturnonandoffthe airconditioningduringmanualoperationonly. Cooldehumidifiedaircomesthroughtheoutlets selectedbytheModeControl.Toturnofftheairconditioning,presstheA/Cbuttonasecondtime.TheA/C symbolinthedisplaywillturnoff.

NOTE: Ifafogormistappearsonthewindshieldor sideglass, press the "A/C" button to engage the compressor or press the defrost button. Ifafogormiston the windshieldorsideglass start to impair visibility, press the front blower button and increase the fanspeed to maximum.

Recirculation Control

Whentheoutsideaircontainssmoke, odors, highhumidity, orifrapidcoolingisdesired youmaywishtorecirculateinteriorairby pressingtherecirculationbutton. Therecirculationmodeshouldonlybeusedtemporarily.Therecirculatesymbolwillilluminateinthedisplaywhenthis buttonisselected.Pushthebuttonasecondtimetoallow outsideairintothevehicle.

NOTE: Incoldweather, useoftherecirculationmode mayleadtoexcessivewindowfogging. There circulation modeisnotallowedintheMixandDefrostmodesto improvewindowclearingoperation. Recirculationwill bedisabledautomaticallyifthesemodesareselected.

A/C Recirculation Programming

There circulation control is programmed to cancel the recirculation modewhentheignition keyisturned OFF and will reset to the outside airmodewhentheignition

keyisturned"ON".The frequent use of outside air will help keep pedestrians from building up within the air conditioner-heater housing. It is recommended that the recirculation mode be used as little as possible, especially in humid climates.

Forhotanddryclimates,orpeoplewhoareallergicto pollenandfindfrequentuseoftherecirculationmode necessary,therecirculationmodecanbeprogrammedto notautomaticallyresettotheoutsidemodebyusingthe followingprocedures:

• TurntheignitionswitchtotheOFFposition.
• Pressandholdtherecirculationbutton.
• While holding there circulation button, turn the ignitions switch to the "RUN" position.
• Continueholdingtherecirculationbuttonfor4seconds,thenrelease.

There circulation control is now programmed so that the recirculation modewill not reset to the outside airmode when the engine is restarted. There circulation programming can be changed back by repeating this procedure.

Rear Fan Operation

Tooperatetherearfan, pressthe"REAR"button. The first timethisbutton ispressed the "REARAUTO" display willilluminate indicating that therearfanspeed is automatically controlled. Tomanually control therear fanspeed, pressthe"REAR"button again randomly "REAR" willilluminate in the display. This allows therear seat occupant to control therear fanspeed using the switch located in the center console between these second row seats. Bypassing the "REAR" button third time, therear fan will shutoff.

WhentheATCdisplayreads"REARAUTO"orwhenthe rearfanisoff,theswitchlocatedinthecenterconsole betweenthesecondrowseatsisnotfunctional.Whenthe ATCdisplayreads"REAR",onlytherearseatoccupants cancontroltherearfanspeedfromtherearswitch.When inthe"REAR"mode,therearoccupantscansettherear switch to any fan speed including "OFF", or "AUTO". Whileinthe"AUTO"position,therearfanspeedwillbe automaticallycontrolled.

Summer Operation

The enginecoolingsysteminairconditioned vehicles must be protected with a high-quality antifreeze coolant to provide proper corrosion protection and top protect against engine overheating. A 50% solution of ethylene glycolantifreeze coolant in water is recommended. Refer to section 7, Maintenance Procedures, of this manual for proper coolant selection.

Winter Operation

To insure the best possible heater and defroster performance, makes sure the engine cooling system is functioning properly and the proper amount, type, and concentration of coolant is used. Refertosection 7, Maintenance Procedures, of this manual for proper coolant selection. Use of the air recirculation mode during winter months is not recommended because it may cause window fogging.

Vacation Storage

Anytimeyoustoreyourvehicle,orkeepitoutofservice (i.e.vacation)fortwoweeksormore,runtheairconditioningsystematidleforaboutfiveminutesinthefresh airandhighblowersetting.Thiswillinsureadequate systemlubricationtominimizethepossibilityofcompressordamagewhenthesystemisstartedagain.

204UNDERSTANDING YOURINSTRUMENT PANEL

Window Fogging

Vehiclewindowstendtofogontheinsideinmildrainy orhumidweather.Toclearthewindows,usetheA/C buttontoreducethehumidityinsidethevehicle.

Foggingontheinsideofthewindshieldcanbequickly removedbypressingthedefrostbuttonandincreasing theblowerspeed.

DonotusetheRecirculationmodewithouttheA/C buttonforlongperiodsasfoggingmayoccur.

Outside Air Intake

Beforedriving, always makes sure the air intakelocated directly in front of the windshield is free of obstructions such as leaves, ice, or snow, which could reduce airflow and/or plug the waterdraintube insidetheplenum.

A/C Air Filter

Theclimatecontrolsystemfiltersoutdust,pollenand someodorsfromtheair.Strongodorscannotbetotally filteredout. Refertosection7"AirConditioning" for filterreplacementinstructions.

Outside Temperature Display

TheoutsidetemperaturecanbeshownintheATC displaybypressingthe"OUTSIDETEMP"button. After pressingthisbutton, thefrontseatpassenger'stemperaturesettingdisplaywillbereplacedwiththecurrent outsidetemperature.Pressthe"OUTSIDETEMP"button againorpressthepassenger's"TEMP"buttontoreturn thedisplaytothepassenger'stemperaturesetting.

ElectricRearWindowDefroster

Pressthisbuttontoturnontherearwindow defrosterandtheheatedsidemirrors.Alightin thebuttonwillilluminatetoindicatetherearwindow defrosterisON. Thedefrosterautomaticallyturnsoff afterabout10minutesofoperation.

CAUTION!

To avoid damaging the electrical conductors of the rear window defroster, do not use scrapers, sharp instruments, or abrasive window cleaners on the interior surface of the window.

Labels can be peeled off after soaking with warm water.

□ Anti-Lock Brake System .....220

■ Power Steering 222

■ Traction Control — If Equipped .....223

■ Tire Safety Information .....224

□ Alignment And Balance .....241

■ All Wheel Drive (AWD) — If Equipped .....242

■ Tire Pressure Monitor System — If Equipped . . .242

□1,2,3,Or4Tire(s)LowPressure. . . . . . . . . . 2 4 3

□1,2,3, Or 4 Tire(s) High Pressure .....243

□ServiceTirePressureSystem/SeeOwner's Manual. 243

□TirePressureUnavailable. 243

□GeneralInformation. 245

■TireChains. 245

■SnowTires. 246

■TireRotationRecommendations. 247

■ Fuel Requirements .....248

□ReformulatedGasoline. 248

□Gasoline/OxygenateBlends. 249

□MMTInGasoline. 249

□SulfurInGasoline. 250

□MaterialsAddedToFuel. 250

□FuelSystemCautions. 251

□CarbonMonoxideWarnings. 251

■AddingFuel. 252

□FuelFillerCap(GasCap). 252

■VehicleLoading....254

□VehicleCertificationLabel. 254

□GrossVehicleWeightRating(GVWR)....254

□GrossAxleWeightRating(GAWR)....254

□Overloading 255

□Loading 255

■ Trailer Towing ....256

□ Warranty Requirements .....257

Long periods of engine idling, especially at high engine speeds, can cause excessive exhaust temperatures which can damage your vehicle. Do not leave your vehicle unattended with the engine running.

WARNING!

Do not leave animals or children inside parked vehicles in hot weather; interior heat build up may cause serious injury or death.

The gear selectorm must be in the NEUTRAL or PARK position before you can start the engine. Apply the brakes to foreshifting into any driving gear.

NormalStarting

Normal Starting of either acoldorawarmengine is obtained without pumping or depressing the accelerator pedal. Turnthekey to the "START" position and release when the engine starts. If the engine has not started within 3 seconds, slightly depress the accelerator pedal while continuing to crank. If the engine failst o start within 15 seconds, turnthe key to the "OFF" position, wait 10 to 15 seconds, then repeat the normal starting procedure.

Extremely Cold Weather (below -29^ or -20^ ) To insurer reliable starting at the set temperatures, use of an externally powered electric engine block heater (available from your dealer) is recommended.

WARNING!

• Do not attempt to push or tow your vehicle to get it started. Vehicles equipped with an automatic transmission cannot be started this way. Unburned fuel could enter the catalytic converter and once the engine has started, ignite and damage the converter and vehicle. If the vehicle has a discharged battery, booster cables may be used to obtain a start from a booster battery or the battery in another vehicle. This type of start can be dangerous if done improperly. See section 6 of this manual for the proper jump starting procedures and follow them carefully.
• Never pour fuel or other flammable liquid into the throttle body air inlet opening in an attempt to start the vehicle. This could result in flash fire causing serious personal injury.

If Engine Fails to Start

If the engine failstostartafter you have followed the "NORMAL STARTING" procedure, it may be flooded. Push the accelerator pedal all the way to the floor and hold it ther while cranking the engine. This should clear any excess fuel in case the engine is flooded.

CAUTION!

To prevent damage to the starter, do not crank the engine for more than 15 seconds at a time. Wait 10 to 15 seconds before trying again.

If the engine has been flooded, it may start torun, but not have enough power to continuer running when the key is released. If this occurs, continue ranking up to 15 seconds with the accelerator pedal pushed all the way to the floor. Releasethe accelerator pedal and the key on the engine is runnings smoothly. Donot overspeed engine.

If the engines shows nosignof starting after two 15 second period so of cranking with the accelerator pedal held to the floor, the "NORMAL STARTING" procedure should be repeated.

After Starting

Theidlespeedwillautomaticallydecreaseastheengine warmsup.

ENGINEBLOCKHEATER—IFEQUIPPED

Theengineblockheaterwarmsenginecoolantand permitsquickerstartsincoldweather.Connectthecord toastandard110-115voltACelectricaloutletwitha grounded,three-wireextensioncord.

Theengineblockheatercordisroutedunderthehoodon theriversideofthevehicle.Ithasaremovablecapthat islocatedonthedriversideoftheIntegratedPower Module.

WARNING!

Remember to disconnect the cord before driving. Damage to the 110-115 volt electrical cord could cause electrocution.

AUTOMATICTRANSMISSION

CAUTION!

Damage to the transmission may occur if the following precautions are not observed:

• Shift into PARK only after the vehicle has come to a complete stop.
• Shift into or out of REVERSE only after the vehicle has come to a complete stop and the engine is at idle speed.
• Do not shift from REVERSE, PARK, or NEUTRAL into any forward gear when the engine is above idle speed.
• Before shifting into any gear, make sure your foot is firmly on the brake pedal.

WARNING!

It is dangerous to shift the selector lever out of "P" or "N" if the engine speed is higher than idle speed. If your foot is not firmly on the brake pedal, the vehicle could accelerate quickly forward or in reverse. You could lose control of the vehicle and hit someone or something. Only shift into gear when the engine is idling normally and when your right foot is firmly on the brake pedal.

Brake/TransmissionInterlockSystem

Thisystempreventsyoufrommovingthegearshiftout ofPARKandintoanygearunlesssthebrakepedalis pressed. Thissystemisactiveonlywhiletheignition switchisintheACCESSORYorONposition.Always depresssthebrake pedal first, beforemovingthegear selectoroutofPARK.

NOTE: Ifamalfunctionoccurs,thesystemwilltrapthe keyintheignitioncylindertowarnyouthatthissafety featureisinoperable. Theenginecanbestarted and stoppedbutthekeycannotberemoveduntilyouobtain service.

FourSpeedAutomaticTransmission

The electronically controlled transmission provides a precise shifts schedule. The transmission electronics are self-calibrating; therefore, the first few shiftson anew vehicle, may be somewhat abrupt. This is an normal condition, and precision shift will develop within a few hundred miles.

Reset Mode - Electronic Transmission

Thetransmissionismonitoredelectronicallyforabnormal conditions. If a condition is detected that could cause damage, the transmission automatically shifts in to second gear. The transmission remains in second gear despite the forward gear selected. Park(P), Reverse(R), and Neutral (N) will continue to operate. This Reset feature allows the vehicle to be driven to a dealer for service without damaging the transmission.

Intheeventthattheproblemhasbeenmomentary,the transmissioncanberesettoregainallforwardgears.

• StopthevehicleandshiftintoPark(P).
  • TurnthekeytoOFFthenrestarttheengine.
• Shiftintothedesiredrangeandresumedriving.

NOTE: Evenifthetransmissioncanbereset,itis recommendedthatyouvisitadealeratyourearliest possibleconvenience.Yourdealerhasdiagnosticequipmenttodetermineiftheproblemcouldrecur.

If the transmission cannot be reset, dealerservice is required.

Gear Ranges

DONOTracetheenginewhenshiftingfromPARKor NEUTRALpositionsintoanothergearrange.

"P"Park

Supplements the parking brake by locking the transmission. The engine can be started in this range. Never attempt to use PARK while vehicle is in motion.

Applyparkingbrakewhenleavingvehicleinthisrange.

"R"Reverse

Shiftintothisrangeonlyafterthevehiclehascometoa completestop.

"N"Neutral

Enginemaybestartedinthisrange.

"D"Overdrive

Tobeusedformostcityandhighwaydriving,itprovides smoothestupshiftsanddownshiftsandbestfuel economy.Whenfrequenttransmissionshiftingoccurs whileusingthe“D”Overdriveposition,suchaswhen operating the vehicle under heavy loading conditions, (i.e.inhillyterrain,travelingintostrongheadwindsor whiletowingheavytrailers),usethe AutoStickmodeand selectthe“3”range.

NOTE: Using the "3" range in the Auto Stick mode while operating the vehicle under heavy operating conditions will improve performance and extend transmission life by reducing excessives hifting and heat buildup.

Autostickisadriver-interactivetransmissionthatoffers manualgearshiftingcapabilitytoprovideyouwithmore control.Autostickallowsyoutomaximizeenginebraking,eliminateundesirableupshiftsanddownshifts,and improveoverallvehicleperformance.Thissystemcan alsoprovideyouwithmorecontrolduringpassing,city driving,coldslipperyconditions,mountaindriving,trailertowing,andmanyothersituations.

AutostickOperation

TheAutostickpositionisjustbelowtheOverdrivepositionandisidentifiedbytheword"AUTOSTICK".When youplacetheshiftleverintheAutostickposition,itcan bemovedfromsidetoside.Movingthelevertotheleft(-)triggersadownshiftandtotheright(+)anupshift. Thegearpositionwillbeshowninthetransmissiongear display,locatedintheinstrumentcluster.

Youcanshiftinoroutoftheautostickmodeatanytime withouttakingyourfootofftheacceleratorpedal. If you choose the Overdrivemode, the transmission will operate automatically; shifting between the four available gears. When you wish to engage autostick, simply move the shiftlevertothe AUTOSTICK position. The transmission will remain in the current gear until an upshift for downshift is chosen.

MovetheleverbacktotheOverdrivepositiontoshiftout oftheAutostickmode.

AutostickGeneralInformation

• The transmission will automatically upshift from first to second gear and from second to third gear when enginespeed reaches about 6300 RPM.

• Downshifts from third to second gear above 74 mph (119 km/h) and from second to first gear above 41 mph (66 km/h) will be ignored.

• Youcanstartoutinfirst,second,orthirdgear.Shifting intofourthgearcanoccuronlyaftervehiclespeed reaches15mph(24km/h).

• The transmission will automatically downshift to first gear when coming to as top.
• Startingoutinthirdgearishelpfulinsnowyoricy conditions.
• WhileintheAutostickmode,SpeedControlwillonly functioninthirdorfourthgear.
  Downshiftingoutofthirdgearwillturnoffthespeed control.
• If the system detect power train over heating, the transmission will revert to the automatic shift mode and remain in that mode until the power train cool so off.

- If the system detects a problem will disable the autostick mode and the transmission will return to the automatic mode until the problem is corrected.

ALLWHEELDRIVE—IFEQUIPPED

Thisfeatureprovidesfulltime,on-demand,AllWheel Drive(AWD).Thesystemisautomaticwithnodriver inputsoradditionaldrivingskillsrequired.Undernormaldrivingconditions,thefrontwheelsprovidemostof thetraction.Ifthefrontwheelsbegintolosetraction, powerisshiftedautomaticallytotherearwheels.The greaterthefrontwheeltractionloss,thegreaterthe powertransfertotherearwheels.

CAUTION!

All wheels must have the same size and type tires. Unequal tire sizes must not be used. Unequal tire size may cause failure of the power transfer unit and/or the viscous coupling.

PARKINGBRAKE

When the parking brake is applied with the ignition switch on, the brakelight in the instrument cluster will turn on.

NOTE: Thislightonlyshowsthattheparkingbrakeis applied. It does not show the degree of brake application.

Beforeleavingthevehicle,makesurethattheparking brakeisfullyappliedandplacethegearsectorinthe Parkposition.Toreleasetheparkingbrake,pullouton theparkingbrakereleaselocatedontheleftsideofthe instrumentpanel.

Close-up of a car seatbelt mechanism with a directional arrow indicating movement (no text or symbols)

Whenparkingonahill,itisimportanttosettheparking brakebeforeplacingthegearsectorinPark,otherwise theloadonthetransmissionlockingmechanismmay makeitdifficulttomovetheselectoroutofpark.Asan addedprecaution,turnthefrontwheelstowardthecurb onadownhillgradeandawayfromthecurbonauphill grade.

The parking brakes should always be applied when the driver is not in the vehicle.

WARNING!

• Leaving children in a vehicle unattended is dangerous for a number of reasons. A child or others could be injured. Children should be warned not to touch the parking brake, brake pedal or the gear selector lever. Don't leave the keys in the ignition. A child could operate power windows, other controls, or move the vehicle.
• Be sure the parking brake is fully disengaged before driving: failure to do so can lead to brake failure, and an accident.

BRAKESYSTEM

Intheeventpowerassistislostforanyreason(for example,repeatedbrakeapplicationswiththeengine off),thebrakeswillstillfunction.Theeffortrequiredto brakethevehiclewillbemuchgreaterthanthatrequired withthepowersystemoperating.

Your vehicle is equipped with dual hydraulic brakes systems. If either of the two hydraulic systems, a normal capability, the remaining system will still function. There will become lossofoverallbrakingeffectiveness. This maybe evident by increased pedal travel during application, greater pedal for cerequired to slow or worst stop, and potential activation of the Brake Warning Lamp.

Anti-LockBrakeSystem

The Anti-Lock Brake System provides increased vehicle stability and brake performance undermost braking conditions. Thesystem automatically "pumps" the brakes during severe braking condition stop prevent wheellock-up.

WARNING!

Pumping of the Anti-Lock Brakes will diminish their effectiveness and may lead to an accident. Pumping makes the stopping distance longer. Just press firmly on your brake pedal when you need to slow down or stop.

WARNING!

• Anti-lock system (ABS) cannot prevent the natural laws of physics from acting on the vehicle, nor can it increase braking or steering efficiency beyond that afforded by the condition of the vehicle brakes and tires or the traction afforded.
• The ABS cannot prevent accidents, including those resulting from excessive speed in turns, following another vehicle too closely, or hydroplaning. Only a safe, attentive, and skillful driver can prevent accidents.
• The capabilities of an ABS equipped vehicle must never be exploited in a reckless or dangerous manner which could jeopardize the user's safety or the safety of others.

The ABSlightmonitorthe Anti-LockBrake System. Thelightwillcomeonwhenthe ignitionswitchisturnedtotheONposition andmaystayonforaslongasfourseconds.

If the ABSlightremainsonorcomesonwhiledriving, it indicates that the Anti-Lock portion of the brakesystem is not functioning and that service is required. However, the conventional brakesystem will continue to operate normally if the BRAKE warning light is not on.

If the ABSlightison, the brakesystem should be serviced as soon as possible to restore the benefit of Anti-Lock brakes. If the ABSlight does not come on when the Ignitions switch is turned to the ON position, have the bulb repaired as soon as possible.

If both the Brake Warning Light and the ABS Light remain on, the Anti-Lock brakes (ABS) and Electronic Brake Force Distribution (EBD) systems are not functioning. Immediaterepair to the ABS system is required.

Whenthevehicleisdrivenover7mph(11km/h),you mayalsohearaslightclickingsoundaswellassome relatedmotornoises. ThesenoisesarethesystemperformingitsselfcheckcycletoensurethattheABSsystem isworkingproperly. Thisselfcheckoccurseachtimethe vehicleisstartedandacceleratedpast7mph(11km/h).

ABSisactivated during braking under certain roador stopping conditions. ABS-inducing conditions can include ice, snow, gravel, bumps, railroad tracks, loose debris, or panic stops.

Youalsomayexperiencethefollowingwhenthebrake systemgoesintoAnti-lock:

• TheABSmotorrunning(itmaycontinuetorunfora shorttimeafterthestop),
  • theclickingsoundofsolenoidvalves,
• brakepedalpulsations,

The Anti-Lock Brake System contains sophisticated electronic equipment that may be susceptible to interference caused by improperly installed or high output radio transmitting equipment. This interference can cause possible loss of anti-lock braking capability. Installation of such equipment should be performed by qualified professionals.

Allvehiclewheelsandtiresmustbethesamesizeand typeandtiresmustbeproperlyinflatedtoproduce accuratesignalsforthecomputer.

POWERSTEERING

The standard power steering system will give you good vehicle response and increase ease of maneuverability intight spaces. The system will provide mechanical steering capability if power assist is lost.

Ifforsomereason, the power assist is interrupted, it will still be possible to every your vehicle. Under these conditions you will observe substantial increase in steering effort, especially at very low vehicles speeds and during parking maneuvers.

NOTE: Increased noise levels at the end of the steering wheel travel are considered normal and does not indicate that there is a problem with the power steering system.

WARNING!

Continued operation with reduced power steering assist could pose a safety risk to yourself and others. Service should be obtained as soon as possible.

CAUTION!

Prolong operation of the steering system at the end of the steering wheel travel will increase the steering fluid temperature and should be avoided when possible. Damage to the power steering pump may occur.

TRACTIONCONTROL—IFEQUIPPED

The TractionControlSystem reduces wheelslip and maintain instruction at the driving (front) wheels. The system reduces wheelslip by engaging the brake on the wheel that is losing traction (spinning). Thesystem will operate at speeds below 35 mph (56 km/h).

Thesystemisalwaysinthe"standby"modeunless,

- TheTractionControlSwitchhasbeenusedtoturnthe systemOFF

Interior view of a car dashboard with two directional switches and a highlighted 'OFF' button (no text or symbols on the main components)

• ThereisaTractionControlSystemmalfunction
• Thesystemhasbeendeactivatedtopreventdamageto thebrakesystemduetooverheatedbraketemperatures

- If your vehicle becomes stuck in mud, ice, or snow, turn the Traction Control System OFF before attempting to "rock" the vehicle free.

TIRESAFETYINFORMATION
TireMarkings

NOTE:

• P(Passenger)-MetrichtiresizingisbasedonU.S.design standards.P-Metricireshavetheletter“P”molded intothesidewallprecedingthesizedesignation.Example:P215/65R1595H.
• EuropeanMetrictiresizingisbasedonEuropean designstandards.Tiresdesignedtothisstandardhave thetiresizemoldedintothesidewallbeginningwith thesectionwidth.Theletter"P"isabsentfromthistire sizedesignation.Example:215/65R1596H

• LT(LightTruck)-MetrictiresizingisbasedonU.S. designstandards.ThesizedesignationforLT-Metric tiresisthesameasforP-Metrictiresexceptforthe letters“LT”thataremoldedintothesidewallprecedingthesizedesignation.Example:LT235/85R16.

• TemporarySparetiresarehighpressurecompact sparesdesignedfortemporaryemergencyuseonly. Tiresdesignedtothisstandardhavetheletter"T" moldedintothesidewallprecedingthesizedesignation.Example:T145/80D18103M.

• HighFlotationtiresizingisbasedonU.S.design standardsandbeginswiththetirediametermolded intothesidewall.Example:31x10.5R15LT.

EXAMPLE:

Size Designation:P = Passenger car tire size based on U.S. design standards"....blank...." = Passenger car tire based on European design standardsLT = Light Truck tire based on U.S. design standardsT = Temporary Spare tire31 = Overall Diameter in Inches (in)

215 = Section Width in Milimeters (mm)

65 = Aspect Ratio in Percent (%)—Ratioofsectionheighttosectionwidthoftire.10.5 = Section Width in Inches (in)

R = Construction Code—"R"meansRadialConstruction.—"D"meansDiagonalorBiasConstruction.

15 = Rim Diameter in Inches (in)

Service Description:

95 = Load Index—Anumericalcodeassociatedwiththemaximumloadatirecancarry.

H = Speed Symbol—Asymbolindicatingtherangeofspeedsatwhichatirecancarryaloadcorresponding toitsloadindexundercertainoperatingconditions.—ThemaximumspeedcorrespondingtotheSpeedSymbolshouldonlybeachievedunderspecifiedoperatingconditions.(ie.tirepressure,vehicleloading,roadconditionsand postedspeedlimits).

Load Identification:

"....blank..." = Absence of any text on sidewall of the tire indicates a Standard Load (SL) Tire

Extra Load (XL) = Extra Load (or Reinforced) Tire

Light Load = Light Load Tire

C,D,E = Load range associated with the maximum load a tire can carry at a specified pressure

Maximum Load — Maximum Load indicates the maximum load this tire is designed to carry.

Maximum Pressure — Maximum Pressure indicates the maximum permissible cold tire inflation pressure for this tire.

The TIN may be found on one or both sides of the tire however the date codemay only be on oneside. Tires with whitesidewallswill hav the full TIN including date codelocated on the whitesidewallside of the tire.

LookfortheTINontheoutboardsideofblacksidewall tiresasmountedonthevehicle.IftheTINisnotfoundon theoutboardsidethenyouwillfinditontheinboardside ofthetire.

EXAMPLE:

DOT MA L9 ABCD 0301

DOT =DepartmentofTransportation—ThissymbolcertifiesthatthetireisincompliancewiththeU.S.DepartmentofTransportationtiresafetystandards, andisapprovedforhighwayuse.

MA =Coderepresentingthetiremanufacturinglocation.(2digits)

L9 =Coderepresentingthetiresize.(2digits)

ABCD =Codeusedbytiremanufacturer.(1to4digits)

03 =Numberrepresentingtheweekinwhichthetirewasmanufactured.(2digits)—03meansthe3rdweek.

01 =Numberrepresentingtheyearinwhichthetirewasmanufactured.(2digits)—01meanstheyear2001.—PriortoJuly2000,tiremanufacturerswereonlyrequiredtohave1numbertorepresenttheyearinwhichthetirewasmanufactured.Example:031couldrepresentthe3rdweekof1981or1991.

TireLoadingandTirePressure

Tire Placard Location

NOTE: Some vehicles have a "Tire and Loading Information" placard located on the driver's side "B" pillar.

Tire and Loading Information Placard

811b5a9a

This placard tells you important information about the,

1) numberofpeoplethatcanbecarriedinthevehicle
2) the total weight your vehicle can carry
3) thetiresizedesignedforyourvehicle

4) thecold tireinflation pressures for the front, rear and spare tires.

Loading

The vehicle maximum load on the tire must not exceed the load carrying capacity of the tire on your vehicle. You will not exceed the tire's load carrying capacity if you adher to the loading conditions, tiresize and cold tire inflation pressure specified on the Tire and Loading Information placard and the Vehicle Loading section of this manual.

NOTE: Underamaximumloadedvehiclecondition, grossaxleweightratings(GAWR's)forthefrontandrear axlesmustnotbeexceeded. For further information on GAWR's, vehicleloading and trailertowing, seethe VehicleLoadingsection of this manual.

Todeterminethemaximumloadingconditionsofyour vehicle,locatethestatement"Thecombinedweightof occupantsandcargoshouldneverexceedXXXkgorXXX

lbs."ontheTireandLoadingInformationplacard.The combinedweightofoccupants,cargo/luggageand trailertongueweight(ifapplicable)shouldneverexceed theweightreferencedhere.

StepsforDeterminingCorrectLoadLimit

1. Locatethestatement "ThecombinedweightofoccupantsandcargoshouldneverexceedXXXpounds" on yourvehicle'splacard.
2. Determinethecombinedweightofthedriverand passengersthatwillberidinginyourvehicle.
3. Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kilograms or XXX pounds.
4. Theresultingfigureequalstheavailableamountof cargoandluggageloadcapacity.Forexample,if"XXX" amountequals1400lbs.andtherewillbefive150lb.

passengersinyourvehicle, theamountofavailablecargo andluggageloadcapacityis650lb.(1400-750(5x150)=650lb.)

1. Determinethecombinedweightofluggageandcargo beingloadedonthevehicle.Thatweightmaynotsafely exceedtheavailablecargoandluggageloadcapacity calculatedinstep4.
2. If your vehicle will betowing a trailer, load from your trailer will be transferred to your vehicle. Consult this manual determine how this reduces the available cargo and luggageload capacity of your vehicle.

NOTE: The following tables show examples on how to calculate total load, cargo/luggage and towing capacities of your vehicle with varying seating configurations and number and sizeof occupants. This table is for illustration purposes only and may not be accurate for the seating and load carry capacity of your vehicle.

NOTE: Forthefollowingexamplethecombinedweight ofoccupantsandcargoshouldneverexceed865lbs.(392 Kg).

811a4d11

WARNING!

Overloading of your tire is dangerous. Overloading can cause tire failure, affect vehicle handling, and increase your stopping distance. Use tires of the recommended load capacity for your vehicle. Never overload them.

TIRES—GENERALINFORMATION

TirePressure

Propertireinflationpressureisessentialtothesafeand satisfactoryoperationofyourvehicle.Threeprimary areasareaffectedbyimpropertirepressure:

1. Safety—

WARNING!

Improperly inflated tires are dangerous and can cause accidents.

• Under inflation increases tire flexing and can result in tire failure.
• Over inflation reduces a tire's ability to cushion shock. Objects on the road and chuck holes can cause damage that results in tire failure.
• Unequal tire pressures can cause steering problems. You could lose control of your vehicle.
  • Over inflated or under inflated tires can affect vehicle handling and can fail suddenly, resulting in loss of vehicle control.
• Unequal tire pressures from one side of the vehicle to the other can cause the vehicle to drift to the right or left.
  Always drive with each tire inflated to the recommended cold tire inflation pressure.

Improperinflationpressurescancauseunevenwear patternstodevelopacrossthetiretread. Theseabnormal wearpatternswillreducetreadliferesultinginaneedfor earliestirereplacement.Underinflationalsoincreasestire rollingresistanceandresultsinhigherfuelconsumption.

3.RideComfortandVehicleStability—

Propertireinflationcontributestoacomfortableride. Overinflationproducesajarringanduncomfortableride.

TireInflationPressures

The proper cold tire inflation pressure for passenger cars is listed one either the face of the driver's door or the driver's side "B" pillar. For vehicles other than passenger cars, the cold tire inflation pressures are listed one either the "B" pillar, the Certification Label or in the Tire Inflation Pressures brochure in the glove compartment.

Some vehicles may have Supplemental Tire Pressure Information for vehicle loadsthatarelessthanthe

maximumloaded vehicle condition. These pressure conditions will be found in the "Supplemental Tire Pressure Information" section of this manual.

"B" PILLAR

The pressures should be checked and adjusted as well as inspecting for sign soft tire wear or visible damage at least once month. Use a good quality pocket-type gaugeto

checktirepressure.Donotmakeavisualjudgement when determining properinflation.Radialtiresmaylook properly inflated even when they are underinflated.

CAUTION!

After inspecting or adjusting the tire pressure always reinstall the valve stem cap-if equipped. This will prevent moisture and dirt from entering the valve stem, which could damage the valve stem.

Inflationpressuresspecifiedontheplacardarealways "coldtireinflationpressure".Coldtireinflationpressure isdefinedasthetirepressureafterthevehiclehasnot beendrivenforatleast3hours,ordrivenlessthan1mile (1km)aftera3hourperiod.Thecoldtireinflation pressuremustnotexceedthemaximuminflationpres- suremoldedintothetiresidewall.

Checktirepressuresmoreoftenifsubjecttoawiderange ofoutdoortemperatures,astirepressuresvarywith temperaturechanges.

Tirepressureschangebyapproximately1psi(7kPa)per 12°F(7°C)ofairtemperaturechange.Keepthisinmind whencheckingtirepressureinsideagarageespeciallyin thewinter.

Example: If garagetemperature = 68°F (20°C) and the outside temperature = 32°F (0°C) thenthecold tire inflation pressures should be increased by 3 psi (21 kPa), whichever 1 psi (7 kPa) forever 12°F (7°C) forth this outside temperature condition.

Tirepressuremayincreasefrom2to6psi(13to40kPa) duringoperation.DONOTreducethisnormalpressure builduporyourtirepressurewillbetoolow.

Tire Pressures for High Speed Operation

Themanufacturereradvocatesdrivingatsafespeeds withinpostedspeedlimits. Wherespeedlimitsorconditionsaresuchthatthevehiclecanbedrivenathigh speeds, maintainingcorrecttireinflationpressureisvery important. Increased tire pressure and reduced vehicle loading may berequired for high speed vehicle operation. Referto originalequipment or an authorized tire dealer for recommended safe operating speeds, loading and cold tire inflation pressures.

WARNING!

High speed driving with your vehicle under maximum load is dangerous. The added strain on your tires could cause them to fail. You could have a serious accident. Don't drive a vehicle loaded to the maximum capacity at continuous speeds above 75 mph (120 km/h).

Radial-PlyTires

WARNING!

Combining radial ply tires with other types of tires on your vehicle will cause your vehicle to handle poorly. The instability could cause an accident. Always use radial ply tires in sets of four (or 6, in case of trucks with dual rear wheels). Never combine them with other types of tires.

Cutsandpuncturesinradialtiresarerepairableonlyin thetreadareabecauseofsidewallflexing.Consultyour authorizedtiredealerforradialtirerepairs.

CompactSpareTire—IfEquipped

The compact spare is for temporary emergency use with radialtires. It is engineered to be used on your style vehicle only. Sincethistire has limited treadmill, the original tires should berepaired (or replaced) and reinstalled at the first opportunity.

WARNING!

Temporary use spare tires are for emergency use only. With these tires, do not drive more than 50 mph (80 km/h). Temporary-use spare tires have limited tread life. When two or more tread wear indicators appear in adjacent grooves, the temporary use spare tire needs to be replaced. Be sure to follow the warnings which apply to your spare. Failure to do so could result in spare tire failure and loss of vehicle control.

Donotinstallawheelcoverorattempttomounta conventionaltireonthecompactsparewheel,sincethe wheelisdesignedspecificallyforthecompactspare.

Donotinstallmorethanonecompactsparetire/wheel onthevehicleatanygiventime.

CAUTION!

Because of the reduced ground clearance, do not take your vehicle through an automatic car wash with the compact spare installed. Damage to the vehicle may result.

LimitedUseSpare—IfEquipped

Thelimitedusesparetireisfortemporaryemergencyuse onyourvehicle. Thistireisidentifiedbyalimiteduse spare tirewarninglabellocatedonthelimitedusespare tireandwheelassembly. Thistiremaylooklikethe originalequippedtireonthefrontorrearaxleofyour vehicle, butitisnot.Installationofthislimitedusespare tireaffectsvehiclehandling. Sinceitisnotthesametire, replace(orrepair)theoriginaltireandreinstallonvehicle atthefirstopportunity.

WARNING!

The limited use spare tires are for emergency use only. Installation of this limited use spare tire affects vehicle handling. With this tire, do not drive more than 60 mph (100 km/h). Keep inflated to the cold tire inflation pressure listed on either your tire placard or limited use spare tire and wheel assembly. Replace (or repair) the original tire at the first opportunity and reinstall it on your vehicle. Failure to do so could result in loss of vehicle control.

WARNING!

Fast spinning tires can be dangerous. Forces generated by excessive wheel speeds may cause tire damage or failure. A tire could explode and injure someone. Do not spin your vehicle's wheels faster than 35 mph (55 km/h) when you are stuck. And don't let anyone near a spinning wheel, no matter what the speed.

TireSpinning

Whenstuckinmud,sand,snow,oriceconditions,donot spinyourvehicle'swheelsabove35mph(55km/h).

SeetheparagraphonFreeingAStuckVehicleinSection 6ofthismanual.

Treadwearindicatorsareintheoriginalequipmenttires tohelpyouindeterminingwhenyourtiresshouldbe replaced.

Theseindicatorsaremoldedintothebottomofthetread groovesandwillappearasbandswhenthetreaddepth becomes1/16inch(2mm).Whentheindicatorsappear in2ormoreadjacentgrooves,thetireshouldbereplaced.

Manystateshavelawsrequiringtirereplacementatthis point.

ReplacementTires

Thetiresonyournewvehicleprovideabalanceofmany characteristics. Theyshouldbeinspectedregularlyfor wearandcorrectcoldtireinflationpressure. Themanu- facturerstronglyrecommendsthatyouusetiresequiva- lenttotheoriginalsinsize,qualityandperformance whenreplacementisneeded(seetheparagraphontread wearindicators).RefertotheTireandLoadingInforma- tionplacardforthesizedesignationofyourtire. The servicedescriptionandloadidentificationwillbefound ontheoriginalequipmenttire.Failureretouseeequivalent replacementtiresmayadverselyaffectthesafety,hand- ling,andrideofyourvehicle.Werecommendthatyou contactyouroriginalequipmentoranauthorizedtire dealerwithanyquestionsyoumayhaveontirespecifi- cationsorcapability.

WARNING!

• Do not use a tire, wheel size or rating other than that specified for your vehicle. Some combinations of unapproved tires and wheels may change suspension dimensions and performance characteristics, resulting in changes to steering, handling, and braking of your vehicle. This can cause unpredictable handling and stress to steering and suspension components. You could lose control and have an accident resulting in serious injury or death. Use only the tire and wheel sizes with load ratings approved for your vehicle.
• Never use a tire with a smaller load index or capacity, other than what was originally equipped on your vehicle. Using a tire with a smaller load index could result in tire overloading and failure. You could lose control and have an accident.
• Failure to equip your vehicle with tires having adequate speed capability can result in sudden tire failure and loss of vehicle control.

CAUTION!

Replacing original tires with tires of a different size may result in false speedometer and odometer readings.

AlignmentAndBalance

Poorsuspensionalignmentmayresultin:

• Fasttirewear.
• Uneventirewear, such as feathering and one-sided wear.
  • Vehiclepulltorightorleft.

Tiresmayalsocausethevehicletopulltotheleftorright. Alignmentwillnotcorrectthiscondition.Seeyourdealer forproperdiagnosis.

Improperalignmentwillnotcausevehiclevibration. Vibrationmayberesultoftireandwheelout-of-balance.Properbalancingwillreducevibrationand avoidtirecuppingandspottywear.

ALLWHEELDRIVE(AWD)—IFEQUIPPED

CAUTION!

All Wheel Drive (AWD) vehicles must have the same size and type tires on all wheel positions. Unequal tire sizes must not be used. Unequal tire size may cause failure of the power transfer unit and/or the viscous coupling.

TIREPRESSUREMONITORSYSTEM—IF EQUIPPED

The Tire Pressure Monitor System (TPM) system uses wireless technology with wheel rim mounted electronic sensor stomonitortire pressure levels (EXCLUDING THESPARETIRE). Sensors, mounted to each wheel as part of the valvestem, transmittire pressurereading to the Electronic Vehicle Information Center (EVIC) display in the instrument cluster.

NOTE: Itisparticularlyimportant, for y outocheck the tirepressure in allof your tires regularly and to maintain the proper pressure.

When the appropriate condition sexist, the Electronic Vehicle Information Center (EVIC) display the following messages.

1,2,3,OR4TIRE(S)LOWPRESSURE

Lowtirepressurelevelsof25psi1.72barsor lessdetectedinoneormoretires.

Inspectalltiresforproperinflationpressure,oncethe propertirepressurehasbeenset,theTPMsystem warningwillresetautomaticallywhenthevehiclehas beendrivenforatleast2minutesatorabove20mph(32 km/h).

1,2,3,OR4TIRE(S)HIGHPRESSURE

Hightirepressurelevelsof45psi3.10barsor moredetectedinoneormoretires.

Inspectalltiresforproperinflationpressure,oncethe propertirepressurehasbeenset,theTPMsystem warningwillresetautomaticallywhenthevehiclehas beendrivenforatleast2minutesatorabove20mph(32 km/h).

SERVICETIREPRESSURESYSTEM/SEE OWNER'SMANUAL

TheTirePressureMonitorSystem(TPM)systemrequires service.

Seeyourauthorizeddealerforservice.

TIREPRESSUREUNAVAILABLE

The TPM system function is temporarily unavailable due to external electronic magnetic interference, such as portable electronic devices, or nearby radioor TV towers.

Movethevehicletoanareafreefromradio,TVantennas andtransmittingtowersordisconnectanyportableelectronicdevices.Oncetheexternalinterferenceisremoved theTPMsystemwillresumenormaloperationand"TIRE PRESSURENOWAVAILABLE"willappearintheElectronicVehicleInformationCenter(EVIC)display.

CAUTION!

The TPM system has been optimized for the original equipment tires and wheels. TPM system pressures have been established for the tire size equipped on your vehicle. Undesirable system operation or sensor damage may result when using replacement equipment that is not of the same size, type, and/or style. After-market wheels can cause sensor damage. Do not use tire sealant or balance beads if your vehicle is equipped with a TPM system, as damage to the sensors may result.

NOTE:

- TheTPMsystemcaninformthedriverofalowtire pressureconditionof25psi1.72barsor less,orhighatirepressureconditionof45psi3.10 barsormore.

• TheTPMsystemisnotintendedtoreplacenormaltire careandmaintenance,nortoprovidewarningofatire failureorcondition.
• TheTPMsystemshouldnotbeusedasatirepressure gaugewhileadjustingyour tirepressure.
• TheTPMsystemmustberetrainedafteratirerotation orwheelrimmountedsensorreplacement.Sceyour authorizeddealerforservice.

CAUTION!

After inspecting or adjusting the tire pressure always reinstall the valve stem cap, if equipped. This will prevent moisture and dirt from entering the valve stem, which could damage the wheel rim sensor.

GeneralInformation

This device complies with part 15 of the FCC rules and RSS210 of Industry Canada. Operation is subject to the following conditions:

• Thisdevicemaynotcauseharmfulinterference.
• This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.

Thetirepressuresensorsarecoveredunderoneofthe followinglicenses:

UnitedStates. K R 5 S 1 2 0 1 2 3

Canada. 2671-S120123

TIRECHAINS

Useonlycompactchains,orothertractionaidsthatmeet SAEtype"ClassS"specifications.Chainsmustbethe propersizeforthevehicle,asrecommendedbythechain manufacturer.

NOTE: Donotusetirechainsonacompactsparetire.

CAUTION!

To avoid damage to your vehicle or tires, observe the following precautions:

• Because of restricted chain clearance between tires and other suspension components, it is important that only chains in good condition are used. Broken chains can cause serious damage. Stop the vehicle immediately if noise occurs that could indicate chain breakage. Remove the damaged parts of the chain before further use.
• Install chains on the front wheels as tightly as possible and then retighten after driving about 12 mile (0.8 km).
• Do not exceed 45 mph (70 km/h).
• Drive cautiously and avoid severe turns and large bumps, especially with a loaded vehicle.
• Do not use on rear wheels of All Wheel Drive (AWD) vehicles.
• Do not drive for prolonged period on dry pavement.
• Observe the tire chain manufacturer's instructions on the method of installation, operating speed, and conditions for use. Always use the lower suggested operating speed of the chain manufacturer if different than the speed recommended by the manufacture.

NOTE: Inordertoavoiddamagetotires,chains,and yourvehicledonotdriveforaprolongedperiodoftime ondrypavement. Observethetirechainmanufacturer's instructionsonmethodofinstallation,operatingspeed, andconditionsforusage.

Alwaysusethelowersuggestedoperatingspeedifboth thechainmanufacturerandvehiclemanufacturesuggest amaximumspeed.Thisnoticeappliestoallchain tractiondevices,includinglinkandcable(radial)chains.

SNOWTIRES

Someareasofthecountryrequiretheuseofsnowtires duringwinter.Standardtiresareoftheallseasonontype andsatisfythisrequirementasindicatedbytheM+S designationonthetiresidewall.

If you needs snowtires, select tiresequivalentin size and typeto the originalequipment tires. Uses now tires only inset sof 4, failure todos omay adversely affect the safety and handling of your vehicle.

Snowtiresgenerallyhavelowerspeedratingstthanwhat wasoriginallyequippedwithyourvehicleandshould notbeoperatedatsustainedspeedsover75mph(120 km/h).

Theseeffectscanbereducedbytimelyrotationoftires. Thebenefitsofrotationareespeciallyworthwhilewith aggressivetreaddesignssuchasthoseonallseasonontype tires.Rotationwillincreasetreadlife,helptomaintain mud,snow,andwettractionlevels,andcontributetoa smooth,quietride.

Followtherecommendedtirerotationfrequencyforyour typeofdrivingfoundinthe"MaintenanceSchedules"

Sectionofthismanual.Morefrequentrotationispermissibleifdesired.Thereasonsforanyrapidorunusual wearshouldbecorrectedpriororotationbeingperformed.

NOTE: TheTirePressureMonitorsystemmustbe retrainedfollowingatirerotation.Seeyourauthorized dealerforservice.

Thesuggested rotation methodisthe "forward-cross" shown in the following diagram.

TIRE ROTATION PATTERN

graph LR
    A["Top Left Side"] --> B["Left Side"]
    A --> C["Right Side"]
    D["Bottom Left Side"] --> E["Left Side"]
    D --> F["Right Side"]
    G["Bottom Right Side"] --> H["Left Side"]
    G --> I["Right Side"]

4 TIRE ROTATION

80ba79fe

Your vehicle is designed to meet alllemissions regulations and provides satisfactory fuel economy and performance when using high quality unleaded gasoline having an octanerange of 87 to 89 or higher. The manufacturer recommends the use of 89

octaneforoptimumperformance.

Lightsparkknockatlowenginespeedsisnotharmfulto yourengine. However, continued heavysparkknockat highspeedscancausedamageandimmediateserviceis required. Enginedamageresultingfromoperatingwitha heavysparkknockmaynotbecoveredbythenew vehiclewarranty.

Poorqualitygasolinecancauseproblemssuchashard starting,stallingandhesitations.Ifyouexperiencethese symptoms,tryanotherbrandofgasolinebeforeconsideringserviceforthevehicle.

Over40automobilemanufacturersaroundtheworld haveissuedandendorsedconsistentgasolinespecifications(theWorldWideFuelCharter,WWFC)todefine fuelpropertiesnecessarytodeliverenhancedemissions, engineperformance,anddurabilityforyourvehicle.The manufacturerrecommendstheuseofgasolinesthatmeet theWWFCspecificationsiftheyareavailable.

Reformulated Gasoline

Manyareasofthecountryrequiretheuseofcleaner burninggasolinereferredtoas"ReformulatedGasoline".

Reformulated gasolines contain oxygenates, and a specifically blended to reduce vehicle emissions and improve air quality.

Themanufacturersupportstheuseofreformulatedgasolines. Properlyblendedreformulatedgasolineswillprovideexcellentperformanceanddurabilityofengineandfuelsystemcomponents.

Gasoline/OxygenateBlends

Somefuelsuppliersblendunleadedgasolinewithoxygenatessuchas10%ethanol,MTBE,andETBE.Oxygenatesarerequiredinsomeareasofthecountryduringthe wintermonthstoreducecarbonmonoxideemissions. Fuelsblendedwiththeseoxygenatesmaybeusedin yourvehicle.

CAUTION!

DO NOT use gasolines containing Methanol. Use of these blends may result in starting and driveability problems and may damage critical fuel system components.

Problemsthatresultfromusingmethanol/gasoline blendsarenottheresponsibilityofthemanufacturerand

maynotbecoveredbythevehiclewarranty. While MTBE isanoxygenatemade from Methanol, it does not have thenegative effect of Methanol.

MMTInGasoline

MMTisamanganesecontainingmetallicadditivethatis blendedintosomegasolinetoincreasetheoctanenumber.GasolinesblendedwithMMToffernoperformance advantagebeyondgasolinesofthesameoctanenumber withoutMMT.GasolinesblendedwithMMThaveshown toreducesparkpluglifeandreduceemissionsystem performanceinsomevehicles.ThemanufacturerrecommendsusinggasolineswithoutMMT.SincetheMMT contentofgasolinemaynotbeindicatedonthepump, youshouldaskyourgasolineretailerwhetherornot his/hergasolinecontainsMMT.

Itisevenmoreimportanttolookforgasolineswithout MMTinCanada, becauseMMTcanbeusedatlevels higherthanthoseallowedintheUnitedStates.

MMTisprohibited in Federal and Californi are formulated as gasolines.

SulfurInGasoline

YourvehiclemayhavebeendesignedtomeetCalifornia lowemissionstandardswhenusingcleanerburning Californiareformulatedgasolinewithlowsulfur.This vehiclemaybesoldnationwide.YourvehiclewilloperatesatisfactorilyonfuelsmeetingFederalspecification, butemissioncontrolsystemperformancemaybeadverselyaffected.

GasolinesoldoutsideofCaliforniaispermittedtohave highersulfurlevelswhichmayaffecttheperformance of thevehicle'scatalyticconverter. Thismaycausethe MalfunctionIndicatorLighttoilluminate. Themanufac-turerrecommendsthatyoutryadifferentbrandof unleadedgasolinehavinglowersulfurtodetermineifthe problemisfuelrelatedpriortoreturningyourvehicleto anauthorizeddealerforservice.

CAUTION!

If the Malfunction Indicator light is flashing, immediate service is required. Refer to the paragraph on the Onboard Diagnostics

System in section 7 of this manual.

MaterialsAddedtoFuel

AllgasolinesoldintheUnitedStatesrequiredto containeffectivedetergentadditives.Useofadditional detergentsorotheradditivesarenotneededunder normalconditionsandwouldresultinadditionalcost. Thereforeyoushouldnothavetoaddanythingtothe fuel.

FuelSystemCautions

CAUTION!

Follow these guidelines to maintain your vehicle's performance:

• The useofleadedgasisprohibitedbyFederallaw. Usingleadedgasolinecanimpairengineperformance, damagetheemissioncontrolsystem,andcouldresult inlossofwarrantycoverage.
• Anout-of-tuneengine, or certain fuel or ignition malfunctions, can cause the catalytic converter to overheat. If you notice a pungent burning odor or somelights smoke, you're in may be out-of-tune or malfunctioning and may require immediates service. Contact your dealer for service assistance.

- Theuseoffueladditiveswhicharenowbeingsoldas octaneenhancersarenotrecommended.Mostofthese productscontainhighconcentrationsofmethanol. Fuelsystemdamageorvehicleperformanceproblems resultingfromtheuseofsuchfuelsoradditivesarenot theresponsibilityofthemanufacturerandmaynotbe coveredundertheNewVehicleWarranty.

NOTE: Intentionaltamperingwithemissionscontrol systemscanresultincivilpenaltiesbeingassessed againstyou.

CarbonMonoxideWarnings

WARNING!

Carbon monoxide (CO) in exhaust gases is deadly. Follow the precautions below to prevent carbon monoxide poisoning:

• Donotinhaleexhaustgases. They contain carbon monoxide, acolorless and odorless gas which can kill. Never run the engine in a closed area, such as a garage, and never sit in a parked vehicle with the engineer running for an extended period. If the vehicle is stopped in an open area with the engineer running for more than a short period, adjust the ventilation system to force fresh, outside air into the vehicle.
• Guardagainstcarbonmonoxidewithpropermaintenance.Havetheexhaustsysteminspectedeverytime thevehicleisraised.Haveanyabnormalconditions repairedpromptly.Untilrepaired,drivewithallside windowsfullyopen.
• Keeptheliftgateclosedwhendrivingyourvehicleto preventcarbonmonoxideandotherpoisonousex-haustgasesfromenteringthevehicle.

ADDINGFUEL

FuelFillerCap(GasCap)

Thegascapislocatedbehindthefuelfillerdooronthe leftsideofthevehicle.Ifthegascapislostordamaged, besurethereplacementcapisforusewiththisvehicle.

CAUTION!

Damage to the fuel system or emission control system could result from using an improper fuel tank filler tube cap (gas cap). A poorly fitting cap could let impurities into the fuel system.

CAUTION!

To avoid fuel spillage and overfilling, do not "top off" the fuel tank after filling. When the fuel nozzle "clicks" or shuts off, the fuel tank is full.

NOTE:

• Tightenthegascapuntilyouheara "clicking" sound. Thisisanindicationthatthegascapisproperly tightened.Ifthegascapisnotsecuredproperlythe MalfunctionIndicatorLightintheinstrumentcluster willturnon.Makesurethatthegascapistightened eachtimethevehicleisrefueled.
• Whenthefuelnozzle"clicks"orshutsoff,thefuel tankisfull.

WARNING!

• Remove the fuel tank filler tube cap (gas cap) slowly to prevent fuel spray from the filler neck which may cause injury.
• The volatility of some gasolines may cause a buildup of pressure in the fuel tank that may increase while you drive. This pressure can result in a spray of gasoline and/or vapors when the cap is removed from a hot vehicle. Removing the cap slowly allows the pressure to vent and prevents fuel spray.
• Never have any smoking materials lit in or near the vehicle when the gas cap is removed or the tank filled.
• Never add fuel to the vehicle when the engine is running.
• A fire may result if gasoline is pumped into a portable container that is inside of a vehicle. You could be burned. Always place gas containers on the ground while filling.

The loadcarrying capacity of your vehicle is shown in the chart that follows. This information should be used for passenger and luggage loading as indicated.

If theseatbacks are folded for carrying cargo, donot exceed the specified GVWRandGAWR.

VehicleCertificationLabel

Your vehicle has acertification label attached to therear of the driver's door.

Thelabelcontainsthefollowinginformation:

• Nameofmanufacturer
• Monthandyearofmanufacture
• GrossVehicleWeightRating(GVWR)
• GrossAxleWeightRating(GAWR)front
• GrossAxleWeightRating(GAWR)rear

• VehicleIdentificationNumber(VIN)
- TypeofVehicle
• MonthDayandHourofManufacture(MDH)

The barcodeallowsacomputerscannertoreadthe VehicleIdentificationNumber(VIN).

GrossVehicleWeightRating(GVWR)

TheGVWRisthetotalallowableweightofyourvehicle. Thisincludesdriver,passengers,andcargo. Thetotal loadmustbelimitedsothatyoudonotexceedthe GVWR.

GrossAxleWeightRating(GAWR)

The GAWRisthemaximumcapacity of the front and rear axles. Distributetheload over the front and rear axles evenly. Makesure that you donot exceed either front or rear GAWR.

WARNING!

Because the front wheels drive and steer the vehicle, it is important that you do not exceed the maximum front or rear GAWR. A dangerous driving condition can result if either rating is exceeded. You could lose control of the vehicle and have an accident.

Overloading

Theloadcarryingcomponents(axle,springs,tires, wheels,etc.)ofyourvehiclewillprovidesatisfactory serviceaslongasyoudonotexceedtheGVWRandfront andrearGAWR.

The best way to figure out the total weight of your vehicle is to weigh it when it fully loaded and ready for operation. Weighiton a commercial scale to insure that it is not over the GVWR.

Figureouttheweightonthefrontandrearofthevehicle separately.Itisimportantthatyoudistributetheload evenlyoverthefrontandrearaxles.

Overloadingcancausepotentialsafetyhazardsand shortenusefulservicelife.Heavieraxlesorsuspension componentsdonotnecessarilyincreasethevehicle's GVWR.

Loading

Toloadyourvehicleproperly,firstfigureoutitsempy weight,axlebyaxleandsidebyside.Storeheavieritems downlowandbesureyoudistributetheirweightas evenlyaspossible.Stowalllooseitemssecurelybefore driving.Ifweighingtheloadedvehicleshowsthatyou haveexceededeitherGAWR,butthetotalloadiswithin thespecifiedGVWR,youmustredistributetheweight. Improperweightdistributioncanhaveanadverseeffect onthewayyourvehiclesteersandhandlesandtheway thebrakesoperate.

Aloaded vehicle is shown in the illustration. Not that neither the GVWRorthe GAWR capacities have been exceeded.

GROSS VEHICLE WEIGHT RATING (GVWR) 2630 KG (5800 LBS) (Example Only)

Side profile illustration of a car with two triangular supports at the base (no text or symbols)

8105b265

Example Only Front	Axle	Rear Axle
EmptyWeight2538lbs	(1151kg)	2076lbs (942kg)
Load(Includingdriver,pass-sengersandcargo)	223lbs (101kg)	890lbs (404kg)
Total	2762lbs (1253kg)	2968lbs (1346kg)
GAWR2826lbs	(1282kg)	3035lbs (1377kg)

TRAILERTOWING

In this section you will find safety tips and information on limit to the type of towing you can reasonably do with your vehicle. Before towing a trailer carefully review this information to how your load is efficiently and safely as possible.

Tomaintainwarrantycoverage,followtherequirements andrecommendationsinthismanualconcerningvehiclesusedfortrailertowing.

Performmaintenanceservicesasprescribedinthemaintenanceschedulesmanual.Whenyourvehicleisusedfor trailertowing,neverexceedthegrossaxleweightrating (GAWR)bytheadditionof:

• Thetongueweightofthetrailer.
- Theweightofanyothertypeofcargooerequipment putinoronyourvehicle.
- Remember that every thing put in or on the trailer adds to the load on your vehicle.

WarrantyRequirements

TheManufacturer's Passenger Vehicle Warranty will apply to vehicles used to tow trailers for non-commercial use. However the following conditions must be met:

- Themaximumfrontalareaofthetrailercannotexceed 32squarefeet(2.97squaremeters).

• Thetrailertongueloadmustbeconsideredaspartof thecombinedweightofoccupantsandcargo,and shouldneverexceedtheweightreferencedontheTire andLoadingInformationplacard.RefertotheTire-SafetyInformationSectioninthismanual.
• The "D" rangecanbeselectedwhentowing. However, iffrequentshiftingoccurswhileinthisrange,the "3" rangemustbeselected.

NOTE: Using the "3" rangewhileoperatingthevehicle underheavyoperatingconditionswillimproveperformanceandextendtransmissionlifebyreducingexcessiveshiftingandheatbuildup.

• Donotattempttotowatrailerwhileusingacompact sparetire.
• Whenever you pull a trailer, regardless of the trailer size, stop lights and turn signals on the trailer are recommended for motorings safety.

- The automatic transmission fluid and filters should be changed if you REGULARLY to at trailer form more than 45 minutes of continuous operation. See Schedule "B" in section 8 of this manual for transmission fluid change intervals.

NOTE:

• Check the automatic transmission fluid level before towing. Fluid discoloration, or aburntodor, show the need for transmission fluid and filter change.
• Forvehiclesequipped with Autostick. By using the Autostick modes, and selecting as specific gear range, frequent shifting can be avoided. The highest gear ranges should be selected that allows for adequate performance. Forexample, choose "4" if the desired speed can be maintained. Choose "3" or "2" if needed to maintain the desired speed.
• Extended driving at high RPM should be avoided to prevent excess heat generation. A reduction in vehicle

speedmayberequiredtoavoidextendeddrivingat highRPM.Returntoahighergearrangeorvehicle speedwhenroadconditionsandRPMlevelallows.

TRAVEL CONDITION MAX	MAXIMUM TRAILER WEIGHT(TRAILER FRONTAL AREA NOT TO EXCEED 32 SQ. FT.)
	3.5LENGINES
	MAX.COMBINED WEIGHTOFVEHICLE ANDTRAILERNOTTO EXCEED8,600lbs(3900 kg)
UP TO 2 PERSONS & LUGGAGE	3,500lbs(1600kg)
3 TO 4 PERSONS & LUGGAGE	3,000lbs(1360kg)
5 TO 6 PERSONS & LUGGAGE	1,000lbs(454kg)

Aloadequalizinghitchisrecommendedforloaded trailerweightsabove1,000lbs(454kg)andrequiredfor weightsabove2,000lbs(907kg).

CAUTION!

If the trailer weighs more than 1,000 lbs (454 kg) loaded, it should have its own brakes and they should be of adequate capacity. Failure to do this could lead to accelerated brake lining wear, higher brake pedal effort, and longer stopping distances.

WARNING!

Connecting trailer brakes to your vehicle's hydraulic brake lines can overload your brake system and cause it to fail. You might not have brakes when you need them and could have an accident.

WHATODOINEMERGENCIES

CONTENTS

■HazardWarningFlasher. 262
■IfYourEngineOverheats. 263
■JackingAndTireChanging. 264

□JackLocation. 265
□SpareTireStowage. 265
□PreparationsForJacking. 266
□JackingInstructions. 267

■Jump-StartingProceduresIfBatteryIsLow....270
■DrivingOnSlipperySurfaces. 272

□Acceleration. 272
□Traction. 272

■ Freeing A Stuck Vehicle .....273
■ Towing A Disabled Vehicle .....274

□WithIgnitionKey. 274
□WithoutTheIgnitionKey. 275
☐ TowingThisVehicleBehind AnotherVehicle(Flat TowingWithAllFourWheelsOnTheGround) .276
□ Towing This Vehicle Behind Another Vehicle With A TowDolley 276

262WHATODOINEMERGENCIES

Interior view of a car dashboard with air conditioners and control panels (no visible text or symbols)

ToengagetheHazardWarningFlashers, depress the switch on the instrument panel. When the Hazard Warning Switch is activated, all directional turn signals will flash on and off tow a noncoming traffic of an emergency. Push the switch second timet to turn off the flashers.

This is an emergency warnings system should not be used when the vehicle is in motion. Use it when your vehicle is disabled and is creating as safety hazard for other motorists.

Whenyoumustleavethevehicletoseekassistance,the HazardWarningFlasherswillcontinuetooperateeven thoughtheignitionswitchisOFF.

NOTE: Withextendeduse,theHazardWarningFlashersmayweardownyourbattery.

IFYOURENGINEOVERHEATS

Inanyofthefollowingsituations, you can reduce the potential for overheating by taking the appropriate action.

• Onthehighways—Slowdown.
• Incitytraffic—Whilestopped,puttransmissionin neutral,butdonotincreaseengineidlespeed.

NOTE: Therearestepsthatyoucantaketoslowdown animpendingoverheatcondition.Ifyourairconditioner ison,turnitoff.Theairconditioningsystemaddsheatto theenginecoolingsystemandturningofftheA/C removesthisheat.YoucanalsoturntheTemperature controltomaximumheat,theModecontroltofloor,and thefancontroltoHigh.Thisallowstheheatercoretoact asasupplementtotheradiatorandaidsinremovingheat fromtheenginecoolingsystem.

CAUTION!

Driving with a hot cooling system could damage your vehicle. If temperature gauge reads "H", pull over and stop the vehicle. Idle the vehicle with the air conditioner turned off until the pointer drops back into the normal range. If the pointer remains on the "H", turn the engine off immediately, and call for service.

WARNING!

A hot engine cooling system is dangerous. You or others could be badly burned by steam or boiling coolant. You may want to call a service center if your vehicle overheats. If you decide to look under the hood yourself, see Section 7, Maintenance, of this manual. Follow the warnings under the Cooling System Pressure Cap paragraph.

JACKINGANDTIRECHANGING

WARNING!

• Getting under a jacked-up vehicle is dangerous. The vehicle could slip off the jack and fall on you. You could be crushed. Never get any part of your body under a vehicle that is on a jack. If you need to get under a raised vehicle, take it to a service center where it can be raised on a lift.
• The jack is designed to use as a tool for changing tires only. The jack should not be used to lift the vehicle for service purposes. The vehicle should be jacked on a firm level surface only. Avoid ice or slippery areas.

JackLocation

Thejackandjack-handlearestowedintherearstorage binlocatedintherearcargofloor.Pulluponthestorage bincoverandlinertoaccessthejackandjacktools.

Top-down view of a car's front grille and dashboard area, showing no text or symbols

SpareTireStowage

Thesparetireisstowedundertherearofthevehicleby meansofacablewinchmechanism.Toremoveorstow thespare,usethejackhandletorotatethe"sparetire drive"nut.Thenutislocatedunderthetrimcoveratthe centeroftherearstoragebinintherearcargofloor.

Interior view of a car showing the backrest and dashboard with a triangular mesh pattern (no text or symbols visible)

266WHATODOINEMERGENCIES

Spare Tire Removal

Fitthejack-handleoverthedrivenut.Rotatethenutto theleftuntilthespareisonthegroundwithenoughslack cabletoallowyoutopullthetireoutfromunderthe vehicle.

CAUTION!

The winch mechanism is designed for use with the jack handle only. Use of an air wrench or other power tools is not recommended and can damage the winch.

Whenthespareisclear,tilttheretainerattheendofthe cableandpullitthroughthecenterofthewheel.

PreparationsForJacking

Parkthevehicleonafirmlevelsurface,avoidiceor slipperyareas,set the parking brake andplacethegear selectorinPARK.TurnOFFtheignition.

WARNING!

Do not attempt to change a tire on the side of the vehicle close to moving traffic. Pull far enough off the road to avoid the danger of being hit when operating the jack or changing the wheel.

• TurnontheHazardWarningFlasher.

- Blockboththefrontandrear ofthewheeldiagonallyoppositethejackingposition. For example,ifchangingtheright fronttire,blocktheleftrear wheel.

- Passengers should not remain in the vehicle when the vehicle is being jacked.

JackingInstructions

1. Removethesparewheel, scissorsjack and jack-handle from stowage.

2. Carefullypryoffthewheelcentercapusingthetipof thejackhandle.

3. Loosen(butdonotremove)thewheellugnutsby turningthemtotheleftoneturnwhilethewheelisstill ontheground.

4. There are two jack engagement locations one each side of the body—see illustration.

Side view of a car with three circular insets showing mechanical components (no text or symbols)

80ee6bda

1. Theselocationsareonthesillflangeontheunderside ofthebody. Thejackistobelocated, engaging the flanges, 20cm(8inches) inwardfromtheedgeofthe wheelopeningclosesttothewheeltobechanged. Place thewrenchonthejackscrewandturntotherightuntil thejackheadisproperlyengagedinthedescribed

268WHATODOINEMERGENCIES

location.Do not raise the vehicle until you are sure the jack is securely engaged. Never jack up the vehicle using any suspension components.

1. Raisethevehiclebyturningthejackscrewtotheright, usingtheswivelwrench.Raisethevehicleonlyuntilthe tirejustclearsthesurfaceandenoughclearanceis obtainedtoinstallthesparetire.Minimumumtirelift providesmaximumstability.

WARNING!

Raising the vehicle higher than necessary can make the vehicle less stable. It could slip off the jack and hurt someone near it. Raise the vehicle only enough to remove the tire.

1. Removethewheellugnuts, then pull the wheel off the hub.

2. Installthesparewheel. Then installthewheellugnuts with theconeshapedendofthenuttowardthewheel. Lightlytightenthelugnuts. To avoid theriskofforcing the vehicle off the jack, donottightenthelugnuts fully until the vehicle has been lowered.

3. Lowerthevehiclebyturningthejackscrewtotheleft.

10.Finishtighteningthelugnuts.Pushdownonthe wrenchwhiletighteningforincreasedleverage.Alternate lugnutsuntileachnuthasbeenightenedtwice.Correct wheelnuttightnessis130N·m(95ft.lbs).Ifindoubt aboutthecorrecttightness,havethemcheckedwitha torquewrenchbyyourdealerorataservicestation.

1. Lowerthejacktoitsfullyclosedposition.

WARNING!

A loose tire or jack, thrown forward in a collision or hard stop could endanger the occupants of the vehicle. Always stow the jack parts and the spare tire in the places provided.

1. Securetheflatorsparetireasfollows:

2. Thecentercapofacastaluminumwheelmustbe removedpriortoflattirestowage.Storethecenter capinsidethegloveboxorotherstoragecompartment.

3. Turnthewheelsothatthevalve-stemisdown.Slide thewheelretainerthroughthecenterofthewheel andpositionitproperlyacrosstewheelopening.

4. For convenience in checking the spare tire inflation, stow with the valve-stemtoward therearofthe vehicle.

5. Using the jack-handle, rotatethedrivenuttothe right until the wheel is drawn into place against the underside of the vehicle.
6. Continueterotatethenutuntilyouhearthemechanismclickthreetimes.Itcannotbeovertightened. Pushagainsttthetireseveraltimestobesureitis securelyinplace.

13.Stowjackandhandle.

1. Check the tire pressure as soon as possible. Correct pressure as required.

NOTE: Whenreinstallingthewheelcentercap, insure that thevalvestemsymbolonthebackofthecapis pointed towardthewheelvalvestem. Installthecenter capusinghandpressureonly.Donotuseahammer.

JUMP-STARTINGPROCEDURE SIFBATTERYIS LOW

WARNING!

Take care to avoid the radiator cooling fan whenever the hood is raised. It can start anytime the ignition switch is on. You can be hurt by the fan.

WARNING!

• Do not attempt to push or tow your vehicle to get it started. Vehicles equipped with an automatic transmission cannot be started this way. Unburned fuel could enter the catalytic converter and once the engine has started, ignite and damage the converter and vehicle. If the vehicle has a discharged battery, booster cables may be used to obtain a start from another vehicle. This type of start can be dangerous if done improperly, so follow this procedure carefully.
• Battery fluid is a corrosive acid solution; do not allow battery fluid to contact eyes, skin or clothing. Don't lean over battery when attaching clamps or allow the clamps to touch each other. If acid splashes in eyes or on skin, flush contaminated area immediately with large quantities of water.

• A battery generates hydrogen gas which is flammable and explosive. Keep flame or spark away from the vent holes. Do not use a booster battery or any other booster source with an output that exceeds 12 volts.

• We are yeprotection and remove anymetal jewelry such as watchbandsorbraceletsthatmightmakean inadvertentelectrical contact.

• When boost is provided by abattery in another vehicle, park that vehicle within boostercablereach and without letting the vehicle touch. Set the parking brake, placethe automatic transmission in PARK and turn the ignition switch to the OFF position for both vehicles.
• Turnofftheheater, radioandallunnecessaryelectrical loads.
• Connectoneendofajumpercabletothepositive terminalofthedischargedbattery. Connecttheotherend ofthesamecabletothepositiveterminalofthebooster battery.

272WHATODOINEMERGENCIES

1. Connect the other cable, first to then negativeterminal of the booster battery and then to the engine of the vehicle with the discharged battery. Make sure you have agoodcontact on the engine.
   6.Starttheengineinthevehiclewhichhasthebooster battery,lettheengineidleafewminutes,thenstartthe engineinthevehiclewiththedischargedbattery.
2. When removing the jumpercables, reversethe above sequence exactly. Becareful of themoving belts and fan.

DRIVINGONSLIPPERYSURFACES

Acceleration

Rapidaccelerationonsnowcovered, wet, or otherslipperysurfaces may cause the front wheel stop pullratically to other right or left. This phenomenon occurs when there is a difference in the surface extraction under the front (driving) wheels.

WARNING!

Rapid acceleration on slippery surfaces is dangerous. Unequal traction can cause sudden pulling of the front wheels. You could lose control of the vehicle and possibly have an accident. Accelerate slowly and carefully whenever there is likely to be poor traction (ice, snow, wet mud, loose sand, etc.).

Traction

Whendrivingonwetorslushyroads,itispossiblefora wedgeofwatertobuildupbetweenethetireandroad surface. Thisisknownashydroplaningandmaycause partialorcompletelossofvehiclecontrolandstopping ability.Toreducethispossibility,thefollowingprecautionsshouldbeobserved:

1. Slowdown during grainstorms or when roads are slushy.

2.Slowdownifroadhasstandingwaterorpuddles.
3. Replacetireswhentreadwearindicatorsfirstbecome visible.
4. Keep tires properly inflated.
5. Maintainsufficientdistancebetweenyourvehicleand thevehicleinfronttoavoidacollisioninasuddenstop.

If your vehicle becomes stuck in mud, sandorsnow, it can often be moved by arocking motion. Turn your steering wheel right handle left to clear the area around the front wheels. Thenshift back and forth between Reverse and Drive. Usually the least accelerator pedal pressure to maintain therocking motion without spinning the wheels is most effective.

WARNING!

Fast spinning tires can be dangerous. Forces generated by excessive wheel speeds may cause tire damage or failure. A tire could explode and injure someone. Do not spin your vehicle's wheels faster than 35 mph (55 km/h) when you are stuck. And don't let anyone near a spinning wheel, no matter what the speed.

CAUTION!

Racing the engine or spinning the wheels too fast may lead to transmission overheating and failure. It can also damage the tires. Do not spin the wheels above 35 mph (55 km/h).

274WHATODOINEMERGENCIES

TOWINGADISABLEDVEHICLE

WithIgnitionKey

Front Wheel Drive

Your vehicle may be towed under the following conditions: The gear selectorm must be in NEUTRAL, the distance to be traveled must not exceed 100 miles (160 km), the towingspeed must not exceed 44 mph (72 km/h), and both front and rear wheels must be on the ground. Exceeding these to varying limits may cause a transmission gear train failure. If the transmission is not operative, or if the vehicle is to be towed more than 100 miles (160 km), the vehicle must be towed with the front wheel soff the ground.

All Wheel Drive

Your vehicle may be towed under the following conditions: The gear selectorm must be in NEUTRAL, the distancetobetraveled must not exceed 100 miles (160 km), the towingspeed must not exceed 44 mph (72 km/h), and both front and rear wheels must be on the ground. If your vehicle must be towed farther or at higher rates speed, it must be transported on a flatbed truck.

All Transmissions

CAUTION!

• Do not attempt to tow this vehicle from the front with sling type towing equipment. Damage to the front fascia will result.
• Always use wheel lift equipment when towing from the front. The only other approved method of towing is with a flat bed truck.
• Do not tow the vehicle from the rear. Damage to the rear sheet metal, liftgate and fascia will occur.
• Do not push or tow this vehicle with another vehicle as damage to the bumper fascia and transmission may result.

Ifitisnecessarytousetheaccessorieswhilebeingtowed (wipers,defrosters,etc.),thekeymustbeintheON position,nottheACCESSORYposition.Makecertainthe transmissionremainsinNEUTRAL.

WithoutThelgnitionKey

Specialcaremustbetakenwhenthevehicleistowed withtheignitionintheLOCKposition.Theonlyapprovedmethodoftowingwithouttheignitionkeyis withaflatbedtruck.Propertowingequipmentisnecessarytopreventdamagetothevehicle.

276WHATODOINEMERGENCIES

TOWINGTHISVEHICLEBEHINDANOTHER VEHICLE(Flattowingwithallfourwheelsonthe ground)

Flattowingofvehiclesequippedwithanautomatic transmission,isonlypermittedwithinthelimitations describedinthissection.

TOWINGTHISVEHICLEBEHINDANOTHER VEHICLEWITHATOWDOLLEY

Themanufacturerdoes not recommend thatyoutowan All-WheelDrive(AWD)orfrontwheeldrivevehicleona towdolley.Vehicledamagemayoccur.

MAINTAINING YOUR VEHICLE

CONTENTS

■3.5LEngine....280

■OnboardDiagnosticSystem—OBDII. . . . . . . 2 8 1

■EmissionsInspectionAndMaintenance Programs. 282

■ReplacementParts. 283

■DealerService. 283

■MaintenanceProcedures. 284

□EngineOil. 284

□EngineOilFilter. 288

□ Drive Belts — Check Condition And Tension . .288

□SparkPlugs 289

□EngineAirCleanerFilter. 289

□FuelFilter. 289

□Catalytic Converter 290

□ Maintenance-Free Battery .....291

□ Air Conditioner Maintenance .....293

□ Power Steering — Fluid Check .....294

□ Front & Rear Suspension Ball Joints .....295

278MAINTAININGYOURVEHICLE

□SteeringShaftSeal. 295
□SteeringLinkage. 295
□DriveShaftUniversalJoints. 295
□BodyLubrication....296
□WindshieldWiperBlades. 296
□WindshieldAndRearWindowWashers. . . . . 2 9 7
□ExhaustSystem. 297
□CoolingSystem. 298
□HosesAndVacuum/VaporHarnesses. . . . . . 3 0 3
□Brakes. 304
□MasterCylinder—ABSBrakesBrakeFluidLevel Check. 305
□FuelSystemHoses. 306

□AutomaticTransmission. 307
□AllWheelDrive(AWD)—IfEquipped. . . . . 3 1 0
□ Front And Rear Wheel Bearings .....311
□AppearanceCareAndProtectionFrom Corrosion. 3 11
□CleaningTheCenterConsoleCup Holders...316

■IntegratedPowerModule(IPM). . . . . . . . . . . 3 1 6
■VehicleStorage. 319
■ReplacementLightBulbs. 320
■BulbReplacement. 321

□StandardQuadHeadlights. 3 2 1

□HighIntensityDischargeHeadlights(HID)—If Equipped. 3 2 2

MAINTAININGYOURVEHICLE279

□FrontPark/TurnSignalAndSidemarker Lights. 322
□FrontFogLight. 323
☐RearTail,Stop,TurnSignal,SideMarkerAnd Back-UpLights. 3 2 4
□LicenseLight. 324

■FluidsAndCapacities. 325
■RecommendedFluids,LubricantsAndGenuine Parts. 326
□Engine. 326
□Chassis. 327

280MAINTAININGYOURVEHICLE

3.5LENGINE

ONBOARDDIAGNOSTICSYSTEM—OBDII

Yourvehicleisequippedwithasophisticatedonboard diagnosticsystemcalledOBDII. Thissystemmonitors theperformanceoftheemissions,engine,andautomatic transmissioncontrolsystems. Whenthesesystemsare operatingproperly,yourvehiclewillprovideexcellent performanceandfueleconomy,aswellasengineemissionswellwithincurrentgovernmentregulations.

Ifanyofthesesystemsrequireservice,theOBDIIsystem willturnonthe"MalfunctionIndicatorLight."Itwill alsostorediagnosticcodesandotherinformationto assistyourservicetechnicianinmakingrepairs.Althoughyourvehiclewillusuallybedrivableandnot needtowing,seeyourdealerforserviceassoonas possible.

CAUTION!

• Prolonged driving with the "Malfunction Indicator Light" on could cause further damage to the emission control system. It could also affect fuel economy and driveability. The vehicle must be serviced before any emissions tests can be performed.
• If the "Malfunction Indicator Light" is flashing while the engine is running, severe catalytic converter damage and power loss will soon occur. Immediate service is required.

EMISSIONSINSPECTIONANDMAINTENANCE PROGRAMS

Insomelocalities, it maybe a legal requirement to pass an inspection of your vehicle's semissions control system. Failure to pass could prevent vehicleregistration.

ForstateswhichhaveanI/M(Inspection and Maintenance)requirement,thischeckverifiesthe following:theMIL(MalfunctionIndicatorLamp)

isfunctioningandisnotonwhentheengineisrunning, andthattheOBD(OnBoardDiagnostic)systemisready fortesting.

Normally, theOBDsystemwillbeready. TheOBD systemmay not beready if your vehicle was recently serviced, if you recently had a dead battery, or a battery replacement. If the OBD system should be determined not ready for the I/M test, your vehicle may fail the test.

Yourvehiclehasasimpleignitionkeyactuatedtest whichyoucanusepriortogoingtotheteststation.To checkifyourvehicle'sOBDsystemisready,youmustdo thefollowing:

1. Insert your ignition key into the ignitions switch.
2. TurntheignitiontotheONposition, butdonotcrank orstarttheengine.
3. If you crank or start the engine, you will have to start the test over.
4. As soon as y out turn your key to the ON position, you will see your MIL symbol come on as part of an normal bulb check.
5. Approximately 15 seconds later, one of two things will happen:

a. The MIL will flash for about 10 seconds and then return to being fully illuminated until you turn off the

ignitionkeyorstarttheengine. This mean that your vehicle's OBD system is not ready and you should not proceed to the I/Mstation.

b. The MIL will not flash at all and will remain fully illuminated until y out turn off the ignition key or start the engine. This means that your vehicle's OBD system is ready and you can proceed to the I/M station.

If your OBD system is not ready, you should see your authorized dealer or repair facility. If your vehicle was recently serviced or had a battery failure or replacement, you may need to do nothing more than drive your vehicle as you normally would in order for your OBD system to update. Are check with the abovetest routine may then indicate that the system is now ready.

Regardless of whether your vehicle's OBD system is ready or not ready, if the MIL symbol is illuminated during normal vehicle operation, you should have your vehicleservicedbeforegoingtotheI/Mstation.TheI/M stationcanfailyourvehiclebecausetheMILsymbolison withtheengine running.

REPLACEMENTPARTS

UseofgenuineMopar®partsfornormal/scheduled maintenanceandrepairshighlyrecommendedtoinsurethedesigned performance.Damage orfailures causedbytheuseofnon-Mopar®partsformaintenance andrepairswillnotbe coveredby themanufacturer's warranty.

DEALERSERVICE

Yourdealerhasthequalifiedservicepersonnel, special toolsandequipmenttoperformallserviceoperationsin anexpertmanner.ServiceManualsareavailablewhich includedetailedserviceinformationforyourvehicle. Refertothesemanualsbeforeattemptinganyprocedure yourself.

284MAINTAININGYOURVEHICLE

NOTE: Intentionaltamperingwithemissionscontrol systemscanresultincivilpenaltiesbeingassessed againstyou.

WARNING!

You can be badly injured working on or around a motor vehicle. Do only that service work for which you have the knowledge and the proper equipment. If you have any doubt about your ability to perform a service job, take your vehicle to a competent mechanic.

MAINTENANCEPROCEDURES

Thepagesthatfollowcontaintherequired maintenance servicesdeterminedbytheengineerswhodesignedyour vehicle.

Besidesthemaintenanceitemsforwhichtherearefixed maintenanceintervals,thereareotheritemsthatshould operatesatisfactorilywithoutperiodicmaintenance. However,ifamalfunctionoftheseitemsdoesoccur,it couldadverselyaffecttheengineorvehicleperformance. Theseitemsshouldbeinspectedifamalfunctionis observedorsuspected.

EngineOil

Checking Oil Level

Toassureproperengine Lubrication, the engine oil must be maintained at the correct level. Check the oil level at regular intervals, such as every fuel stop.

Thebesttimetochecktheengineoillevelisabout5 minutesafterafullywarmedengineisshutofforbefore startingtheengineafterithassatovernight.

Checkingtheoilwhilethevehicleisonlevelgroundwill improvetheaccuracyoftheoillevelreadings.Maintain theoillevelbetweentheMINandMAXmarkingsonthe dipstick.Addingonequartofoilwhenthereadingisat theMINmarkwillresultinaMAXreadingonthese engines.

809744ab

CAUTION!

Overfilling or underfilling will cause oil aeration or loss of oil pressure. This could damage your engine.

286MAINTAININGYOURVEHICLE

Change Engine Oil

Roadconditionsandyourkindofdrivingaffectsthe intervalatwhichyouroilshouldbechanged.Checkthe followinglisttoseeifanyapplytoyou.

• Dayornighttemperaturesarebelow32°F(0°C).
- StopandGodriving.
- Extensiveengineidling.
- Drivingindustryconditions.
- Shorttripsoflessthan10miles(16km).
- Morethan50% of your driving is sustained high speeds during hot weather, above 90°F (32°C).
- Trailertowing.
• Taxi, Policeordeliveryservice(commercialservice).
- Off-Roadordesertoperation.

NOTE: IfANY oftheseapplytoyouthenchangeyour engineoilevery3,000miles(5000km)or3months, whichevercomesfirstandfollowschedule"B"ofthe "MaintenanceSchedules"sectionofthismanual.

If none of these apply to you, then change your engine oil at every interval shown on schedule "A" of the "Maintenance Schedules" section of this manual.

NOTE: Undernocircumstanceshouldoilchangeintervalsexceed6000miles(10000km)or6months whichevercomesfirst.

Engine Oil Selection

Forbestperformanceandmaximumprotectionunderall typesofoperatingconditions,themanufactureronly recommendsengineoilsthatareAPlcertifiedandmeet therequirementsofDaimlerChryslerMaterialStandard MS-6395.

American Petroleum Institute (API) Engine Oil Identification Symbol

Thissymbolmeansthattheoilhas beencertifiedbytheAmerican PetroleumInstitute(API).The manufactureronly recommends APICertifiedengineoils.

Engine Oil Viscosity Chart

The proper SAE viscosity grade of engine oil should be selected based on the following recommendation and be within the operating temperatures shown in the engine oil viscosity chart.

- SAE 10W-30 engine oil is preferred. SAE 5W-30 engine oilisallowed during cold weather only to improve cold weather starting.

Lubricantswhichdonothaveboth,theengineoilcertificationmarkandthecorrectSAEviscositygradenumbershouldnotbeused.

288MAINTAININGYOURVEHICLE

Synthetic Engine Oils

Youmay uses synthetic engine oils provided that the recommended oil quality requirements are met and the recommended maintenance intervals for oil and filter changes are followed.

Materials Added to Engine Oil

Themanufacturestrongly recommends against the addition of any additives (other than leak detection dyes) to the engine oil. Engine oil is an engineered product and it's performance may be impaired by supplemental additives.

Disposing of Used Engine Oil And Oil Filters

Careshouldbetakenindisposingofusedengineoiland oilfiltersfromyourvehicle.Usedoilandoilfilters, indiscriminatelydiscarded,canpresentaproblemtothe environment.Contactyourdealer,servicestation,or governmentalagencyforadviceonhowandwhereused oilandoilfilterscanbesafelydiscardedinyourarea.

EngineOilFilter

The engine oil filters should be replaced at every engine oil change.

Engine Oil Filter Selection

Thismanufacture'sengineshaveafull-flowtypeoilfilter. Useafilterofthistypeforreplacement.Thequalityof replacementfiltersvariesconsiderably.Onlyhighquality filtersshouldbeusedtoassuremostefficientservice. MoparEngineOilFiltersareahighqualityoilfilterand arerecommended.

DriveBelts—CheckConditionandTension

Atthemileageindicatedinthemaintenanceschedule,all beltsshouldbecheckedforconditionandpropertension. Improperbeltensioncancausebeltslippageandfailure.

Beltsshouldbeinspectedforevidenceofcuts,cracks,or glazing,andreplacedifthereisindicationofdamage whichcouldresultinbeltfailure.Lowgeneratorbelt tensioncancausebatteryfailure.

Alsocheckbeltroutingtomakesurethereisnointerferencebetweenthebeltsandotherenginecomponents.

SparkPlugs

Sparkplugsmustfireproperlytoassureengineperformanceandemissioncontrol.Newplugsshouldbeinstalledatthespecifiedmileage.Theentiresetshouldbe replacedifthereisanymalfunctionduetoafaultyspark plug.Malfunctioningsparkplugscandamagethecatalyticconverter.Forpropertyofreplacementspark plugs,refertothe"VehicleEmissionControlInformation"labelintheenginecompartment.

EngineAirCleanerFilter

Undernormaldrivingconditions,replacetheairfilterat theintervalsshownonSchedule"A".If,however,you drivethevehiclefrequentlyunderdustyorsevereconditions,thefilterelementsshouldbeinspectedperiodicallyandreplacedifnecessaryattheintervalsshownon Schedule"B".

WARNING!

The air cleaner can provide a measure of protection in the case of engine backfire. Do not remove the air cleaner unless such removal is necessary for repair or maintenance. Make sure that no one is near the engine compartment before starting the vehicle with the air cleaner removed. Failure to do so can result in serious personal injury.

FuelFilter

Apluggedfuelfiltercancausestalling,limitthespeedat whichavehiclecanbedrivenorcausehardstarting. Shouldanexcessiveamountofdirtaccumulateinthe fueltank,filterreplacementmaybenecessary.Seeyour localdealerforservice.

290MAINTAININGYOURVEHICLE

CatalyticConverter

The catalytic converter requires the use of unleaded fuel only. Leaded gasoline will destroy the effectiveness of the catalyst as an emission control device.

Undernormaloperatingconditions, the catalyticconverter will not require maintenance. However, it is important to keep the engine properly tuned to assure proper catalyst operation and prevent possible catalyst damage.

CAUTION!

Damage to the catalytic converter can result if your vehicle is not kept in proper operating condition. In the event of engine malfunction, particularly involving engine misfire or other apparent loss of performance, have your vehicle serviced promptly. Continued operation of your vehicle with a severe malfunction could cause the converter to overheat, resulting in possible damage to the converter and the vehicle.

NOTE: Intentionaltamperingwithemissionscontrol systemscanresultincivilpenaltiesbeingassessed againstyou.

WARNING!

A hot exhaust system can start a fire if you park over materials that can burn. Such materials might be grass or leaves coming into contact with your exhaust system. Do not park or operate your vehicle in areas where your exhaust system can contact anything that can burn.

Inunusualsituationsinvolvinggrosslymalfunctioning engineoperation,ascorchingodormayindicatesevere andabnormalcatalystoverheating.Ifthisoccurs,the vehicleshouldbestopped,theengineshutoffandthe vehicleallowedtocool.Thereafter,service,includinga tune-uptomanufacturer'sspecifications,shouldbeobtainedimmediately.

Tominimizethepossibilityofcatalystdamage:

• Donotshutofftheengineorinterrupttheignition whenthetransmissionisingearandthevehicleisin motion.
• Donottrytostartenginebypushingortowingthe vehicle.
• Donotidletheenginewithanysparkplugwires disconnectedorremoved,suchaswhendiagnostic testing,orforprolongedperiodsduringveryrough idlingormalfunctioningoperatingconditions.

Maintenance-FreeBattery

ThetopoftheMAINTENANCE-FREEbatteryispermanentlysealed.Youwillneverhavetoaddwater,noris periodicmaintenancerequired.

WARNING!

• Battery fluid is a corrosive acid solution and can burn or even blind you. Don't allow battery fluid to contact your eyes, skin or clothing. Don't lean over a battery when attaching clamps. If acid splashes in eyes or on skin, flush the area immediately with large amounts of water.
• Battery gas is flammable and explosive. Keep flame or sparks away from the battery. Don't use a booster battery or any other booster source with an output greater than 12 volts. Don't allow cable clamps to touch each other.
• Battery posts, terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds. Wash hands after handling.

CAUTION!

• It is essential when replacing the cables on the battery that the positive cable is attached to the positive post and the negative cable is attached to the negative post. Battery posts are marked positive (+) and negative (-) and identified on the battery case. Cable clamps should be tight on the terminal posts and free of corrosion.
• If a "fast charger" is used while battery is in vehicle, disconnect both vehicle battery cables before connecting the charger to battery. Do not use a "fast charger" to provide starting voltage.

AirConditionerMaintenance

Forbestpossibleperformance,yourairconditioner shouldbecheckedandservicedbyanAuthorizedDealer atthestartofeachwarmseason.Thisserviceshould includecleaningofthecondenserfinsandasystem performancecheck.Drivebelttensionsshouldalsobe checkedatthistime.

WARNING!

• Use only refrigerants approved by the manufacturer for your air conditioning system. Some unapproved refrigerants are flammable and can explode, injuring you. Other unapproved refrigerants can cause the system to fail, requiring costly repairs.
• The air conditioning system contains refrigerant under high pressure. To avoid risk of personal injury or damage to the system, adding refrigerant or any repair requiring lines to be disconnected should be done by an experienced repairman.

294MAINTAININGYOURVEHICLE

Refrigerant Recovery And Recycling

R-134aAirConditioningRefrigerantisahydrofluorocarbon(HFC)thatisendorsedbytheEnvironmentalProtectionAgencyandisanozone-savingproduct.However, themanufacturerrecommendsthatairconditioning servicebeperformedbydealersorotherservicefacilities usingrecoveryandrecyclingequipment.

NOTE: AirConditioningsystemsfoundtobecontaminatedwithA/CSystemSealers,StopLeakProducts,Seal Conditioners,CompressorOil,orRefrigerantsnotapprovedbythemanufacturer,voidsthewarrantyforthe AirConditioningsystem.

A/C Air Filter

Thefilteraccessdoorislocatedundertheinstrument panelonthepassengerside.Toreplacethefilterslidethe locktowardtherearofthevehicle(unlockposition). Removetheaccessdoorandpullthefilterdownward.

Wheninstallinganewfilter,ensureitsproperorientation.Aligntheblackarrowonthebottomofthefilter frameworkthedirectionofairflow(awayfromtheblowermotorandtowardsthecenterofthecar).

Refer to the "Maintenance Schedules" section of this manual for the recommended air conditioning filter replacement intervals.

PowerSteering—FluidCheck

Checking the power steering fluid level at defined service interval is not required. The fluid should only be checked if leakissuspected, abnormal noises are apparent, and /orthesystem is not functioning as anticipated. Coordinate inspection effort through a certified Daimler Chrysler Dealership."

WARNING!

Fluid level should be checked on a level surface and with the engine off to prevent injury from moving parts and to insure accurate fluid level reading. Do not overfill. Use only manufacturers recommended power steering fluid.

If necessary, addfluidtorestoretotheproperindicated level. With aclean cloth, wipeanyspilled fluid from all surfaces. RefertoRecommended Fluids, Lubricants, and Genuine Parts for correct fluid type.

Front&RearSuspensionBallJoints

Thesuspensionballjointsarepermanentlysealed. No regularmaintenanceisrequiredforthesecomponents.

SteeringShaftSeal

Thesteeringshaftseal,atthepointwherethshaftpasses throughthebulkhead,islubricatedwhenitisinstalled.If thesealbecomesnoisywhenthesteringshaftisturned, itshouldbelubricatedwithamulti-purposegrease. Moparmulti-purposelubricantisrecommended.

SteeringLinkage

Thetierodendballjointsarepermanentlylubricatedand donotrequireperiodicmaintenance.

DriveShaftUniversalJoints

Yourvehiclehasconstantvelocityuniversaljoints.Periodiclubricationofthesejointsisnotrequired.However, thejointbootsshouldbeinspectedforexternalleakageor damagewhenothermaintenanceisperformed.Ifleakage ordamageisevident,theuniversaljointbootandgrease shouldbereplacedimmediately.

296MAINTAININGYOURVEHICLE

Continued operation could result in failure of the universal joint duetowater and dirt contamination of the grease. This would require complete replacement of the joint assembly.

BodyLubrication

Locksandallbodypivotpoints,includingsuchitemsas seattracks,doors,liftgateandhoodhinges,shouldbe lubricatedperiodicallytoassurequiet,easyoperation andtoprotectagainstrustandwear.Priorototheapplicationofanylubricant,thepartsconcernedshouldbe wipedcleantoremovedustandgrit;afterlubricating excessoilandgreaseshouldberemoved.Particular attentionshouldalsobegiventohoodlatchingcomponentstoinsureproperfunction.Whenperformingother underhoodservices,thehoodlatch,releasemechanism andsafetycatchshouldbecleanedandlubricated.

The externallockcylinders should be lubricated twice a year, preferably in the fallandspring. Apply asmall

amountofahighqualitylubricantsuchasMopar®Lock CylinderLubricantdirectlyintothelockcylinder.

WindshieldWiperBlades

Therubberedgesofthewiperbladesandthewindshield shouldbecleanedperiodicallywithaspongeorsoftcloth andamildnonabrasivecleaner.Thiswillremoveaccumulationsofsaltorroadfilm.

Operationofthewipersondryglassforlongperiods maycausedeteriorationofthewiperblades.Alwaysuse washerfluidwhenusingthewiperstoremovesaltordirt fromadrywindshield.

Avoidusingthewiperbladestoremovefrostoricefrom thewindshield.Keepthebladerubberoutofcontactwith petroleumproductssuchasengineoil,gasoline,etc.

WindshieldandRearWindowWashers

Thefluidreservoirforthewindshieldwashersandthe rearwindowwasherisshared.Itislocatedintheengine compartmentandshouldbecheckedforfluidlevelat regularintervals.Fillthereservoirwithwindshield washersolvent(notradiatorantifreeze)andoperatethe systemforafewsecondstoflushouttheresidualwater.

Thewasherfluidreservoirwillholdafullgallonoffluid whentheLowWasherFluidLightilluminates.

Interior view of a vehicle's engine bay with visible wiring and battery components (no readable text or symbols)

ExhaustSystem

The best protection against carbon monoxide entry into the vehicle body is a properly maintained engine exhaust system.

Wheneverachangeisnoticedinthesoundoftheexhaust system,whenexhaustfumescanbedetectedinsidethe vehicle,orwhentheundersideorrearofthevehicleis

298MAINTAININGYOURVEHICLE

damaged, have a competent mechanic inspect the complete exhaust system and adjacent body areas for broken, damaged, deteriorated, or mispositioned parts. Open seams or loose connections could permit exhaust fumes to seep into the passenger compartment. In addition, inspect the exhaust system each time the vehicle is raised for lubrication or oil change. Replace as required.

WARNING!

Exhaust gases can injure or kill. They contain carbon monoxide (CO) which is colorless and odorless. Breathing it can make you unconscious and can eventually poison you. To avoid breathing CO, follow the preceding safety tips.

CoolingSystem

Inspection

WARNING!

• When working near the radiator cooling fan, turn the ignition key to the OFF position. The fan is temperature controlled and can start at any time when the ignition key is in the ON position.
• You or others can be badly burned by hot coolant or steam from your radiator. If you see or hear steam coming from under the hood, don't open the hood until the radiator has had time to cool. Never try to open a cooling system pressure cap when the radiator is hot.

Coolant Checks

Coolantprotectionchecksshouldbemadevery12 months(priortotheonsetoffreezingweather,where applicable).Ifcoolantisdirtyorrustyinappearance,the systemshouldbedrained,flushedandrefilledwithfresh coolant.CheckthefrontoftheA/Ccondenserforany accumulationofbugs,leaves,etc.Ifdirty,cleanbygently sprayingwaterfromagardenhoseverticallydownthe faceofthecondenser.

Check the coolingsystem hoses for brittlerubber, cracking, tears, cuts and tightness of the connection at the bottle and radiator. Inspect the entire system for leaks.

Cooling System — Drain, Flush and Refill

Attheintervalsshownintheappropriatemaintenance schedule,thesystemshouldbedrained,flushed and refilled.

If the solution is dirty or contains a considerable amount of sediment, clean and flush with reliable cooling system cleaner. Follow with thorough rinsing to remove all deposits and chemicals. Properly dispose of antifreezesolution.

Selection Of Coolant

Useonlythemanufacturersrecommendedcoolant, refer toRecommendedFluids,LubricantsandGenuineParts forcorrectcoolanttype.

CAUTION!

• Mixing of coolants other than the specified HOAT coolant may result in decreased corrosion protection and engine damage that may not be covered under the new vehicle warranty. If a non-HOAT coolant is introduced into the cooling system in an emergency, it should be replaced with the specified coolant as soon as possible.
• Do not use plain water alone or alcohol base antifreeze products. Do not use additional rust inhibitors or antirust products, as they may not be compatible with the radiator coolant and may plug the radiator.
• This vehicle has not been designed for use with Propylene Glycol based coolants. Use of Propylene Glycol based coolants is not recommended.

Adding Coolant

Whenaddingcoolant, or refilling the system, a minimum of 50% solution of ethyleneglycolantifreeze coolant in waters should be used. Higher concentrations (not to exceed 70%) are required if temperatures below -37°F (-38°C) are anticipated.

Useonlyhighpuritywatersuchasdistilledordeionized waterwhenmixingthewater/antifreezesolution.The useoflowerqualitywaterwillreducetheamountof corrosionprotectionintheenginecoolingsystem.

Pleasenotethatitistheowner's responsibility to maintain the proper level of protection against freezing according to the temperatures occurring in the area where the vehicle is operated.

NOTE: Mixingcoolanttypeswilldecreasethelifeofthe enginecoolantandwillrequiremorerefrequentcoolant changes.

Coolant Pressure Cap

Thecoolantpressurecapmustbefullytightenedto preventlossofcoolant,andtoinsurethatcoolantwill returntothecoolantbottlefromtheoverflowtank.The coolantpressurecapshouldbeinspectedandcleanedif thereisanyaccumulationofforeignmaterialonthe sealingsurfaces.

WARNING!

• The warning words "DO NOT OPEN HOT" on the coolant pressure cap are a safety precaution. Never add coolant to the cooling system when the engine is overheated. Do not loosen or remove the coolant pressure cap to cool an overheated engine. Heat causes pressure to build up in the cooling system. To prevent scalding or injury, do not remove the coolant pressure cap while the system is hot or under pressure.
• Do not use a pressure cap other than the one specified for your vehicle. Personal injury or engine damage may result.

Disposal of Used Engine Coolant

Usedethyleneglycolbasedenginecoolantisaregulated substancerequiringproperdisposal.Checkwithyour localauthoritiestodeterminethedisposalrulesforyour

community.Topreventingestionbyanimalsorchildren donotstoreethyleneglycolbasedenginecoolantinopen containersorallowittoremaininpuddlesonthe ground.Ifingestedbyachild,contactaphysician immediately.Cleanupgroundspillsimmediately.

Coolant Level

Thecoolantbottleprovidesaquickvisualmethodfor determiningthatthecoolantlevelisadequate.Withthe engineoffandcold,thecoolantlevelshouldbebetween therangesindicatedonthebottle.Somedarkeningofthe coolantbottlewilloccurovertime.Thisisnormal.

When additional coolant is needed to maintain the proper level, it should be added to the coolant bottle. Do not overfill. When filling the coolant system, utilize the bleed vallevocated on the top of the radiator in the engine compartment on the passengers side. Use the bleed valvetobleed air when the system is cold and the pressure cap is removed from the coolant bottle.

Points to Remember

NOTE: Whenthevehicleisstoppedafterafewmilesof operation,youmayobservevaporcomingfromthefront oftheenginecompartment.Thisisnormallyaresultof moisturefromrain,snow,orhighhumidityaccumulatingontheradiatorandbeingvaporizedwhenthe thermostatopens,allowinghotwatertoentertheradiator.

Ifanexaminationofyourenginecompartmentshowsno evidenceofradiatororhoseleaks,thevehiclemaybe safelydriven.Thevaporwillsoondissipate.

• Donotoverfillthecoolantbottle.
• Checkcoolantfreezepointinthesystem.

• Iffrequentcoolantadditionsarerequired, the cooling system should be pressure tested for leaks.

• Maintaincoolantconcentrationat50%ethyleneglycol antifreeze(minimum)inwaterforpropercorrosion protectionofyourenginewhichcontainsaluminum components.

• Makesurethattheradiatorandcoolantbottlehoses arenotkinkedorobstructed.
• KeepthefrontoftheradiatorandthefrontoftheA/C condenserclean.
• Donotchangethethermostatforsummerorwinter operation. If replacement is every necessary, install ONLY the correct typethermostat. Other designs may result in unsatisfactory cooling performance.
• Increasingenginespeedatidledoesnotreducecoolanttemperature!PuttransmissioninNEUTRALand letengineidleatnormalengineidlespeed.

HosesAndVacuum/VaporHarnesses

Inspect surfaces of hoses and nylontubing forevidence of heat and mechanical damage. Hardor soft spots, brittlerubber, cracking, tears, cuts, abrasions, and excessive wellings indicated deterioration of the rubber.

Payparticularattentiontothosehosesnearestttohigh heatsourcessuchastheexhaustmanifold.Inspecthose routingobesurehosesdonotcomeincontactwithany heatsourceormovingcomponentwhichmaycauseheat damageormechanicalwear.

Insurenylontubingintheseareashasnotmeltedor collapsed.

Inspectallhoseconnectionssuchasclampsandcouplingstomakesuretheyaresecureandnoleaksare present.

Components should bere placed immediately if there is any evidence of wearordamage that could cause failure.

Brakes

Inordertoassurebrakesystemperformance, allbrake systemcomponentsshouldbeinspectedperiodically. SuggestedserviceintervalscanbefoundintheMaintenanceSchedules.

WARNING!

Riding the brakes can lead to brake failure and possibly an accident. Driving with your foot resting or riding on the brake pedal can result in abnormally high brake temperatures, excessive lining wear, and possible brake damage. You wouldn't have your full braking capacity in an emergency.

Brake And Power Steering Hoses

Whenthevehicleisservicedforscheduledmaintenance, inspectsurfaceofhosesandnylontubingforevidenceof heatandmechanicaldamage.Hardandbrittlerubber,

cracking, tears, cuts, abrasion, and excessiveswelling indicated deterioration of the rubber. Particular attention should be made to examining those hoses surfaces nearest to high heat sources, such as the exhaust manifold.

Insurenylontubingintheseareashasnotmeltedor collapsed.

Inspectallhoseconnectionssuchasclampsandcouplingstomakesuretheyaresecureandnoleaksare present.

NOTE: Often, fluids such as oil, power steering fluid, and brake fluid are used during assembly plant operation to facilitate the assembly of hosestocouplings. Therefore, oil wetness at the hose-coupling area is not necessarily an indication of leakage. Actual dripping of hot fluid when systems are under pressure (during vehicle operation), should be noted before a hose is replaced based on leakage.

NOTE: Inspectionofbrakehosesshouldbeperformed wheneverthebrakesystemisservicedandatevery engineoilchange.Inspechydraulicbrakehosesfor surfacecracking,scuffing,orwornspots.Ifthereisany evidenceofcracking,scuffing,orwornspots,thehose shouldbereplacedimmediately!Eventualdeterioration of thehosecantakeplaceresultinginapossibilityofa burstfailure.

WARNING!

Worn brake hoses can burst and cause brake failure. You could have an accident. If you see any signs of cracking, scuffing, or worn spots, have the brake hoses replaced immediately.

MasterCylinder—ABSBrakesBrakeFluidLevel Check

The fluid level in the master cylinder should be checked when performing underhood services, or immediately if the brakesystem warning light indicates system failure.

Cleanthetopofthemastercylinderareabeforeremoving thecap.Addfluidtobringtheleveluptothetopofthe "FULL" markonthesideofthemastercylinderreservoir.

Overfillingoffluidisnotrecommendedbecauseitmay causeleakinginthesystem.

Addenoughfluidtobringtheleveluptotherequirementsdescribedonthebrakefluidreservoir.Withdisc brakes,fluidlevelcanbeexpectedtofallasthebrake padswear.However,lowfluidlevelmaybecausedbya leakandacheckupmaybeneeded.

306MAINTAININGYOURVEHICLE

Useonlymanufacturersrecommendedbrakefluid, refer toRecommendedFluids,LubricantsandGenuineParts forcorrectfluidtype.

WARNING!

• Overfilling the brake fluid reservoir can result in spilling brake fluid on hot engine parts and the brake fluid catching fire.
- Use of brake fluid that may have a lower initial boiling point or unidentified as to specification, may result in sudden brake failure during hard prolonged braking. You could have an accident.

Useonlybrakefluidthathasbeeninatightlyclosed containertoavoidcontaminationfromforeignmatteror moisture.

CAUTION!

Do not allow petroleum base fluid to contaminate the brake fluid, all brake seal components could be damaged causing partial or complete brake failure.

FuelSystemHoses

ElectronicFuelInjectionhighpressurefuelsystemsare designedwithhosesandquickconnectfittingswhich haveuniquematerialcharacteristicstoprovideadequate sealingandresistattackbydeterioratedgasoline.

You are urged to use only the manufactures specified hoses with quick connect fittings, or the inequivalent material and specification, in any fuel systems servicing. It is mandatory to replace any damaged hoses or quick connect fitting that have been removed during service.

Careshouldbetakenininstallingquickconnectfittings toinsuretheyareproperlyinstalledandfullyconnected. Seeyourauthorizeddealerforservice.

AutomaticTransmission

The automatic transmission and differential assembly are contained within a single housing.

Allautomatictransmissionsareequippedwithaconventionalfillertubeanddipstick.Iffluidisadded,itshould beaddedthroughthedipstickholeinthecase.

Thedipstick is located just behind the radiator, lower rightside.

Selection of Lubricant

It is important that the proper lubricant is used in the transmission to assure optimum transmission performance. Use only manufacturers recommended transmission fluid, refer to Recommended Fluids, Lubricants and

GenuinePartsforcorrectfluidtype.Itisimportantthat thetransmissionfluidbemaintainedattheprescribed levelusingtherecommendedfluid.

CAUTION!

Using a transmission fluid other than the manufacturers recommended fluid may cause deterioration in transmission shift quality and/or torque converter shudder. Using a transmission fluid other than the manufacturers recommended fluid will result in more frequent fluid and filter changes. Refer to Recommended Fluids, Lubricants and Genuine Parts for correct fluid type.

308MAINTAININGYOURVEHICLE

Procedure For Checking Fluid Level

Thefluidlevelintheautomatictransmissionsshouldbe checkedwheneverthevehicleisserviced.Operationwith animproperfluidlevelwillgreatlyreducethelifeofthe transmissionandofthefluid.

Toproperlychecktheautomatictransmissionfluidlevel, thefollowingproceduremustbeused:

1. The vehicle must be on level ground.

2. The engines should be running at curbidlespeed for a minimum of 60 seconds.

3. Fully apply parking brake.

4. Placethegareselectormomentarilyineachgear positionendingwiththeleverinP(PARK). Wipethearea aroundthedipstickcleantoeliminatethepossibility of dirtenteringthetransmission.
5. Removethedipstick and determine if the fluid is hot, warm. Hot fluid is approximately 180^ F ( 82^ C), which is then normal operating temperature after the vehicle has been driven at least 15 miles (24 km). The fluid cannot be comfortably held between the fingertips. Cold when the fluid is below 80^ F ( 27^ C).
6. Wipethedipstickcleanandreinsertuntilseated. Removedipstickandnotereading.

a. If the fluid is shot, thereadings should be in the crosshatched are marked "HOT" (between the upper two holes in the dipstick).

b. If the fluid disc cold, the fluid level should be between the lowertwoholes in the areamarked "COLD".

If the fluid level indicates slow, adds sufficient fluid to bring to the proper level.

CAUTION!

Do not overfill. Dirt and water in the transmission can cause serious damage. To prevent dirt and water from entering the transmission after checking or replenishing fluid, make certain that the dipstick cap is reseated properly.

Fluid and Filter Changes

Automatic transmission fluid should be changed on all transmissions as follows:

NormalUsage—Nochangenecessary

SevereUsage(fluidandfilter)—60,000miles(96000km)

SevereUsageisdefinedas:

- Police, taxi, limousine, commercial type operation, or trailertowing where the vehicle driven regularly for more than 45 minutes of continuous operation.

NOTE: RefertoSection8ofthismanualforMaintenanceSchedules.

If the transmission is disassembled for any reason, the fluid and filters should be changed.

Special Additives

Donotaddanyfluidadditivestothetransmission. The onlyexceptiontothispolicyistheuseofspecialdyesto aidindetectingfluidleaks. Theuseoftransmission sealersshouldbeavoidedastheymayadverselyaffect seals.

310MAINTAININGYOURVEHICLE

AllWheelDrive(AWD)—IfEquipped

Undernormaloperatingconditions,periodicfluidlevel checksandlubricantchangesforthePowerTransfer Unit,OverrunningClutchandRearCarrier,arenot required.Howeverwhenthevehicleisservicedforother reasons,theexteriorsurfaceofthesecomponentsshould beinspectedforevidenceoffluidleaks.Confirmedleaks shouldberepairedassoonaspossible.

Power Transfer Unit

Thefillplugislocatedonthesideofthepowertransfer unithousing. Thefluidshouldbemaintainedatalevel evenwiththebottomofthefillplugholewhenthe vehicleisparkedonalevelsurface.Ifitbecomesnecessarytoaddorreplacethefluid,useonlythemanufacturersrecommendedfluid,refertoRecommendedFluids,LubricantsandGenuinePartsforcorrectfluidtype.

Overrunning Clutch

Thefillplugislocatedonthesideoftheoverrunning clutchhousing.Thefluidshouldbemaintainedatalevel evenwiththebottomofthefillplugholewhenthe vehicleisparkedonalevelsurface.Ifitbecomesnecessarytoaddorreplacethefluid,useonlythemanufacturersrecommendedtransmissionfluid,refertoRecommendedFluids,LubricantsandGenuinePartsforcorrect fluidtype.Toassureperformance,itisimportantthatthe properlubricantbeused.

Rear Carrier

Thefillplugislocatedonthesideoftherearcarrier housing. Thefluidshouldbemaintainedataleveleven withthebottomofthefillplugholewhenthevehicleis parkedonalevelsurface.ifitbecomesnecessarytoadd orreplacethefluid,useonlythemanufacturersrecommendedfluid,refertoRecommendedFluids,Lubricants andGenuinePartsforcorrectfluidtype.

Fluid Changes

Thefluidshouldbechangedasfollows:

Normal Usage NoServiceRequired

Severe Usage

PowerTransferUnit15,000miles(24000km)

OverrunningClutch22,500miles(36000km)

RearCarrier22,500miles(36000km)

SevereUsageisdefinedas:

1.Morethan50%ofvehicleoperationinstopandgo trafficwherevehicleisdrivenregularlyformorethan45 minutesofcontinuousoperation,suchasinheavycityor inconstructionzonetraffic,

1. Police, taxi, limousine, commercial type operation, or trailertowing where the vehicle driven regularly for more than 45 minutes of continuous operation.

FrontAndRearWheelBearings

Frontandrearwheelbearingsarepermanentlysealed. Noregularmaintenanceisrequiredforthesecomponents.

AppearanceCareandProtectionfromCorrosion

Protection of Body and Paint from Corrosion

Vehiclebodycarerequirementsvaryaccordingtogeographiclocationsandusage.Chemicalsthatmakeroads passableinsnowandice,andthosethataresprayedon treesandroadsurfacesduringotherseasons,arehighly corrosivetothemetalinyourvehicle.Outsideparking, whichexposesyourvehicletoairbornecontaminants, roadsurfacesonwhichthevehicleisoperated,extreme hotorcoldweatherandotherextremeconditionswill haveanadverseeffectonpaint,metaltrim,andunderbodyprotection.

The followingmaintenancerecommendationswillenable youtoobtainmaximumbenefitfromthecorrosion resistancebuiltintoyourvehicle.

What Causes Corrosion?

Corrosionistheresultofdeteriorationorremovalof paintandprotectivecoatingsfromyourvehicle.

Themostcommoncausesare:

• Roadsalt, dirtandmoistureaccumulation.
• Stoneandgravelimpact.
• Insects,treesapandtar.
• Saltintheairnearseacoastlocalities.
  • Atmosphericfallout/industrialpollutants.

Washing

• Washyourvehicleregularly. Alwayswashyourvehicleintheshadeusingamildcarwashsoap, and rinsethepanelscompletelywithclearwater.
• Ifinsects, tarorothersimilardepositshaveaccumulatedonyourvehicle, washitassoonaspossible.
• UseMoparautopolishtoremoveroadfilmandstains andtopolishyourvehicle.Takecarenevertoscratch thepaint.
• Avoidusingabrasive compounds and power buffing that may diminish the glossorthin out the paint finish.

CAUTION!

Do not use abrasive or strong cleaning materials such as steel wool or scouring powder, which will scratch metal and painted surfaces.

Special Care

• If you drive unsalted or dusty roads or if you drive near the ocean, hose off the undercarriage at least once amonth.
• It is important that the rainholes in the lower edges of the doors, rocker panels and lift gate be kept clear and open.

• If you detect anystone chips or scratches in the paint, touch them up immediately. The cost of such repairs is considered the responsibility of the owner.

• If your vehicle is damaged due to an accidentor similar cause which destroy the paint and protective coating have your vehiclerepaired as soon as possible. The cost of such repairs is considered the responsibility of the owner.

• Allwheelsandwheeltrim,especiallyaluminumand chromeplatedwheelsshouldbecleanedregularly withmildsoapandwatertopreventcorrosion. To removeheavysoil,selectanonabrasive,non-acidic cleaner.Donotusescouringpads,steelwool,abristle brushormetalpolishes.OnlyMoparcleanersare recommended.Donotuseovencleaner.Avoidautomaticcarwashesthatuseacidicsolutionsorharsh brushesethatmaydamagethewheels'protectivefinish.
• If you carry special cargos such as chemicals, fertilizers, de-icersalt, etc., besurethatsuch materials are well packaged and sealed.

314MAINTAININGYOURVEHICLE

• Ifalotofdrivingisdoneongravelroads,consider mudorstoneshieldsbehindeachwheel.
• UseMopartouchuppaintonscratchesassoonas possible.Yourdealerhastouchuppainttomatchthe colorofyourvehicle.

Interior Care

UseMoparFabricCleanertocleanfabricupholstery and carpeting.

UseMoparVinylCleanertocleanvinylupholstery and trim.

MoparTotalCleanisspecificallyrecommendedfor leatherupholstery.

Yourleatherupholsterycanbebestpreservedbyregular cleaningwithadampsoftcloth.Smallparticlesofdirt canactasanabrasiveanddamagetheleatherupholstery andshouldberemovedpromptlywithadampcloth. Stubbornsoilscanberemovedeasilywithasoftcloth andMoparTotalClean.Careshouldbetakentoavoid soakingyourleatherupholsterywithanyliquid.Please donotusepolishes,oils,cleaningfluids,solvents,detergents,orammoniabasedcleanerstocleanyourleather upholstery.Applicationofaleatherconditionerisnot requiredtomaintaintheoriginalcondition.

WARNING!

Do not use volatile solvents for cleaning purposes. Many are potentially flammable, and if used in closed areas they may cause respiratory harm.

Glass Surfaces

Allglasssurfacesshouldbecleanedonaregularbasis withanycommercialhousehold-typeglasscleaner. Neveruseanabrasivetypecleaner.Usecautionwhen cleaningtheinsiderearwindowequippedwithelectric defrostersortherightrearquarterwindowequipped withtheradioantenna.Donotusescrapersorother sharpinstrumentswhichmayscratchtheelements.

Whencleaningtherearviewmirror,spraycleaneronthe towelorragthatyouareusing.Donotspraycleaner directlyonthemirror.

Cleaning Plastic Instrument Cluster Lenses

Thelensesinfrontoftheinstrumentsinthisvehicleare moldedinclearplastic. Whencleaningthelenses, care mustbetakentoavoidscratchingtheplastic.

1. Cleanwithawetsoftrag. Amildsoapsolutionmaybe used, butdonotusehighalcoholcontentorabrasive cleaners. Ifsoapisused, wipecleanwithacleandamp rag.
2. Dry with asoft tissue.

Seat Belt Maintenance

Donotbleach, dye or clean the belt with chemical solvents or abrasive cleaners. This will weaken the fabric. Sundamage can also weaken the fabric.

If the belts need cleaning, use a mild soapsolution or lukewarm water. Donot remov the belts from the carto wash them.

Replacethebeltsiftheyappearfrayedorwornorifthe bucklesdonotworkproperly.

316MAINTAININGYOURVEHICLE

CleaningTheCenterConsoleCupHolders

Removal

Grabthecenteroftherubberportionofthecupholder andliftupward.

Cleaning

Soaktherubbercupholderlinerinamixtureofmedium hottapwaterandoneteaspoonofmildliquiddishsoap. Letsoakforapproximatelyonehour. Afteronehourpull thelinerfromthewateranddipitbackintothewater aboutsixtimes. Thiswillloosenanyremainingdebris. Rinsethelinerthoroughlyunderwarmrunningwater. Shaketheexcesswaterfromthelineranddrytheouter surfaceswithacleansoftcloth.

Installation

Alignthelinerinthecupholderandpressdownfirmly.

INTEGRATEDPOWERMODULE(IPM)

Interior view of a vehicle engine bay with hoses and control panel (no visible text or symbols)

AnIntegratedPowerModuleislocatedintheengine compartmentnearthebattery. Thiscentercontainsmaxi fuses, minifusesandrelays. Alabelthatidentifieseach componentisprintedontheinsideofthecover.

Cavity Maxi Fuse Description
140AmpGreenAnti-LockBrakeSystem(ABS)Pump
2Spare
330AmpPinkIgnitionOffDraw(IOD)
440AmpGreenBodyControlModule(BCM)Feed1
540AmpGreenElectronicBackLight(EBL)
630AmpPinkFrontWipers
740AmpGreenStarter
840AmpGreenPowerSeatC/B
940AmpGreenPowerSunroof

Cavity Maxi Fuse Description
10Spare
1140AmpGreenHeadlightWasher,Power Liftgate
12Spare
1340AmpGreenRadiatorFan1
14Spare
1540AmpGreenAnti-LockBrakeSystem (ABS)Module
4040AmpGreenDriverDoorNode
4140AmpGreenPassengerDoorNode
4240AmpGreenFrontBlower

318MAINTAININGYOURVEHICLE

Cavity Mini Fuse Description
2420AmpYellowPowerOutlet(Selectable)
2515AmpBlueRadio,Amplifier,Navigation,Hands-Free Phone(HFM),Electronic VehicleInformationCenter(EVIC),EC,SNRF,Mirror
2620AmpYellowPowerOutlet
27Spare
2825AmpClearHorn
2920AmpYellowCluster,CHMSL,Stop Lights,Anti-LockBrake System(ABS)
3010AmpRedIgnitionSwitch
3120AmpYellowHazard
34Spare
35Spare

Cavity Mini Fuse Description
3620AmpYellowElectronicAutomaticTransaxle(EATX)Sole-noid
3725AmpClearASD
3820AmpYellowFuelPump
3920AmpYellowA/CClutch,MTV
4425AmpClearRearHeatedSeats
4510AmpRedAnti-LockBrakeSystem(ABS)IgnitionRun
4620AmpYellowPassengerDoor
4720AmpYellowDriverDoor
4815AmpBluePLG,OHC,BodyControlModule(BCM),Navigation,Hands-FreePhone(HFM)
4925AmpClearAmplifier
5015AmpBlueHVAC,DVD,RAD,CLK,SKREEM

CAUTION!

• When installing the Integrated Power Module cover, it is important to ensure the cover is properly positioned and fully latched. Failure to do so may allow water to get into the Integrated Power Module, and possibly result in a electrical system failure.
• When replacing a blown fuse, it is important to use only a fuse having the correct amperage rating. The use of a fuse with a rating other than indicated may result in a dangerous electrical system overload. If a properly rated fuse continues to blow, it indicates a problem in the circuit that must be corrected.

VEHICLESTORAGE

If you are leaving your vehicle dormant form more than 21 days you may want to take step to protect your battery. You may:

• Disconnectthenegativecablefromthebattery.
• Anytimeyoustoreyourvehicle,orkeepitoutof service(i.e.vacation)fortwoweeksormore,runthe airconditioningsystematidleforaboutfiveminutes inthefreshairandhighblowersetting.Thiswill insureadequatesystemlubricationtominimizethe possibilityofcompressordamagewhenthesystemis startedagain.

REPLACEMENTLIGHTBULBS

LIGHT BULBS — Interior Bulb Number

Center&RearReadingLights. 578

FrontDoorCourtesyLight. 578

LiftgateLight(s). 578

OverheadConsoleReadingLights. 212-2

VisorVanityLights. V 2 6 3 7

NOTE: Forlightedswitches, see your dealer for replacement instructions.

Alloftheinteriorbulbsareglasswedgebaseorglass cartridgetypes. Aluminumbasebulbsarenotapproved and should not be used for replacement.

LIGHT BULBS — Exterior Bulb Number

Back-up. 921

RearStop,TurnSignal. 3157

RearSidemarker. 168

FogLight 9045

FrontTurnSignal. 3157A

FrontSidemarker. 194

StandardHeadlight H 7

License. 168

BULBREPLACEMENT

StandardQuadHeadlights

1. Removethetwoscrewssecuringtheheadlightmoduletothevehicleandpulltheheadlightmoduleforward awayfromthevehicle, disengagingtheassemblyfrom thelowerattachmentclip.

Close-up of a car's head and dashboard with visible mechanical components and two black arrows pointing to specific parts (no text or symbols)

1. Removetherubberbootseals.
   3.Disconnecttheelectricalconnector.
2. Rotatethebulbtotheleftandreplacethebulb. Reinstalltherubberbootsealsandthentheheadlight module.

CAUTION!

Do not touch the new bulb with your fingers. Oil contamination will severely shorten bulb life. If the bulb comes in contact with an oily surface, clean the bulb with rubbing alcohol.

HighIntensityDischargeHeadlights(HID)—If Equipped

Theheadlightsareatypeofhighvoltagedischargetube. Highvoltagecanremaininthecircuitevenwiththe headlightswitchoffandthekeyremoved.Because of this, you should not attempt to service a headlight bulb yourself. If a headlight bulb fails, take your vehicle to an authorized dealer for service.

WARNING!

A transient high tension occurs at the bulb sockets of High Intensity Discharge (HID) headlights when the headlight switch is turned ON. It may cause serious electrical shock or electrocution if not serviced properly. See your authorized dealer for service.

NOTE: OnvehiclesequippedwithHighIntensityDischargeHeadlights(HID),whentheheadlightsareturned onthereisabluehuetothelights.Thisdiminishesand becomesmorewhiteafterapproximately10seconds,as thesystemcharges.

FrontPark/TurnSignalandSidemarkerLights

1. Removethetwoscrewssecuringtheheadlightmoduletothevehicleandpulltheheadlightmoduleforward awayfromthevehicle, disengagingtheassemblyfrom thelowerattachmentclip.

Close-up of a car's head and dashboard with visible mechanical components and two black arrows pointing to specific parts (no text or symbols)

1. Twistthebulbsocketto remove from the headlight module and pull the bulb from socket.
2. Replacethebulb, reinstallthesocket and then reinstall theheadlightmodule.

FrontFogLight

1. Removethescrewfromthefrontofthefoglightand pulloutfromthefrontofthefascia.
   2.Twistthefrontfoglightbulbtoremovefromthefog lightmodule.
2. Disconnect the electrical connector and replace the bulb.

CAUTION!

Do not touch the new bulb with your fingers. Oil contamination will severely shorten bulb life. If the bulb comes in contact with an oily surface, clean the bulb with rubbing alcohol.

324MAINTAININGYOURVEHICLE

RearTail,Stop,TurnSignal,SideMarkerand Back-upLights

1. Raisetheliftgate.
2. Removethetwotaillightasemblyscrewsandrotate theassemblyoutwardtoremovetheballstudformthe attachinggrommet.

Interior view of a car showing dashboard and seat components with two arrows pointing to specific parts (no text or symbols visible)

3.Twistthesocketassemblytoremoveitfromthe housing.
4.Pullthebulboutofthesocket.
5. Replacethebulb, reinstallthesocket, andreattachthe taillightassembly.

LicenseLight

1. Placeascrewdriverintheslotnexttotherleasetab andpushonthereleasetabtoremovethelens.
2. Pullthebulboutofthesocket. Replacethebulband pushonthelensuntilitsnapsintoplace.

80f67f66

FLUIDSANDCAPACITIES

U.S. Metric
Fuel(approximate)89Octane	23gallons87l	liters
EngineOil-WithFilter
3.5LiterEngines(SAE10W-30,APICertified)5.5qts5.2liters
CoolingSystem*
3.5LiterEngines(Mopar®Antifreeze/Coolant5Year/100,000MileFormula)	10.5qts9.9liters
*IncludesheaterandcoolantrecoverybottlefilledtoMAXlevel.

RECOMMENDEDFLUIDS, LUBRICANTSANDGENUINEPARTS

Engine

Component Fluids, Lubricants and	Genuine Parts
EngineCoolantMopar®Antifreeze/Coolant5Year/100,000MileFormulaHOAT(Hybrid OrganicAdditiveTechnology)
EngineOilUseAPICertified.SAE10W-30ispreferred,refertooilviscositychartfor correctSAEgrademeetingDaimlerChryslerMaterialStandardMS-6395.
SparkPlugsRefertotheVehicleEmissionControlInformationlabelintheengine compartment.
OilFilterMopar®5281090orequiv.
FuelSelection89Octane

Chassis

Component Fluids, Lubricants and Genuine Parts
AutomaticTransmissionMopar®ATF+4	AutomaticTransmissionFluid.
AWDPowerTransferUnitMopar®GearLubricant75W-90.
AWDOverrunningClutchMopar®ATF+4	AutomaticTransmissionFluid.
AWDRearCarrierMopar®GearLubricant75W-90.
BrakeMasterCylinderMopar®DOT3and	SAEJ1703shouldbeused.IfDOT3brakefluidisnotavailable,thenDOT4orDOT4+isacceptable.Useonlyrecommendedbrakefluids.
PowerSteeringReservoirMopar®ATF+4	AutomaticTransmissionFluid.

MAINTENANCESCHEDULES

CONTENTS

■EmissionControlSystemMaintenance. . . . . . . 3 3 0 □Schedule“B”. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 3 3
■MaintenanceSchedules. 3 3 0 □Schedule"A" 3 4 4

330 MAINTENANCESCHEDULES

The "Scheduled"maintenanceservices, listedinbold type must bedoneatthetimesormileagesspecified to assure the continued proper functioning of the emission control system. These, and all other maintainances services included in this manual, should bedonetoprovide best vehicle performance and reliability. More frequent maintainancemaybeneeded for vehicles in severe operating condition such as dusty areas and very short trip driving.

Inspection and service also should be done anytime a malfunction is suspected.

NOTE: Maintenance, replacement, or repair of the emission control devices and system on your vehicle may be performed by any automotiver repair establishment or individual using any automotive part which has been certified pursuant to U.S. EPA or in the State of California, California Air Resources Board regulations.

MAINTENANCESCHEDULES

There are two main maintenance schedules that show the required service for your vehicle.

FirstisSchedule“B”.Itisforvehiclesthatareoperated undertheconditionsthatarelistedbelowandatthe beginningoftheschedule.

• Dayornighttemperaturesarebelow32°F(0°C).
- Stopandgodriving.
- Extensiveengineidling.
- Drivingindustryconditions.
- Shorttripsoflessthan10miles(16km).
- More than 50% of your driving is at sustained high speeds during hot weather, above 90^ F ( 32^ C).
- Trailertowing.

• Taxi, police, ordelivery service(commercial service). ◇
• Off-roadordesertoperation.

NOTE: IfANY oftheseapplytoyouthenchangeyour engineoilevery3,000miles(5000km)or3months, whichevercomesfirstandfollowschedule"B"ofthe "MaintenanceSchedules"sectionofthismanual.

NOTE: Most vehicles are operated under the conditions listed for Schedule "B".

SecondisSchedule"A".Itisforvehiclesthatarenot operatedunderanyoftheconditionslistedunderSchedule"B".

Usetheschedulethatbestdescribesyourdrivingconditions. Wheretimeandmileagearelisted, followthe intervalthatoccursfirst.

NOTE: Undernocircumstanceshouldoilchangeintervalsexceed6000miles(10000km)or6months whichevercomesfirst.

CAUTION!

Failure to perform the required maintenance items may result in damage to the vehicle.

AtEachStopforFuel

• Checktheengineoillevelabout5minutesafterafully warmedengineisshutoff.Checkingtheoillevelwhile the vehicle is on level ground will improve the accuracyoftheoillevelreading. Addoilonlywhenthe levelisatorbelowtheADDorMINmark.
• Check the windshield washer solvent and add if required.

332MAINTENANCESCHEDULES

OnceaMonth

• Checktirepressureandlookforunusualwearor damage.
• Inspectthebatteryandcleanandtightentheterminals asrequired.
• Checkthefluidlevelsofcoolantbottle,brakemaster cylinderandtransmission,addasneeded.
• Checkalllightsandallotherelectricalitemsforcorrect operation.

AtEachOilChange

• Changetheengineoilfilter.
• Inspecttheexhaustsystem.
• Inspectthebrakehoses.
• InspecttheCVjointsandfrontsuspensioncomponents.
• Checktheautomatictransmissionfluidlevel.
• Checkthecoolantlevel,hoses,andclamps.

SCHEDULE“B”

Followschedule“B”ifyouusuallyoperateyourvehicle underoneormoreofthefollowingconditions.Change theautomatictransmissionfluidandfilterevery60,000 miles(96000km)ifthevehicleisusuallyoperatedunder oneormoreoftheconditionsmarkedwithan◇.

• Dayornighttemperaturesarebelow32°F(0°C).
- Stopandgodriving.
- Extensiveengineidling.
- Drivingindustryconditions.
- Shorttripsoflessthan10miles(16km).
- Morethan50% of your driving is sustained high speeds during hot weather, above 90°F (32°C).

• Trailertowing.
• Taxi, police, ordelivery service(commercial service). ◇
• Off-roadordesertoperation.

NOTE: IfANY oftheseapplytoyouthenchangeyour engineoilevery3,000miles(5000km)or3months, whichever comesfirstandfollowschedule"B"ofthe "MaintenanceSchedules"sectionofthismanual.

If none of these apply to you, then change your engine oil at every interval shown on schedule "A" of the "Maintenance Schedules" section of this manual.

334 SCHEDULE“B”

Miles 3,000 6,000 9,000 12,000 15,000 18,000 (Kilometers) (5 000 ) (10 000 ) (14 000) (19 000) (24 000) (29 000)
Changeengineoilandengineoilfilter.X X	X	X	X		X
RotateTiresXXX
Inspectthebrakelinings.			X			X
Inspecttheengineaircleanerfilter,replaceif necessary.*	X	X	X	X		X
Replacetheengine air cleaner filter. *					X
Changethe AllWheelDrive(AWD)power transferunitfluid.(Seenoteattheendofthis chart)					X
Replacetheairconditioningfilter.				X

SCHEDULE "B" 335

Miles 21,000 24,000 27,000 30,000 33,000 36,000 (Kilometers) (34 000) (38 000) (43 000) (48 000) (53 000) (58 000)
Changeengineoilandengineoilfilter.X X	X	X	X		X
RotateTiresXXX
Inspectthebrakelinings.XX
Inspecttheengineaircleanerfilter,replaceif necessary.*	X	X	X		X
Replacetheengine air cleaner filter.				X
Inspectthetierodendsandbootseals.(Front& Rear)				X
InspectthePCV valve andreplaceasnecessary.*				X
Changethe AllWheelDrive(AWD)power transferunitfluid.(Seenoteattheendofthis chart)				X
Changethe AllWheelDrive(AWD)overrunning clutchandrear carrierfluid.(Seethenoteatthe endofthischart)	X
Replacetheairconditioningfilter.		X				X

336 SCHEDULE“B”

Miles 39,000 42,000 45,000 48,000 51,000 54,000 (Kilometers) (62 000) (67 000) (72 000) (77 000) (82 000) (86 000)
Changeengineoilandengineoilfilter.X X		X	X	X		X
RotateTiresXXX
Inspectthebrakelinings.XX
Inspecttheengineaircleanerfilter,replaceif necessary.*		X	X		X	X
Replacetheengine air cleaner filter. *				X
Changethe AllWheelDrivepowertransfer unitfluid.(Seethenoteattheendofthis chart.)				X
Changethe AllWheelDrive(AWD)overrunningclutchandrear carrierfluid.(Seenoteat theendofthischart)			X
Replacetheairconditioningfilter.					X

X

SCHEDULE“B” 337

Miles 57,000 60,000 63,000 66,000 69,000 72,000 (Kilometers) (91 000) (96 000) (101 000) (106 000)	(110 000) (115 000)
Changeengineoilandengineoilfilter.X X	X	X	X		X
RotateTiresXXX
Inspectthebrakelinings.X	X
Inspecttheengineaircleanerfilter,replaceif necessary.*	X		X	X	X
Replacetheengine air cleaner filter.		X
Inspectthetierodendsandbootseals.(Front &Rear)		X
InspectthePCV valve andreplaceifnecessary.*		X
Inspecttheserpentinedrivebelt,replaceif necessary.‡		X
Changetheautomatictransmissionfluidand filter.		X

338SCHEDULE“B”

Miles 57,000 60,000 63,000 66,000 69,000 72,000 (Kilometers) (91 000) (96 000) (101 000) (106 000)	(110 000) (115 000)
ChangetheAllWheelDrive(AWD)power transferunitfluid.(Seenoteattheendofthis chart)		X		X
ChangetheAllWheelDrive(AWD)overrunningclutchandrearcarrierfluid.(Seenoteat theendofthischart)			X
Replacetheairconditioningfilter.XX

SCHEDULE“B” 339

Miles 75,000 78,000 81,000 84,000 87,000 90,000 (Kilometers) (120 000) (125 000) (130 000) (134 000) (139 000) (144 000)
Changeengineoilandengineoilfilter.X X	X	X	X		X
RotateTiresXXX
Inspectthebrakelinings.XX
Inspecttheengineaircleanerfilter,replaceif necessary.*		X	X	X	X
Replacetheengine air cleaner filter	XX
Replacethespark plugs on3.5literengines.	X
Inspectthetierodendsandbootseals.(Front &Rear)					X
CheckthePCV valve andreplaceifnecessary. Notrequiredifpreviouslychanged.*					X
Inspecttheserpentinedrivebelt,replaceif necessary.‡	X				X
Changethe AllWheelDrivepowertransfer unitfluid.(Seethenoteattheendofthis chart.)	X				X

340SCHEDULE“B”

Miles 75,000 78,000 81,000 84,000 87,000 90,000 (Kilometers) (120 000) (125 000) (130 000) (134 000) (139 000)	(144 000)
ChangetheAllWheelDrive(AWD)overrunningclutchandrearcarrierfluid.(Seenoteat theendofthischart)				X
Replacetheairconditioningfilter.X
Miles 93,000 96,000 99,000 100,000 102,000 105(Kilometers) (149 000) (154 000) (158 000) (160 000) (163 000)	(168 000)
Changeengineoilandengineoilfilter.XXXXX
RotateTiresXX
Inspectthebrakelinings.X
Inspecttheengineaircleanerfilter,replaceif necessary.*	X	X	X	X	X
Replacetheengine air cleaner filter *					X
Replaceenginetimingbelt.					X
Changethe AllWheelDrive(AWD)power transferunitfluid.(Seenoteatthecendofthis chart)					X
Changethe AllWheelDrive(AWD)overrunningclutchandrear carrierfluid.(Seenoteat theendofthischart)					X
Inspecttheserpentinedrivebelt,replace if necessary.‡					X

342 SCHEDULE "B"

Miles 93,000 96,000 99,000 100,000 102,000 105(Kilometers) (149 000) (154 000) (158 000) (160 000) (163 000)	(168 000)
Flushandreplacetheenginecoolantat60monthsor100,000miles.				X
Replacetheairconditioningfilter.X

Miles 108,000 111,000 114,000 117,000 120,000 (Kilometers) (173 000) (178 000) (182 000) (187 000)	(192 000)
Change engine oil and engine oil filter.	X	X	X	X	X
RotateTires	X		X		X
Inspectthebrakelinings.	X			X
Inspecttheengineaircleanerfilter,replaceifnecessary.*	X	X	X	X
Replacetheengine air cleaner filter.					X
Inspectthetierodendsandbootseals.(Front&Rear)					X
Inspect the PCV valve and replace as necessary.*					X

Miles 108,000 111,000 114,000 117,000 120,000 (Kilometers) (173 000) (178 000) (182 000) (187 000) (192 000)
Inspecttheserpentinedrivebelt,replaceifnecessary.‡				X
Changetheautomatictransmissionfluidandfilter.X
ChangetheAllWheelDrive(AWD)powertransfer unitfluid.(Seenoteattheendofthischart)				X
Replacetheairconditioningfilter.XX

*This maintenance is recommended by the manufacture to the owner but is not required to maintain the emissions warranty.

‡Thismaintenanceisnotrequiredifpreviouslyreplaced.

Inspection and services should also be performed anytime a malfunction is observed or suspected. Retain all receipts.

NOTE: The AWD power transfer unit fluid and the AWD overrunning clutch/ rear carrier fluid must be changedatthemorefrequentintervalsshowninschedule B if the vehicle is operated under any of the conditions noted by a diamond (◇) at the beginning of the schedule.

344 SCHEDULE "A"

SCHEDULE"A"

Miles 6,000 12,000 18,000 24,000 30,000 36,000 (Kilometers) (10 000) (19 000) (29 000) (38 000) (48 000) (58 000) [Months] [6] [12] [18] [24] [30] [36]
Changeengineoilandengineoilfilter.XXXXXX
RotateTiresXXXXXX
Inspectthebrakelinings.X	X
Inspecttheengineaircleanerfilter,replaceif necessary.*	X	X	X	X		X
Replacetheengine air cleaner filter.					X
Inspectthetierodendsandbootseals.(Front &Rear)					X
Replace the air conditioning filter.		X		X		X

SCHEDULE "A" 345

Miles 42,000 48,000 54,000 60,000 66,000 72,000 (Kilometers) (67 000) (77 000) (86 000) (96 000) (106 000) (115 Months) [42] [48] [54] [60] [66] [72]
Change engine oil and engine oil filter.	X	X	X	X	X	X
Rotate Tires	X	X	X	X	X	X
Inspectthebrakelinings.			X			X
Inspecttheengineaircleanerfilter,replaceif necessary.*	X	X	X		X	X
Replace the engine air cleaner filter.				X
Inspectthetierodendsandbootseals.(Front &Rear)				X
CheckthePCV valve andreplace,if necessary.*				X
Inspecttheserpentinedrivebelt,replaceif necessary.‡				X		X
Flushandreplacetheenginecoolantat60 months,regardlessofmileage.				X
Replace the air conditioning filter.		X		X		X

Miles 78,000 84,000 90,000 96,000 100,000 (Kilometers) (125 000) (134 000) (144 000) (154 000) (160 000) [Months] [78] [84] [90] [96]
Changeengineoilandengineoilfilter.XXXX
RotateTiresXXXX
Inspectthebrakelinings.			X
Inspecttheengineaircleanerfilter,replaceif necessary.*	X	X		X	X
Replacetheengine air cleaner filter. X
Inspectthetierodendsandbootseals.(Front& Rear)			X
CheckandreplacethePCV valve ,ifnecessary.*			X
Inspecttheserpentinedrivebelt,replaceif necessary.‡			X
Replacethspark plugs 3.5literengines.					X
Flushandreplacetheenginecoolantat100,000 miles,ifnotdoneat60months.					X
Replacetheairconditioningfilter.		X		X

Miles 102, 000 108, 000 114, 000 120, 000 (Kilometers) (163 000) (173 000) (182 000) (192 000) [Months] [102] [108] [114] [120]
Change engine oil and engine oil filter.	X	X	X	X
Rotate Tires	X	X	X	X
Inspectthebrakelinings.		X
Inspect the engine air cleaner filter, replace if necessary. *	X	X	X
Replacetheengine air cleaner filter.				X
Replaceenginetimingbelt.	X
Inspectthetierodendsandbootseals.(Front&Rear)			X
CheckthePCV valve andreplace,ifnecessary.*				X
Inspect the serpentine drive belt, replace if necessary. ‡	X			X
Flushandreplacetheenginecoolantat120months,ifnot doneat100,000miles(160000km).				X
Replacetheairconditioningfilter.		X		X

348SCHEDULE"A"

*This maintenance is recommended by the manufacture to the owner but is not required to maintain the emissions warranty.

‡Thismaintenanceisnotrequiredifpreviouslyreplaced.

Inspection and services should also be performed any time amalfunction is observed or suspected. Retain all receipts.

WARNING!

You can be badly injured working on or around a motor vehicle. Do only that service work for which you have the knowledge and the right equipment. If you have any doubt about your ability to perform a service job, take your vehicle to a competent mechanic.

IFYOUNEEDCONSUMERASSISTANCE

CONTENTS

■SuggestionsForObtainingServiceForYour Vehicle. 350

□PrepareForTheAppointment. 350

□PrepareAList. 350

□BeReasonableWithRequests. 350

■IfYouNeedAssistance....350

■WarrantyInformation....3 5 3

■Mopar®Parts. 355

■ReportingSafetyDefects. 355 □InCanada 355

■ Publication Order Forms .....356

■DepartmentOfTransportationUniformTire QualityGrades 357

□Treadwear. 357

□TractionGrades. 357

□TemperatureGrades 358

SUGGESTIONSFOROBTAININGSERVICEFOR YOURVEHICLE

PrepareForTheAppointment

If you're having warranty work done, besure to have the right papers with you. Take your warranty folder. All work to be performed may not be covered by the warranty, discuss additional charges with the service manager. Keep a maintenance of your vehicle's service history. This can often provide a cluet to the current problem.

PrepareAList

Makeawrittenlistofyourvehicle'sproblemsorthe specificworkyouwantdone.Ifyou'vehadanaccident, orworkdonethatisnotonyourmaintenancelog,letthe serviceadvisorknow.

BeReasonableWithRequests

Ifyoulistanumberofitems, and you must have your vehicle by the end of the day, discuss the situation with the service advisor and list the items in order of priority. At many dealers you may obtain a rental vehicle at a minimal daily charge. If you need a rental, it is advisable to make these arrangements when you call for an appointment.

IFYOUNEEDASSISTANCE

Themanufactureranditsdealersarevitallyinterestedin yoursatisfaction.Wewantyoutobehappywithout productsandservices.

Yoursellingdealerisbestequippedandmostanxiousto providepromptresolutionforanywarrantyissueor relatedmatterthatyoumayexperience.Themanufacturer'sdealershavethefacilities,factory-trainedtechnicians,specialtools,andthelatestinformationtoassure yourvehicleisfixedcorrectlyandinatimelymanner.

IFYOUNEEDCONSUMERASSISTANCE351

Themanufacturerhasempowereditsdealerstomake warrantyandrepairdecisionsthatensureyouarenot inconvenienced.Thereisnoneedforyoutowaitfora decisionfromthemanufacturer.Ifaspecialcircumstance occursthatrequiresinformationfromthemanufacturer, wehaveaskedthealer'sservicemanagementtomake thecontactonyourbehalf.

Thisiswhyyoushouldalwaystalktoyourdealer's servicemanagerfirst.Mostmatterscanberesolvedwith thisprocess.

• Ifforsomereasonyouarestillnotsatisfied,talktothe generalmanagerorownerofthedealership.They wanttoknowifyouneedassistance.
• If your dealership is unable to resolve the concern, you may contact the Manufacturer's Customer Center.

AnycommunicationtotheManufacturer'sCustomerCentershouldincludethefollowinginformation:

• Owner'snameandaddress
• Owner'stelephonenumber(homeandoffice)
• Dealershipname
  • Vehicleidentificationnumber
  • Vehicledeliverydateandmileage

DaimlerChryslerMotorsCorporationCustomerCenter P.O.Box21-8004 AuburnHills,MI48321-8004 Phone:[phone]

DaimlerChryslerCanadaInc.CustomerCenter P.O.Box1621 Windsor,OntarioN9A4H6 Phone—[phone]

InMexicocontact: Av.ProlongacionPaseodelaReforma,1240 SanteFeC.P.05109

352 IFYOUNEEDCONSUMERASSISTANCE

Mexico, D.F.

InMexico(915)729-1248or729-1240

OutsideMexico(525)729-1248or729-1240

CustomerAssistanceForTheHearingOrSpeech Impaired(TDD/TTY)

Toassistcustomerswhohavehearingdifficulties,the manufacturerhasinstalledspecialTDD(TelecommunicationDevicesfortheDeaf)equipmentatitsCustomer Center.Anyhearingorspeechimpairedcustomerwho hasaccesstoaTDDoraconventionalteletypewriter (TTY)intheUnitedStatescancommunicatewiththe manufacturerbydialing1-800-380-CHRY.

ServiceContract

Youmayhavepurchasedaservicecontractforyour vehicletohelpprotectyoufromthehighcostofunexpectedrepairsafteryourmanufacturer'snewvehicle limitedwarrantyexpires.Themanufacturerstandsbehindonlythemanufacturer'sServiceContracts.Ifyou

purchasedamanufacturer'sServiceContract,youwill receivePlanProvisionsandanOwnerIdentificationCard inthemailwithinthreeweeksofyourvehicledelivery date.Ifyouhaveanyquestionsaboutyourservice contract,callthemanufacturer'sServiceContractNationalCustomerHotlineat1-800-521-9922.

Themanufacturerwillnotstandbehindanyservice contractthatisnotthemanufacturer'sServiceContract. It is not responsible for any service contract other than the manufacturer's Service Contract. If you purchased a service contract that is not a manufacturer's Service Contract, and you require service after your manufacturer's new vehicle limited warranty expires, please refer to your contract documents, and contact the person listed in those documents.

Weappreciatethatyouhavemadeamajorinvestment whenyoupurchasedyournewvehicle.Yourdealerhas alsomadeamajorinvestmentinfacilities,tools,and trainingtoassurethatyouareabsolutelydelightedwith youownershipexperience.You'llbepleasedwiththeir sincereffortstoresolveanywarrantyissuesorrelated concerns.

WARRANTYINFORMATION

Seeyourmanufacturer's Warranty Information Booklet for information on warranty coverage and transfer of warranty.

354IFYOUNEEDCONSUMERASSISTANCE

DESCRIPTION	1 Yr/ 12,000	2 Yr/ 24,000	3 Yr/ 36,000	3 Yr/ 50,000	3 Yr/ Unlmtd	5 Yr/ 100,000	7 Yr/ 70,000	8 Yr/ 80,000
Basic Limited Warranty Coverage
Special Extended Warranty Coverage
Powertrain Limited Warranty ($100 deductible)				1st Owner & 2nd Owner with Paid Powertrain Transfer
	2nd Owner if Powertrain Not Transferred and 3rd (And After) Owners
Anti-Corrosion Perforation Limited Warranty: All Panels
Outer Panels
Federal Emission Warranty
Federal Emission Warranty - Specified Components
California Emission Warranty
California Emission Warranty - Specified Components

NOTE: Vehicles used as a police vehicle, taxi, limousine, postal delivery vehicle, ambulance or rental vehicle are covered only under the 3 year/36,000 mile Basic Limited Warranty.

MOPAR®PARTS

Mopar® fluids, lubricants, parts, and accessories are available from your dealer. They will help you keep your vehicle operating at its best.

REPORTINGSAFETYDEFECTS

Inthe50UnitedStatesandWashingtonD.C.:Ifyou believethatyourvehiclehasadefectwhichcouldcause acrashorcauseinjuryordeath,youshouldimmediately informtheNationalHighwayTrafficSafetyAdministration(NHTSA)inadditiontonotifyingthemanufacturer.

IfNHTSAreceivessimilarcomplaints,itmayopenan investigation,andifitfindsthatasafetydefectexistsin agroupofvehicles,itmayorderarecallandremedy campaign.However,NHTSAcannotbecomeinvolved in individualproblemsbetweenyou,yourdealer,andthe manufacturer.

TocontactNHTSA,youmayeithercalltheAutoSafety Hotlinetollfreeat1-800-424-9393(or366-0123inWashingtonDCarea)orwriteto:NHTSA,U.S.Dept.of Transportation,WashingtonDC20590.Youcanalso obtainotherinformationaboutmotorvehiclesafetyfrom theHotline.

InCanada:

If you believe that your vehicle has safety defect, you should contact the Customer Service Department immediately. Canadian customers show is to report safety defect to the Canadiang government should writet to Transport Canada, Motor Vehicle Defect Investigations and Recalls, 2780 Sheffield Road, Ottawa, Ontario K1B 3V9.

PUBLICATIONORDERFORMS

Toorder the following manuals, you may use either the website or the phonenumbers listed below. Visa, Mastercard, AmericanExpress, and Discover orders are accepted. If you prefer mailing your payment, please call for an order form.

NOTE: Astreetaddressisrequiredwhenordering manuals.(NoP.O.Boxes).

• ServiceManuals.

These comprehensiveservicemanualsprovide the information that students and professional technicians need indiagnosing/troubleshooting, problemsolving, maintaining, servicing and repairing Daimler Chrysler Corporation vehicles. A completeworking knowledge of the vehicle, system and or components is written in straightforward language with illustrations, diagrams and charts.

• DiagnosticProcedureManuals.

Filledwithdiagrams,chartsanddetailedillustrations, thesepracticalmanualsmakeiteasyforstudentsand technicianstofindandfixproblemsoncomputer-controlledvehiclesystemsandfeatures. Theyshow exactlyhowtofindandcorrectproblemsthefirsttime, usingstep-by-steptroubleshootinganddriveability procedures,provendiagnostictestsandacompletelist ofalltoolsandequipment.

- Owner'sManuals.

These manuals have been prepared with the assistance of service and engineerings specialist to acquaint you with specific Chrysler group vehicles. Included are starting, operating, emergency and maintenance procedures as well as specifications, capabilities and safety tips.

CallTollFreeat1-800-890-4038 (U.S.) or1-800-387-1143 (Canada)

Or

VisitusontheWorldWideWebat:

www.techauthority.daimlerchrysler.com or www.daimlerchrysler.ca/manuals

DEPARTMENTOFTRANSPORTATIONUNIFORM TIREQUALITYGRADES

The following describesthetiregradingcategoriesestablished by the National highway Traffic Safety Administration. Thespecific graderating assigned by the tire's manufacturerine category is shown on the sidewall of the tiresonyour car.

AllPassengerCarTiresMustConformtoFederalSafety RequirementsinAdditiontoTheseGrades.

Treadwear

Thetreadweargradeisacomparativeratingbasedonthe wearrateofthetirewhentestedundercontrolledconditionsonaspecifiedgovernmenttestcourse.Forexample,atiregraded150wouldwearoneandahalf(1 1/2)timesaswellonthegovernmentcourseasatire graded100. Therelativeperformanceoftiresdepends upontheactualconditionsoftheiruse,however,and maydepartsignificantlyfromthenormduetovariations indrivinghabits,servicepracticesaddifferencesinroad characteristicsandclimate.

TractionGrades

Thetractiongrades, from highest to lowest, are A, B, and C, and they represent the tire's ability to stop on wet pavements measured under controlled conditions on specified government tests surfaces of asphalt and concrete. At remarked C may have poor traction performance.

WARNING!

The traction grade is based on braking (straight-ahead) traction tests and does not include cornering (turning) performance.

TemperatureGrades

ThetemperaturegradesareA(highest),B,andC,representingthetire'sresistancetothegenerationofheatanditsabilitytodissipateheatwhentestedundercontrolledconditionsonaspecifiedindoorlaboratorytestwheel. Sustainedhightemperaturecancausethematerialofthetiretodegenerateandreducetirelife,andexcessive temperaturecanleadtosuddentirefailure. ThegradeC correspondstoalevelofperformancewhichallpassengercartiresmustmeetundertheFederalMotorVehicle SafetyStandardNo.109. GradesBandArepresent higherlevelsofperformanceonthelaboratorytestwheel thantheminimumrequiredbylaw.

WARNING!

The temperature grade is established for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded. Excessive speed, underinflation, or excessive loading, either separately or in combination, can cause heat buildup and possible tire failure.

INDEX

360INDEX

AddingFuel. 252

AddingWasherFluid. 1 15,297

Additives,Fuel. 250

AdjustablePedals. 1 1 8

AirConditionerMaintenance....293

AirConditioningFilter. 204,294

AirConditioningRefrigerant. 293

AirConditioningSystem. 195,293

AirPressure,Tires. 234

Airbag. 42

AirbagDeployment. 49

AirbagLight. 46,51,61,151

AirbagMaintenance. 50

Airbag,Side. 48

AlarmSystem. 24

AlignmentandBalance. 241

AllWheelDrive. 217,242,310

Alterations/Modifications,Vehicle. 7

Antenna,SatelliteRadio. 189

AntifreezeDisposal. 301

Antifreeze(EngineCoolant). . . . . . . . . . 299,300,325

Anti-LockBrakeSystem. 2 2 0

Anti-LockWarningLight. 145

Anti-TheftSecurityAlarm 24

AppearanceCare. 3 1 1

ArmingTheftSystem. 24

AutoDownPowerWindows....30

AutomaticDimmingMirror 67

AutomaticDoorLocks. 17,18

AutomaticHeadlights. 1 1 1

AutomaticTemperatureControl 195

AutomaticTransaxle 213,307

AddingFluid 327

Filter 309

FluidandFilterChanges. 309

FluidLevelCheck. 308

InterlockSystem. 214

ResetMode 214

INDEX361

SelectionOfLubricant. 307,327

Shifting. 215

SpecialAdditives. 309

Autostick. 120,215,216

BallJoints. 295

Battery. 291

JumpStarting. 270

KeylessTransmitterReplacement. 23

Bearings. 311

Belts,Drive. 288

BodyMechanismLubrication. 296

B-PillarLocation. 2 2 9

Brake,Parking. 218

BrakeSystem. 219,304

Anti-Lock. 220

FluidCheck. 305,327

Hoses. 304

WarningLight. 146

Brakes. 219,304

Brake/TransmissionInterlock. 2 1 3

Break-InRecommendations,NewVehicle ..... 5 9

BulbReplacement. 321

Bulbs,Light 320

Calibration, Compass. 158

Capacities,Fluid. 325

Caps,Filler Fuel 252

Radiator. 301

CarWashes. 312

CarbonMonoxideWarning. 251

CargoAreaCover. 134

CargoCompartment LuggageCarrier.... 1 3 7

Cargo Tie-Downs 135

CassetteTapeandPlayerMaintenance ..... 1 9 2

CassetteTapePlayer 165,170

362INDEX

CatalyticConverter. 290

Caution, ExhaustGas. 60,297

CDChanger. 165,173,175

CDPlayer. 161,163,165,172,175

CDPlayerMaintenance. 193

CellularPhone....71,194

Chains,Tire. 245

ChangingAFlatTire. 264

Chart,TireSizing. 2 2 6

ChildRestraint. 51

ChildRestraintTetherAnchors. 52,54

ChildSafetyLocks. 18

ChildSeat. 57

CleanAirGasoline. 248

ClimateControl. 195

Clock. 160

CompactDiscMaintenance....193

CompactSpareTire. 237

Compass. 157

CompassCalibration. 158

CompassVariance. 158

Computer, Trip/Travel. 159

Console 133

Console, Floor. 133

Console,Overhead. 122

Contract,Service.... 3 5 2

CoolantPressureCap. 301

CoolingSystem. 298

AddingCoolant(Antifreeze).... 300

CoolantCapacity....325

CoolantLevel. 302

DisposalofUsedCoolant. 301

Drain,Flush,andRefill. 299

Inspection. 298

PointstoRemember. 302

PressureCap. 301

RadiatorCap. 301

SelectionofCoolant. 299,325,326

INDEX363

CruiseControl. 119

CruiseLight. 149

CupHolder....133,316

CustomerAssistance....350

DealerService. 283

Defroster,RearWindow.... 205

Defroster,Windshield....61,200

DelayWipers. 1 1 4

Deploying, Airbag. 49

DiagnosticSystem, Onboard. 281

DigitalVideoDiscPlayer....175

DimmerSwitch,Headlight. 1 1 3

Dipsticks

AutomaticTransaxle. 308

Disarming,TheftSystem. 25

Disposal

Antifreeze. 301

DoorLocks. 16

DoorLocks, Automatic 17

Door Opener, Garage 123

DriveBelts. 288

DriveShaftUniversalJoints. 295

Driving

OnSlipperySurfaces. 272

DVDPlayer 175

ElectricRemoteMirrors. 69

ElectricalPowerOutlets 131

Electronic Speed Control 119

ElectronicVehicleInformationCenter 151

Emergency, In Case of

Jacking. 264

Overheating. 263

EmissionControlSystemMaintenance ..... 282,330

Engine. 280

AirCleaner. 289

AirCleanerFilter 289

BlockHeater. 212

Break-InRecommendations. 59

CheckingOilLevel. 284

Compartment. 280

Coolant. 326

Cooling. 298

ExhaustGasCaution. 29,251

FailstoStart. 2 1 1

FuelRequirements. 248,325

Oil 284,325,326

OilChangeInterval. 286

OilSelection. 286,325

OilSynthetic. 288

Overheating. 263

TemperatureGauge. 144

EngineOilViscosityChart. 287

ExhaustGasCaution. 29,60,251,298

ExhaustSystem. 297

Extender,SeatBelt. 41

ExteriorFoldingMirrors. 6 8

Filters

AirCleaner 289

AirConditioning. 204,294

AutomaticTransaxle. 309

EngineFuel 289

EngineOil 288,326

EngineOilDisposal 288

Flashers

HazardWarning. 262

TurnSignal....145,322,324

FloorConsole. 133

FluidCapacities. 325

FluidLeaks. 62

FluidLevelChecks

AutomaticTransaxle. 308

Brake 327

PowerSteering. 294,327

INDEX365

FogLightService....3 2 3

FogLights. 1 12,150,323

FoldingRearSeat. 101

FreeingAStuckVehicle. 273

Fuel. 248

Adding. 252

Additives. 250

CleanAir. 248

FillerCap. 252

Filter. 289

Gasoline. 248

Gauge. 145

Hoses. 306

OctaneRating. 248,326

Requirements. 248,325

TankCapacity. 325

FuelSystemCaution 251

Fueling. 252

Fuses 316

GarageDoorOpener 123

Gas Cap 252

Gasoline. 248

Gasoline,CleanAir. 248

Gasoline,Reformulated. 249

Gauges

CoolantTemperature.... 1 4 4

Fuel 145

Speedometer 145

Tachometer....148

Gearshift. 215

GeneralInformation. 15,23,245

GlassCleaning 315

GroceryBagRetainer 103

GrossAxleWeightRating. 254

GrossVehicleWeightRating 254

Hands-FreePhone. 71

HazardWarningFlasher. 262

HeadPhones. 183

HeadRestraints. 94

Headlights. 322

BulbReplacement....321

HighBeam. 1 1 3

HighBeam/LowBeamSelectSwitch. . . . . . . 1 1 3

Passing. 1 1 3

Replacing. 321

Switch. 1 1 0

TimeDelay....1 1 1

HeatedSeats. 94

Heater,EngineBlock. 212

Holder,Cup. 133

HomelinkTransmitter. 123

HoodRelease. 107

Hoses 303,306

Ignition

Key 11

IlluminatedEntry.... 1 5

Immobilizer. 12

Indicator, TractionControl. 147

InfantRestraint. 5 5

InformationCenter,Vehicle. 151

InstrumentCluster. 143,144

Instrument Panel and Controls 142

InstrumentPanelLensCleaning. 3 1 5

IntegratedPowerModule 316

Interior Appearance Care 314

InteriorFuses. 316

InteriorLights 109,110

IntermittentWipers. 1 1 4

Introduction. 4

JackLocation. 265

JackOperation 264,267

JackingInstructions 267

JumpStarting. 270

INDEX367

Key, Programming. 14

Key,Replacement. 14

Key,Sentry. 12

Key-InReminder....12

KeylessEntrySystem....19

Keys. 1 1

KneeBolster. 46,48

Lap/ShoulderBelts. 3 1

LATCH(LowerAnchorsandTether

forCHILDREN). 52,54

Latches

Hood. 107

LeadFreeGasoline. 248

Liftgate. 26

Lights. 62,108

Airbag. 46,51,61,151

Anti-Lock. 145

Automatic Headlights 111

Back-Up. 32 4

BrakeWarning. 146

BulbReplacement 320,321

Courtesy/Reading 108

Cruise 149

Daytime Running 111

DimmerSwitch,Headlight 109

EngineTemperatureWarning....15 1

Fog 112,150,323

HazardWarningFlasher 262

HeadlightSwitch....1 1 0

Headlights 110,321,322

HighBeamIndicator.... 1 4 9

IlluminatedEntry. 15

InstrumentCluster 110

Interior 110

License. 32 4

Lights On Reminder 111

MalfunctionIndicator 149

368INDEX

OilPressure....150

Park. 322

Reading. 122

RearServicing. 324

RearTail. 324

SeatBeltReminder....150

Service. 320,321

ServiceEngineSoon. 149

SideMarker. 324

TurnSignal. 109,112,322,324

Voltage. 144

Warning(InstrumentClusterDescription). . . . . 1 4 4

LoadLevelingSystem. 138

LoadingVehicle. 254,255

Capacities. 255

Tires 22

Locks

Door....16

Lower AnchorsandTetherforCHildren

(LATCH) 52,54

Lubrication, Body 296

LuggageRack. 137

Maintenance, Airbag. 50

Maintenance Free Battery 291

MaintenanceProcedures. 284

MaintenanceSchedule 330

Light Duty Schedule "A" 344

LightDutySchedule"B"....333

Schedule "A" 344

Schedule "B" 333

Maintenance,Sunroof. 131

MalfunctionIndicatorLight. 149,282

Manual,Service. 356

Map/ReadingLights. 122

MemoryFeature. 104

MemorySeat. 70,104

INDEX369

Mini-TripComputer....159

Mirrors. 67

AutomaticDimming. 67

ElectricRemote. 69

ExteriorFolding. 68

Heated. 70

Memory. 104

Outside. 68

Rearview....67

Vanity. 70

Modifications/Alterations,Vehicle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

Monitor,TirePressureSystem. 242

MoparParts. 283,355

Multi-FunctionControlLever. 109

� NavigationSystem. 194

NewVehicleBreak-InPeriod. 59

OccupantRestraints. 30

OctaneRating,Gasoline. 248

Odometer. 148

Oil,Engine. 284,326

Capacity. 325

ChangeInterval. 286

Checking. 284

Disposal 288

Filter. 288,326

FilterDisposal 288

IdentificationLogo. 287

Materials Addedto. 288

Recommendation. 286,325

Synthetic. 288

Viscosity 287,325

Onboard DiagnosticSystem. 281,282

Opener, GarageDoor. 1 2 3

OperatorManuals. 4

Overdrive. 215

Overhead Console....122

370INDEX

OverheadTravelInformationCenter. . . . . . . . 1 2 2

Overheating,Engine. 144,263

Owner'sManual. 4,356

PanicAlarm. 21

ParkingBrake. 218

ParkingOnHill. 218

PassingLight. 1 1 3

Pedals,Adjustable. 1 1 8

Pets. 59

Phone, Cellular. 71

Phone,Hands-Free. 71

Placard, Tire and Loading Information. 2 2 9

Power

Brakes. 219

DistributionCenter. 3 1 6

DoorLocks. 16

LiftGate. 27

Mirrors. 69

Outlet. 131

Seats. 93

Steering. 2 2 2

Steering,Checking 294

Sunroof. 129

Windows. 29

PregnantWomenandSeatBelts. 4 1

PreparationforJacking. 2 6 6

Pretensioners

SeatBelts 39

ProgrammableElectronicFeatures ..... 124,128,154

ProgrammingTransmitters 21,124,128

RadialPlyTires. 237

RadiatorCap. 301

Radio 161,165

RadioBroadcastSignals. 191

RadioOperation 166,194

RadioRemoteControls. 178,190

INDEX371

Radio,Satellite. 186

RearLiftgate. 26

RearSeatingFlexibility....101

RearWindowDefroster. 205

RearWindowFeatures....1 1 4

RearWiper/Washer....1 1 4

RearviewMirrors. 67

RecliningFrontSeats. 96

Recommended Fluids, Lubricants and Genuine Parts. 326

Reminder,SeatBelt. 39

RemoteKeylessEntry. 19

RemoteSoundSystemControls. 190

ReplacementKeys. 14

ReplacementParts. 283

ReplacementTires. 240,242

ReportingSafetyDefects. 355

Restraint,Head. 94

Restraints,Child. 51,57

Restraints, Infant 5 5

Retractable Cargo Area Cover 134

RockingVehicleWhenStuck. 273

RoofRack. 137

Rotation,Tires 247

SafetyChecksInsideVehicle 61

SafetyChecksOutsideVehicle. 62

SafetyDefects,Reporting 355

Safety, ExhaustGas. 29

SafetyInformation,Tire. 2 2 4

SafetyTips 60

SatelliteRadio. 186

Satellite Radio Antenna 189

Schedule,Maintenance 330

SeatBeltMaintenance 315

SeatBeltReminder. 39

SeatBelts 30

AdjustableShoulderBelt 36

AdjustableUpperShoulderAnchorage. . . . . . . 3 6

AndPregnantWomen. 41

ChildRestraint. 5 1

Extender. 4 1

FrontSeat. 31

Pretensioners. 39

RearSeat. 31

Reminder. 150

UntwistingProcedure. 37

Seats. 93

Adjustment. 97

EasyEntry. 98

Heated....94

Memory....104

Power. 93

Reclining. 96

Tilting. 98

SecurityAlarm. 24

SelectionofCoolant 326

SentryKey 12

SentryKeyProgramming. 14

ServiceAssistance. 350

ServiceContract 352

ServiceEngineSoonLight. 149

ServiceManuals. 356

SettingtheClock 160

ShoulderBelts. 31

SideAirbag. 48

Signals,Turn 145,322,324

SlipperySurfaces,DrivingOn. 272

SnowChains. 245

SnowTires 246

SpareTire. 237,238,265

SparkPlugs. 289

Speed Control 119

Speedometer 145

Starting. 210

EngineFailstoStart. 2 11

INDEX373

StartingandOperating. 210

StartingProcedures. 2 1 0

Steering

Linkage. 295

Power. 222,294

ShaftSeal. 295

TiltColumn. 1 1 6

SteeringWheelMountedSoundSystem

Controls. 190

Storage. 133,319

Storage,Vehicle. 203,319

StoringYourVehicle. 319

SulfurinGasoline. 250

SunRoof. 129

SunVisorExtension. 70

SunglassStorage. 122

SunroofMaintenance. 131

SupplementalRestraintSystem-Airbag 42

System,Navigation. 194

Tachometer. 148

TapePlayer 170

TemperatureControl,Automatic. 195

TemperatureGauge,EngineCoolant ..... 144,263

TetherAnchor,ChildRestraint. 52,54

TheftAlarm. 24

TheftSystem 24

TheftSystemArming 24

TheftSystemDisarming 25

TieDownHooks,Cargo 135

TiltSteeringColumn 116

TireandLoadingInformationPlacard. 2 2 9

TireIdentificationNumber(TIN) 2 2 8

TireMarkings. 2 2 4

TireSafetyInformation 2 2 4

Tires 62,233,357

AirPressure. 233

Alignment. 241

Chains 24

Changing. 264

CompactSpare. 237

GeneralInformation. 233

HighSpeed. 236

InflationPressures. 234

Jacking. 264

LoadCapacity....229,230

PressureMonitorSystem. 242

QualityGrading. 357

Radial. 237

Replacement. 240,242

Rotation. 247

Safety. 224,233

Sizes. 2 2 6

SnowTires. 246

SpareTire. 265

Spinning. 239

TreadWearIndicators. 240

Towing. 256

DisabledVehicle. 274

Trailering. 256

Traction Control 116,147,223

Traction Control Switch 116,223

TrailerTowing. 256

MinimumRequirements. 257

TrailerandTongueWeight. 257

Transaxle. 213,307

Automatic 213,307

Autostick. 120,215,216

Filter. 309

Operation. 213

Overdrive 215

SelectionofLubricant 307,327

Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . See Transaxle

TransmitterBatteryService. 23

Transmitter,GarageDoorOpener 123

TransmitterProgramming. 21

Transmitter,RemoteKeylessEntry 19

TransportingPets. 59

TreadWearIndicators. 240

TripOdometer. 148

TripOdometerResetButton. 148

TurnSignals....1 12,145,322,324

UniformTireQualityGrades. 357

UniversalJoints. 295

UniversalTransmitter. 1 2 3

UnleadedGasoline. 248

UntwistingProcedure,SeatBelt. 37

VanityMirrors. 70

Variance,Compass. 158

VehicleCertificationLabel. 254

VehicleIdentificationNumber. 6

VehicleLoading....230,254,255

VehicleModifications/Alterations. 7

VehicleStorage.... 203,319

VehicleTheftAlarm. 24

VideoEntertainmentSystem. 175

WarningFlasher,Hazard 262

WarningLights(InstrumentClusterDescription).144

WarningsandCautions 6

WarrantyInformation. 353

Washer, Adding Fluid 115,297

Washers,Windshield. 1 1 3

WashingVehicle. 312

WheelAlignmentandBalance 241

WheelandWheelTrim. 3 1 3

WheelBearings. 3 1 1

WindBuffeting. 30,131

WindowFogging 204

Windows 29

Power 29

Windshield Washers 113,297

WindshieldWiperBlades. 296

376INDEX

WindshieldWipers. 1 1 3

WiperBladeReplacement. 296

Wiper,Rear. 1 1 4

Wipers,Intermittent. 1 1 4